ARCHIVE: November
2003 to Present
H-2: SEQUENTIAL
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
Procedure:
When a student starts a
second (sequential) Penn State undergraduate degree, only the grades earned in
courses taken after admission to candidacy for the second degree are included
in the calculation of grade point average. Credits for courses taken under the
first degree, which are acceptable in the subsequent degree program, should be
included on the same basis as transfer credits from another institution. This
applies whether the first degree is an associate degree or a baccalaureate
degree. (Ref: Senate Policy 51-50)
Approved: ACUI
(11-20-75)
G-9: ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
Introduction:
Recognizing the
importance of academic integrity to the Penn State community, the University
Faculty Senate adopted a new Academic Integrity policy, Spring 2000. The shared
conviction, represented in the procedures that follow, is that academic
integrity is best taught and reinforced by faculty as an element of the
teaching and learning process. Only in the limited instances in which faculty
believe that disciplinary, as well as academic, sanctions are called for should
the process move to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
Each campus or academic
college at University Park, shall interpret and apply Academic Integrity
Procedures consistent with University policy.
Campus or college
committees maintain guidelines on ranges of appropriate sanctions for given
types of infractions. Academic sanctions range from a warning to removal from
the academic program.
Procedures:
A. When Academic
Dishonesty is Suspected:
1. The faculty member informs
the student of the allegation while taking into account the confidential nature
of the information and the goal of maintaining an environment that supports
teaching and learning.
2. When evidence
suggests that an academic misconduct has occurred, the faculty member will
enter the charge and the academic sanction on the campus or college’s Academic
Integrity Form, will sign the form, and then convey the charge and sanction to
the student for his or her signature (in person or through other methods if
necessary).
3. After reviewing the
allegation of academic misconduct with the student, the faculty member may
provide the student with an additional period of time (determined by the campus
or college procedures) before the student has to make a decision and sign the
Academic Integrity Form as to whether or not to accept the academic sanction. A
student’s failure to sign and return the Academic Integrity Form, by the
specified deadline, consistent with campus or college procedures, will be
construed as not contesting the charge or sanction.
4. Normally, it is
preferable to settle issues between faculty and students, relying on the
assignment of grades and course-related sanctions to support the learning
process, rather than requesting additional University-level disciplinary
sanctions. However, where integrity violations are considered to be extreme,
the faculty member may also opt to pursue a disciplinary action in conjunction
with both the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee and the Office of Judicial
Affairs. A more detailed and comprehensive listing of the types of sanctions
faculty may assign to students can be found in the document Sanctioning
Guidelines for Academic Integrity Violations.
5. Throughout the
academic integrity process, the authority to administer academic sanctions
remains the responsibility of the instructor (or AI Committee) when the case is
managed and closed at the campus or college level. In situations where the
allegation is referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs, the application of
academic sanctions will be carried out by Judicial Affairs, but only in
consultation with the Academic Integrity Committee of the campus or college.
6. Once a student has
been informed that academic dishonesty is suspected, the student may not drop
the course during the adjudication process. Any drop or withdrawal from the
course during this time will be reversed. A student who has received an
academic sanction as a result of a violation of academic integrity may not drop
or withdraw from the course at any time. These drop actions include regular
drop, late drop, withdrawal, retroactive late drop and retroactive withdrawal.
Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. This drop policy may be
superceded in exceptional circumstances with the approval of Judicial Affairs
(i.e. trauma drop).
NOTE: The following
statement shall appear on all campus and college Academic Integrity Forms:
"You may not drop
or withdraw from this course to avoid a sanction for a violation of academic
integrity. Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, you fail to sign this form,
the academic integrity adjudication process will go forward as defined by
campus or college procedures."
7. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, a student fails to sign the
Academic Integrity Form by the specified deadline, the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
B. If the Student
Accepts Responsibility for the Violation and the Proposed Academic Sanction:
1. The faculty member
asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity Form, then
forwards the form to the Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges.
2. In all cases, before
submitting the Academic Integrity Form to the Office of Judicial Affairs for
recording, it is the responsibility of the campus or college to determine
through consultation with Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic
integrity violation(s).
3. If a prior record is
discovered after the student has admitted responsibility and accepted the
academic sanction(s), a new academic sanction will be considered by the campus
or college Academic Integrity Committee while affording the student his or her
institutional rights (including the right to contest the violation and/or new
academic sanctions). Information concerning prior academic misconduct may not
be used as a basis for judging a student's guilt, but it may be used as a basis
for imposing academic sanctions or deciding whether disciplinary action is also
warranted.
4. When a prior record
of academic misconduct is discovered, the Academic Integrity Committee, in
consultation with Judicial Affairs, may consider also recommending
University-level disciplinary sanction(s). If University-level sanction(s) do
apply, the Academic Integrity Form, along with other relevant documents, will
be sent to Judicial Affairs for review and case management.
5. If the faculty
member recommends University-level disciplinary sanctions, and the Academic
Integrity Committee is in agreement, then the student is informed that the case
will be referred to Judicial Affairs. If the case is referred to Judicial
Affairs, jurisdiction for assigning all sanctions, academic and disciplinary,
is the responsibility of that office, after consideration of the recommended
academic sanction of the faculty member and of the campus or college Academic Integrity
Committee.
6. Upon final
disposition of the case, Judicial Affairs will communicate the outcome to the
Academic Integrity Chair and/or appropriate Associate Dean or designee at the
campus or college.
C. If the Student Does
Not Admit Responsibility for an Academic Integrity Violation:
1. The faculty member
asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity Form
indicating that the charge or sanction(s) is being contested and then forwards
the form to the Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges.
2. It is the
responsibility of the campus or college to determine through consultation with
Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic integrity violation(s).
3. When disciplinary sanctions
have not been recommended, and the student does not have a record of previous
academic integrity violations, the campus or college Academic Integrity
Committee will conduct a hearing in accordance with their respective
procedures.
During the hearing, if
the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee finds that the student
violated standards of academic integrity the Committee may elect to: uphold the
original charge(s) and sanction(s); uphold charges, but modify sanction(s);
apply no sanction(s).
4. When the instructor
and Academic Integrity Committee are in agreement that a disciplinary
sanction(s) may be warranted, or the Academic Integrity Committee finds that a
record of prior academic misconduct is present, then the case is forwarded to the
Office of Judicial Affairs.
When this occurs, the
Academic Integrity Committee will not manage the case, but will simply conduct
a preliminary review before referring the case to the Office of Judicial
Affairs. All formal fact-finding and hearing procedures will be conducted by
Judicial Affairs in accordance with normal University operating procedures.
At the conclusion of
the case, in which the student is found responsible for violating the Academic
Integrity Policy, the Office of Judicial Affairs may assign University-level
disciplinary sanctions and contact the Academic Integrity Committee at the
campus or college for the assignment of any recommended academic sanctions.
D. Disciplinary
Sanctions:
1. Faculty may assign a
wide range of sanctions to a student found responsible for violating academic
integrity. Most faculty may choose to utilize academic sanctions (the
modification of grades due to misconduct), but when referring cases to Judicial
Affairs, faculty have the option to also recommend a full range of disciplinary
sanctions available to Judicial Affairs such as: Disciplinary Warning;
Disciplinary Probation; Temporary, Indefinite or Permanent Expulsion; or the
"XF" transcript notation (see Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic
Integrity Violations and Explanations for Disciplinary Sanctions).
2. "XF"
sanctions are assigned only after consultation with the instructor, the campus
or college Academic Integrity Committee, and Judicial Affairs. Assigning an
"XF" notation to a student’s transcript should be a rare occurrence
and is reserved for the most serious breaches of academic integrity which may
include repeat misconduct.
3. In any instance in
which the instructor believes an "XF" sanction is warranted, whether
or not the student has admitted responsibility, the case is forwarded to the
campus or college Academic Integrity Committee which will determine in
consultation with the involved faculty member, whether the case should be
referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs for appropriate fact finding and
judgment.
4. The campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee must include, with any recommendation to
Judicial Affairs for an XF grade, those conditions (if any) under which it
would approve the removal of the "XF" sanction from the transcript.
Judicial Affairs will consider this recommendation when deciding upon the
length of time that the “XF” notation will remain on the student’s transcript.
When the conditions are met for removal of the “XF”, an academic “F” will
remain on the transcript. Such conditions must reflect both the circumstances
of the individual case and consultation among the instructor, the campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee, and the Office of Judicial Affairs.
E. Schreyer Honors
College Students:
1. For honors courses,
as with all other courses, the campus or college delivering the course
maintains responsibility for reviewing and issuing academic sanctions and/or
referring cases to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
2. When a college finds
that a Schreyer Honors College student has committed an academic misconduct,
the Schreyer Honors College will be notified.
3. The Schreyer Honors
College maintains authority over alleged breaches of academic integrity for its
students in all cases in which the violation concerns Schreyer Honors College
work, such as thesis research, but in which the student is not enrolled in a
course.
F. Students
Involved in Other University Related Academic Activities or Programs:
Students involved in
other University related academic activities or programs (e.g. World Campus,
Cooperative Education, internships, study abroad programs, etc.) are subject to
the University Academic Integrity Policy as implemented by the appropriate
campus or college responsible for delivering the program or course/activity.
G. Record Keeping:
1. The appropriate
Associate Dean or designee is responsible for forming Academic Integrity
Committees and seeing that students and faculty have ready access to such
bodies. They are also responsible for seeing that all cases are reported to
Judicial Affairs. The specific information reported to Judicial Affairs should
include: a) a copy of the signed Academic Integrity Form, and b) other
supporting documents that were established or reviewed while managing the case.
2. Judicial Affairs
alone is responsible for the central record keeping and disclosing of student
discipline records at the University, including academic dishonesty cases.
Judicial Affairs will disclose student disciplinary records of academic
dishonesty to third parties when those records include University-level
disciplinary sanctions assigned by the Office of Judicial Affairs. Judicial
Affairs will disclose student discipline record information to third parties in
accordance with federal law (FERPA) and the University policy on managing
Student Discipline Records (http://www.sa.psu.edu/ja/pdf/stu_dis_records.pdf).
Approved: ACUI (1-5-78)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
Revised: ACUI
(3-29-84)
Revised: ACUE
(7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE
(11-2-00)
Revised: ACUE
(7-5-01)
Revised: ACUE
(1-8-04)
Revised: ACUE
(9-1-05)
K-1: RE-ENROLLMENT AS A
DEGREE CANDIDATE
Former students wishing
to re-enroll must complete a re-enrollment request form available at any campus
Registrar’s office or on the Web at www.psu.edu/registrar/. The completed form and the
non-refundable re-enrollment application fee are to be returned to the
Registrar’s office at the campus where the student wishes to enroll.
The campus Registrar
will first use screen ARISBD before recording the re-enrollment request. This
inquiry screen will provide an early answer to the student’s re-enrollment
request by indicating whether the request will be immediately approved or
forwarded to the appropriate college for further consideration.
The campus Registrar
will record the re-enrollment request on screen ARUSBE and deposit the
application fee following approved cash handling procedures. Students eligible
for re-enrollment according to Senate Policy will receive a re-enrollment
confirmation from the campus Registrar. All other students will receive
notification that their request is being reviewed by the appropriate college or
DUS. After the college or DUS notifies the Registrar’s office of its decision,
the Registrar’s office notifies the student of the decision.
Students are always
expected to meet with their designated academic adviser or appropriate advising
center personnel to plan a course of study before registration. In some cases
re-enrolled students must also obtain academic advice from their college
regarding program requirements and future entrance to major.
Colleges may request
the Registrar’s office to automatically place a registration hold after the
re-enrollment request has been approved to insure that proper advising occurs.
A registration hold will prevent the student from registering for courses but
will not impede the re-enrollment process.
The re-enrollment
process allows a student to request a campus other than the campus of last
enrollment, provided that the student’s requested major is offered at the
requested campus. If the re-enrollment is approved, the new campus location is
also approved. All requested changes to the University Park Campus
automatically result in a Dean’s review.
A former Penn State
student who has attended another accredited college or university must arrange
to have a transcript sent to the Undergraduate Admissions Office. The external
transcript will be evaluated and appropriate credits will be added to the Penn
State record.
Non-degree conditional
students desiring to return to degree status must be reinstated. See policy
I-2.
Special accommodations
are extended to adult learners. An adult learner does not need to re-enroll if:
(a)
The period of
non-enrollment has been less than three years, and;
(b)
The major has been
authorized by the academic college to be eligible for this accommodation. Those
programs that have been authorized are on the Web at www.psu.edu/registrar.
If an adult learner
satisfies these two conditions but withdrew from the last enrolled semester,
re-enrollment is not required, however, the campus registrar must contact the
University Registrar’s office so that the registration will be permitted for
the student.
If an adult learner is
seeking re-enrollment into a different major, the normal rules of re-enrollment
apply.
Approved: ACUI (11-16-78)
Revised: ACUE (7-30-97)
Revised: ACUE
(8-4-05)
G-9: ACADEMIC
INTEGRITY
Introduction:
Recognizing the
importance of academic integrity to the Penn State community, the University
Faculty Senate adopted a new Academic Integrity policy, Spring 2000. The shared
conviction, represented in the procedures that follow, is that academic
integrity is best taught and reinforced by faculty as an element of the
teaching and learning process. Only in the limited instances in which faculty
believe that disciplinary, as well as academic, sanctions are called for should
the process move to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
Each campus or academic
college at University Park, shall interpret and apply Academic Integrity
Procedures consistent with University policy.
Campus or college
committees maintain guidelines on ranges of appropriate sanctions for given
types of infractions. Academic sanctions range from a warning to removal from
the academic program.
Procedures:
A. When
Academic Dishonesty is Suspected:
1. The faculty member
informs the student of the allegation while taking into account the
confidential nature of the information and the goal of maintaining an
environment that supports teaching and learning.
2. When evidence
suggests that an academic misconduct has occurred, the faculty member will
enter the charge and the academic sanction on the campus or college’s Academic
Integrity Form, will sign the form, and then convey the charge and sanction to
the student for his or her signature (in person or through other methods if
necessary).
3. After reviewing the
allegation of academic misconduct with the student, the faculty member may
provide the student with an additional period of time (determined by the campus
or college procedures) before the student has to make a decision and sign the
Academic Integrity Form as to whether or not to accept the academic sanction. A
student’s failure to sign and return the Academic Integrity Form, by the
specified deadline, consistent with campus or college procedures, will be construed
as not contesting the charge or sanction.
4. Normally, it is
preferable to settle issues between faculty and students, relying on the
assignment of grades and course-related sanctions to support the learning
process, rather than requesting additional University-level disciplinary
sanctions. However, where integrity violations are considered to be extreme,
the faculty member may also opt to pursue a disciplinary action in conjunction
with both the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee and the Office of
Judicial Affairs. A more detailed and comprehensive listing of the types of
sanctions faculty may assign to students can be found in the document Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic Integrity
Violations.
5. Throughout the
academic integrity process, the authority to administer academic sanctions
remains the responsibility of the instructor (or AI Committee) when the case is
managed and closed at the campus or college level. In situations where the allegation
is referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs, the application of academic
sanctions will be carried out by Judicial Affairs, but only in consultation
with the Academic Integrity Committee of the campus or college.
6. Once a student has
been informed that academic dishonesty is suspected, the student may not drop
the course during the adjudication process. Any drop or withdrawal from the
course during this time will be reversed. A student who has received an
academic sanction as a result of a violation of academic integrity may not drop
or withdraw from the course at any time. These drop actions include regular
drop, late drop, withdrawal, retroactive late drop and retroactive withdrawal.
Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. This drop policy may be
superceded in exceptional circumstances with the approval of Judicial Affairs
(i.e. trauma drop).
NOTE: The following
statement shall appear on all campus and college Academic Integrity Forms:
"You may not drop
or withdraw from this course to avoid a sanction for a violation of academic
integrity. Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, you fail to sign this form,
the academic integrity adjudication process will go forward as defined by
campus or college procedures."
7. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, a student fails to sign the
Academic Integrity Form by the specified deadline, the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
B. If
the Student Accepts Responsibility for the Violation and the Proposed Academic
Sanction:
1. The faculty member
asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity Form, then
forwards the form to the Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges.
2. In all cases, before
submitting the Academic Integrity Form to the Office of Judicial Affairs for
recording, it is the responsibility of the campus or college to determine
through consultation with Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic
integrity violation(s).
3. If a prior record is
discovered after the student has admitted responsibility and accepted the
academic sanction(s), a new academic sanction will be considered by the campus
or college Academic Integrity Committee while affording the student his or her
institutional rights (including the right to contest the violation and/or new
academic sanctions). Information concerning prior academic misconduct may not
be used as a basis for judging a student's guilt, but it may be used as a basis
for imposing academic sanctions or deciding whether disciplinary
action is also warranted.
4. When a prior record
of academic misconduct is discovered, the Academic Integrity Committee, in
consultation with Judicial Affairs, may consider also recommending
University-level disciplinary sanction(s). If University-level sanction(s) do
apply, the Academic Integrity Form, along with other relevant documents, will
be sent to Judicial Affairs for review and case management.
5. If the faculty
member recommends University-level disciplinary sanctions, and the Academic
Integrity Committee is in agreement, then the student is informed that the case
will be referred to Judicial Affairs. If the case is referred to Judicial
Affairs, jurisdiction for assigning all sanctions, academic and
disciplinary, is the responsibility of that office, after consideration of
the recommended academic sanction of the faculty member and of the
campus or college Academic Integrity Committee.
6. Upon final
disposition of the case, Judicial Affairs will communicate the outcome to the
Academic Integrity Chair and/or appropriate Associate Dean or designee at the
campus or college.
C. If
the Student Does Not Admit Responsibility for an Academic Integrity Violation:
1. The faculty
member asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity Form
indicating that the charge or sanction(s) is being contested and then forwards
the form to the Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges.
2. It is the
responsibility of the campus or college to determine through consultation with
Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic integrity violation(s).
3. When
disciplinary sanctions have not been recommended, and
the student does not have a record of previous academic integrity violations,
the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee will conduct a hearing in
accordance with their respective procedures.
During the hearing,
if the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee finds that the student
violated standards of academic integrity the Committee may elect to: uphold the
original charge(s) and sanction(s); uphold charges, but modify sanction(s);
apply no sanction(s).
4. When the
instructor and Academic Integrity Committee are in agreement that a disciplinary
sanction(s) may be warranted, or the Academic Integrity Committee finds that a
record of prior academic misconduct is present, then the case is forwarded to
the Office of Judicial Affairs.
When this occurs,
the Academic Integrity Committee will not manage the case, but will
simply conduct a preliminary review before referring the case to the Office of
Judicial Affairs. All formal fact-finding and hearing procedures will be
conducted by Judicial Affairs in accordance with normal University operating
procedures.
At the conclusion
of the case, in which the student is found responsible for violating the
Academic Integrity Policy, the Office of Judicial Affairs may assign
University-level disciplinary sanctions and contact the Academic
Integrity Committee at the campus or college for the assignment of any
recommended academic sanctions.
D. Disciplinary
Sanctions:
1. Faculty may assign a
wide range of sanctions to a student found responsible for violating academic
integrity. Most faculty may choose to utilize academic sanctions (the
modification of grades due to misconduct), but when referring cases to Judicial
Affairs, faculty have the option to also recommend a full range of disciplinary
sanctions available to Judicial Affairs such as: Disciplinary Warning;
Disciplinary Probation; Temporary, Indefinite or Permanent Expulsion; or the
"XF" transcript notation. Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic
Integrity Violations and Explanations for Disciplinary Sanctions
can be found at (website under development).
2. "XF"
sanctions are assigned only after consultation with the instructor, the campus
or college Academic Integrity Committee, and Judicial Affairs. Assigning an
"XF" notation to a student’s transcript should be a rare occurrence
and is reserved for the most serious breaches of academic integrity which may
include repeat misconduct.
3. In any instance in
which the instructor believes an "XF" sanction is warranted, whether
or not the student has admitted responsibility, the case is forwarded to the
campus or college Academic Integrity Committee which will determine in
consultation with the involved faculty member, whether the case should be
referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs for appropriate fact finding and
judgment.
4. The campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee must include, with any recommendation to
Judicial Affairs for an XF grade, those conditions (if any) under which it
would approve the removal of the "XF" sanction from the transcript.
Judicial Affairs will consider this recommendation when deciding upon the
length of time that the “XF” notation will remain on the student’s transcript.
When the conditions are met for removal of the “XF”, an academic “F” will
remain on the transcript. Such conditions must reflect both the circumstances
of the individual case and consultation among the instructor, the campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee, and the Office of Judicial Affairs.
E. Schreyer
Honors College Students:
1. For honors courses,
as with all other courses, the campus or college delivering the course
maintains responsibility for reviewing and issuing academic sanctions and/or
referring cases to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
2. When a college finds
that a Schreyer Honors College student has committed an academic misconduct,
the Schreyer Honors College will be notified.
3. The Schreyer Honors
College maintains authority over alleged breaches of academic integrity for its
students in all cases in which the violation concerns Schreyer Honors College
work, such as thesis research, but in which the student is not enrolled in a
course.
F. Students
Involved in Other University Related Academic Activities or Programs:
Students involved in
other University related academic activities or programs (e.g. World Campus,
Cooperative Education, internships, study abroad programs, etc.) are subject to
the University Academic Integrity Policy as implemented by the appropriate
campus or college responsible for delivering the program or course/activity.
G. Record
Keeping:
1. The appropriate
Associate Dean or designee is responsible for forming Academic Integrity
Committees and seeing that students and faculty have ready access to such
bodies. They are also responsible for seeing that all cases are reported to
Judicial Affairs. The specific information reported to Judicial Affairs should
include: a) a copy of the signed Academic Integrity Form, and b) other
supporting documents that were established or reviewed while managing the case.
2. Judicial Affairs
alone is responsible for the central record keeping and disclosing of student
discipline records at the University, including academic dishonesty cases.
Judicial Affairs will disclose student disciplinary records of academic
dishonesty to third parties when those records include University-level
disciplinary sanctions assigned by the Office of Judicial Affairs.
Judicial Affairs will disclose student discipline record information to third
parties in accordance with federal law (FERPA) and the University policy on
managing Student Discipline Records (http://www.sa.psu.edu/ja/pdf/stu_dis_records.pdf).
Approved: ACUI (1-5-78)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUI
(3-29-84)
Revised: ACUE
(7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE
(11-2-00)
Revised: ACUE
(7-5-01)
Revised: ACUE
(1-8-04)
Revised: ACUE
(9-1-05)
D-2: ENTRANCE TO MAJOR
AND UPPER DIVISION LOCATION
Recording
and Use of Major Preference Data
1.
Colleges
are encouraged, but not required, to accept into major status students from
outside of the college. Students indicating major preferences outside of their
common year college are informed of the decision regarding their acceptance
accordingly.
2.
Each
student may identify up to three major preferences. Student major preferences
are initially collected from the admissions application and recorded in the
admissions file in ISIS. At the time the student accepts the admission offer
(paid accept status) the major preferences move to the Freshman Academic
Information file in ISIS. These major preferences can be further modified by
the student through the Educational Planning Survey distributed by the Division
of Undergraduate Studies (DUS).
Students have opportunities to
modify their major preferences at any time prior to entering a major. Major
preferences can be changed by informing the student's academic adviser at
advising sessions; ISIS screen ARUEA is used to update major preferences. The
eLion Entrance to Major application can be accessed directly by the student to
modify major preferences.
3.
Each
college must provide information to their freshmen and advisers relevant to
gaining entrance to the college's majors, in order to assist students in their
selection of major preferences. All colleges must make this information
available to all University students and advisers.
4.
Colleges
that have received authorization to have administrative controls imposed on the
number of students who may be granted entrance to a major each year must inform
students about these controls and the procedures for gaining entrance to a
controlled major.
5.
The
major preference data is used to review entrance to all majors, regardless of
whether the major is controlled or not. Students generally enter a major after
their first year and before their third year. The specific timing depends on
the requirements of the college and major.
6.
Each
college is responsible for reviewing freshmen expressing preferences for
controlled majors. The Registrar's office provides a report to support the
colleges with this process. All students expressing preferences for controlled
majors are to be informed of alternative majors that they might explore.
Designation of Selection
Pools
1.
All
baccalaureate degree candidates are assigned a specific selection pool. The
assigned selection pool should be such that following the time of entry to a
major, the student would be ready to begin enrolling in major-required courses
with the next semester of registration. Entering freshmen are assigned a
selection pool as appropriate for their preferred major. For controlled majors,
the selection pool designation is normally the spring of the sophomore year.
2.
The
college is responsible for notifying freshmen in the college and appropriate
students in DUS of their specific assigned individual selection pool
designations.
3.
Under
exceptional circumstances, the college dean may designate an alternative
selection pool for a student.
4.
The
college dean assigns the selection pool designation for advance
standing-students at the time of admission to the college.
5.
All
selection pool designations are entered into the ISIS system. The Registrar's
office will provide support for batch entry of these data. Entries to
individual student records are made by the college using ISIS screen ARUES.
Student Entrance to Majors And
Upper Level Locations
The Registrar's office, on
behalf of the college, will notify each student in the designated selection
pool. This notification will:
a.
Instruct
students to confirm their three major preferences.
b.
Instruct
students that changes to their major preferences can be made using eLion, by
contacting their adviser, or by contacting their college dean's office. A
deadline change date will be specified.
c.
Inform
the student of the upper division location(s) at which each of the three major
preferences is offered.
Selection of Students from
the Pool
1.
The
Registrar's office will provide all colleges with Major Decision Reports. The
report identifies students requesting the identified major preference. In
addition to the report, the Registrar's office will identify whether or not the
students have satisfied the academic requirements for entrance to the major.
2.
Students
shall be reviewed for selection eligibility by the college. Eligibility will be
determined on the basis of approved and published criteria.
3.
The
college will assign eligible students requesting non-controlled majors to those
majors within the college.
4.
Eligible
students with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.00 or higher are guaranteed
entrance to controlled majors. The college will assign remaining students in
order of descending cumulative grade-point average until all controlled spaces
are assigned.
Notification
to Students
1.
All
students in a specific pool are to be notified by the college performing the
selection of their status after selections have been made. Notification is to
occur prior to the beginning of the registration period for the next fall
semester. The notification will indicate whether the student was considered
eligible for selection and, if so, whether the student was selected for the
major.
2.
Students
actually selected are to be informed that they have been granted entrance to a
specific major and upper-level location effective the next semester of
enrollment. For those students who have not yet completed the course entrance
requirements but are currently enrolled in such courses, or those students with
marginally competitive grade-point averages, the entrance to major is
conditional pending appropriate current semester performance.
3.
The
status of all students selected into the major is to be recorded using the ISIS
system. The Registrar's office will provide appropriate support services to all
of the colleges.
Advising of Students Who are
Declared Ineligible or Who Were Not Selected for Majors
1.
All
students in the selection pool who are either declared ineligible or not
selected are to be notified by the college performing the selection. The
college performing the selection will also notify the student's common year
college if these two colleges are different.
2.
The
college performing the selection is not required to advise ineligible or
non-selected students if the student has a common year designation in a
different college. The college in which the student is currently enrolled will
provide the advising.
Calendar
1.
The
Office of the University Registrar will publish an annual Entrance to Major
calendar with specific dates and events.
2.
Entrance
to non-controlled majors may occur each semester. Entrance to controlled majors
occurs only during the spring semester.
Entrance to Major Outside of
This Process
The college dean has the
authority to allow a student to enter a major as an exception. Such approvals
are entered using ISIS screen ARUES.
Approved:
ACUE (1-8-98)
Revised:
Editorial (9-6-01)
D-3: CHANGE OF MAJOR
Baccalaureate-to-Baccalaureate
and Associate-to-Associate
1.
Each
college dean shall establish procedures for assisting students in the change of
major process. These procedures should include where forms may be obtained, how
forms are sent to the new college dean, and how students are notified of the
decision.
2.
When
processing changes of major, the University-approved Change of Major form will
be used. The student completes the form and forwards it to the new college dean
for review. If the requested change is approved, the new college dean updates
the major on ISIS using screen ARUSAD. The new dean notifies the current dean
and the student of the outcome.
Baccalaureate-to-Associate
1.
The
procedures for obtaining approval of the change of major are the same as
outlined in section 1 above. In addition, the new college dean notifies the
Registrar's office.
2.
The
Registrar's office will re-calculate the student's cumulative
agrade-pointverage in accordance with University Faculty Senate policy.
Associate-to-Baccalaureate
1.
Students
Enrolled in an Associate Degree Program
a.
Requests
from students who were clearly admissible to a four-year program at the time of
their initial enrollment should be handled as if the change is from one
baccalaureate program to another and will be at the discretion of the receiving
college dean.
b.
Requests
from students who were not admissible to a four-year program at the time of
their initial enrollment will be handled on an individual basis by the college
dean involved. No commitments for a change of major should be made until
authorization has been obtained from the appropriate college dean.
c.
The
procedures for obtaining approval of the change of major from associate-to-baccalaureate
are the same as outlined in section 1 above. In addition, the new college dean
notifies the Registrar's office.
d.
The
Registrar's office will re-calculate the student's cumulative a
grade-pointverage in accordance with faculty senate policy.
e.
If
the associate-to-baccalaureate change is approved, the approving college will
notify the student, assign a selection pool, and identify the student's
previously completed credits that will apply to the baccalaureate degree
program.
2.
Students
Who Have Completed an Associate Degree Program
a.
Entrance
to a baccalaureate degree program for a student who has completed an associate
degree is processed as a re-enrollment. The student initiates the re-enrollment
request with the campus Registrar.
b.
Approval
will be based on the student's associate degree record and other pertinent
information. Students should not be advised that they would be automatically
re-enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program after satisfactorily completing
the requirements for the associate degree.
Approved: ACUE (1-8-98)
D-1: ENTRANCE TO
COLLEGE AND LOWER DIVISION LOCATION
Senate Policy:
37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
College Common Year
Designation and Initial Campus Assignment
1. Students may be
admitted to the University as first-semester baccalaureate or associate degree
candidates at a university location as long as the location offers course work
appropriate to normal degree progress for the student's academic program of admission.
2. Regardless of
location, first-semester baccalaureate students are normally admitted into a
college or the Division of Undergraduate Studies (DUS), assigned a college
common year designation code, and enrolled in course work consistent with
normal degree progress for the academic majors in that college. Each college
and DUS has only one college common year designation code for this purpose.
3. First-semester
baccalaureate and associate degree students will be assigned to a location only
if that location can provide at least two semesters of normal progress toward
the baccalaureate or associate degree program selected by the student.
4. Normally,
baccalaureate and associate degree students are expected to complete two full
years of academic work at their location of admission. At the end of two years,
an associate degree candidate will normally graduate and a baccalaureate degree
candidate may have to change to a University location that offers the upper
level course work required in the student's major. Relocation to University
Park during the first two years of academic work is only to occur under
exceptional circumstances.
5. The dean for each
college will be responsible for establishing procedures to accomplish each of
the following objectives:
1. Inform each
baccalaureate student (in the college) of the policies and procedures governing
relocation to another campus.
2. Identify the
course requirements to maintain normal academic progress for the student's
major preference.
3. Identify the
probable semester of relocation for a student based on major preference.
4. Assure that
relocation does occur consistent with the current course requirements of a
student's major preference, the student's actual course experience, and the
planned course offerings of the campus over the next several semesters.
6. Students may enroll
at any location during the summer session and return to the regularly assigned
location for the fall semester.
Student-Initiated
Change of Location Request
1. A student may
request a change of location in order to maintain normal degree progress toward
the preferred major. Under special circumstances, requests for other reasons
may be approved as exceptions.
2. Student-initiated
change of location requests are considered on a space-available basis and must
have the approval of the receiving change of location administrator.
3. Students declaring
majors that require early change of location are expected to remain in that
major and to schedule courses consistent with the major.
4. The sending change
of location administrator should:
1. Determine that the
student is currently registered in either a baccalaureate or associate degree
program. Students not meeting this criterion should be directed to the campus
admissions or re-enrollment counselor and treated as new admissions to degree
candidacy or re-enrollments.
2. Using the
student's major preference and semester, determine if the student can obtain a
course schedule that will permit the student to maintain normal academic
progress at the present location.
5. To initiate a change
of location request, the sending change of location administrator enters
appropriate student information on ISIS screen ARUSBC and also notifies the
receiving change of location administrator of the request by e-mail. The receiving
administrator enters the approval/denial decision on screen ARUSBC and also
notifies the sending administrator of the decision through e-mail. The
Registrar's office notifies the student if the request is approved. The sending
administrator notifies the student if the request is not approved.
6. The campus Registrar
at the receiving location is responsible for providing the student with
appropriate registration instructions.
Cancellation of an
Approved Location Change
3.1. The student may
elect to cancel an approved change of location. Upon notification by the
student, the sending change of location administrator cancels the approved
change using screen ARUSBC. The Registrar's office confirms this cancellation
by notifying the student.
Approved: ACUE (1-8-98)
L-5: WORLD CAMPUS
COURSES FOR GRADUATION
Procedure:
When a grade for an
eight-month World Campus course is needed for graduation, all lessons and
examinations must be received three weeks prior to graduation and/or prior to
the course ending date, whichever comes first. Graduating students enrolled in
World Campus courses that have set start and end dates must notify World Campus
to ensure grades are assigned prior to the academic college's graduation
deadlines.
Approved: ACUI (8-5-76)
Effective:
September 1, 1976
Revised: ACUI
(2-22-79)
Revised: ACUE
(9-26-96)
Procedure:
Degree students needing
a maximum of six credits for graduation may be permitted to enroll for six
credits through the World Campus, subject to approval by the student's college
dean.
Approved: ACUI
(2-22-79)
Revised: ACUE
(9-2-04)
K-2: RE-ENROLLMENT WITH
ACADEMIC RENEWAL
Procedure for Former
Degree Students (Ref: Senate Policy 58-60):
A student who has had
an interruption of his/her studies at the University for a period of at least
four calendar years may request re-enrollment with academic renewal in the
Registrar's office.
The student must
complete a Request for Re-enrollment form and submit it to the Registrar's
office. This request may be entered at any campus location in the Registrar's
office, though final action will be taken in the Registrar's office at
University Park because there are notations that must be entered on the student's
academic record.
In the event the
student's grade point average is at least 2.0, and the student is not
requesting an administratively controlled academic area, the Registrar's office
may take action on the renewal request.
In cases where the
grade point average is less than 2.0, a request for support for renewal will be
sent to the requested college. If the college supports the renewal, the
Registrar's office will take appropriate action.
The earlier academic
record will remain on the transcript. Total credits completed will be
recalculated based on prior courses with a grade of C or higher. The number of
late drop credits will be refreshed and the new grade point average will begin
with the next registration.
Retroactive academic
renewals are possible and may be initiated at any campus location in the
Registrar's office, though final action will be taken in the Registrar's office
at University Park because there are notations that must be entered on the
student's academic record.
The Registrar's office
will inform the student about the decision and will make database notations as
appropriate.
A provisional or
nondegree student who wants to return to the University after an interruption
of no fewer than four calendar years may request provisional re-entry with
academic renewal through the Registrar's office. The student may not have
enrolled in any Penn State credit courses during this period and must be
seeking to return either in a degree program or in provisional status. In rare
instances a student may request renewal as a nondegree student.
Former provisional or
nondegree students who want to return to provisional status must submit a
provisional re-entry request form to the Registrar's office. Support from the
Division of Undergraduate Studies will be sought for these students.
Former provisional or
nondegree students asking for admission into a degree program with academic
renewal must file an application for degree status with the Undergraduate
Admissions Office. If approved for admission into a degree program, the
Registrar's office is to be notified so the appropriate notations can be
recorded on the database and on the educational record. Total credits completed
will be recalculated based on prior courses with a grade of C or higher. The
number of late drop credits will be refreshed and the new grade point average
will begin with the next registration.
Retroactive academic
renewals are possible and may be initiated at any campus location in the
Registrar's office, though final action will be taken in the Registrar's office
at University Park because there are notations that must be entered on the
student's academic record.
The Registrar's office
will inform the student about the decision and will make database notations as
appropriate.
Approved: ACUI (10-25-84)
Revised: ACUE (10-3-96)
K-1: RE-ENROLLMENT AS A
DEGREE CANDIDATE
Procedure:
To request
re-enrollment, a former degree candidate must submit a Request for Re-enrollment
form to the Registrar's office or they may call the Registrar's office to
request re-enrollment via telephone or they may contact the Registrar's office
via the Web at www.psu.edu/registrar. It is recommended the request be
submitted at least 30 days prior to the beginning of the semester/session in
which re-enrollment is sought. (Ref: Senate Policies 58-20, 58-50)
A former Penn State
student who has attended another accredited college or university and wants to
re-enroll with advanced standing must arrange to have a transcript sent to the
Undergraduate Admissions Office. The transcript will be evaluated and
appropriate credits will be added to the Penn State record.
NOTE 1: In most cases, re-enrollment
requests may be processed by the Registrar's office. However, in some cases
additional approval may be required. (Ref: Senate Policy 58-50).
Approved: ACUI (4-29-76)
Revised: ACUI (4-8-82)
Revised: ACUE (7-30-97)
NOTE 2: Re-enrollment procedures do not
apply to degree candidates admitted to extended access programs who interrupt
continuous enrollment by not enrolling in credit courses for one semester.
Approved: ACUI (11-16-78)
Revised: ACUE (7-30-97)
I-2: REINSTATEMENT
Procedure:
A student who has been
dropped from the University for unsatisfactory scholarship may request
reinstatement from the dean of the college in which reinstatement is sought.
In accordance with
Senate Policy 14-00, a nondegree conditional student should, as part of the
initial reinstatement process, consult with a designated representative of the
college in which reinstatement is sought. The college representative clarifies
the specific conditions for reinstatement which must be met and assists the
student with course selection.
NOTE 1: Commonwealth Campus students
consult with the Director of Academic Affairs to determine the appropriate
college representative.
A student is eligible
to seek reinstatement if the following criteria are met:
1. At least one-half of
the grade point deficiencies accumulated at the time of the drop action must be
eliminated.
2. The grade point
deficiency must be reduced below the point at which the student would be
subject to drop action again.
3. Any additional
requirements specified by the sponsoring college, such as stricter grade point
deficiency reduction or attainment of a cumulative grade point average
consistent with entrance to college and major standards in effect at the time
of reinstatement.
A student who believes
the above requirements have been met requests verification from the dean of the
college in which reinstatement is sought and submits a Request for Readmission
form (FORM K-1) to the Undergraduate Admission Office at least 30 days prior to
registration for the semester for which reinstatement is sought. The college
dean issues the student an Authorization of Reinstatement form (FORM I-1) and
enters the reinstatement request on the AIS via screen ARUSBR. If the three
reinstatement standards have been met, the college dean approves the request
and forwards a copy of the Authorization of Reinstatement form to the
Undergraduate Admissions Office for readmission consideration. The college dean
also enters the reinstatement action on ARUSBR and informs the student of the
reinstatement action.
If the student has not
met the three reinstatement standards, but expects to meet them pending the
outcome of coursework in progress, the college dean asks the student to return
for verification after grades have been issued for such courses.
NOTE 2: Students may be reinstated and
readmitted to the Division of Undergraduate Studies only upon recommendation of
the college dean and subject to the approval of the director of the the
Division of Undergraduate Studies. In such cases, the college dean forwards to
DUS the Authorization of Reinstatement form for review and consideration for
approval at least 20 days prior to registration for the semester for which
reinstatement is sought. The director of DUS informs the college dean of the
decision, enters the reinstatement action on ARUSBR, sends a copy of the
approved Authorization of Reinstatement form to the Undergraduate Admissions
Office, and informs the student of the action.
NOTE 3: Behrend College students
request reinstatement information from the Behrend College Associate Provost's
Office.
NOTE 4: Capital College students
request reinstatement information from the Capital College Admission Office.
NOTE 5: Commonwealth campus students
forward the Authorization of Reinstatement form to the dean of the college in
which reinstatement is sought. and submit a Request for Readmission form to the
Undergraduate Admissions Office. If DUS is recommended, the college dean
follows the procedure in NOTE 2. The college dean or the director of DUS also
writes to the student concerning the reinstatement action.
NOTE 6: Reinstatement and readmission
are two separate actions. See Section K-1 for readmission procedures.
(Ref: Senate Policies
54-80, 54-80, 58-20)
Approved: ACUI
(9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (5-5-83)
Revised: ACAS (5-8-87)
G-9: ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
Introduction:
Recognizing the
intrinsic nature of academic integrity as a linchpin of the Penn State
community, the University Faculty Senate adopted a new Academic Integrity
policy, Spring 2000. The shared conviction represented in the procedures that
follow is that academic integrity is best taught and reinforced by faculty as
an element of the teaching and learning process. Only in the limited instances
in which faculty believe that disciplinary, as well as academic, sanctions are
called for should the process move from the realm of faculty and students to
the Office of Judicial Affairs.
The associate dean or
campus director of academic affairs maintains and makes available to students
and faculty the academic integrity procedures adopted by the college's Academic
Integrity Committee.
College Committees
maintain guidelines on ranges of appropriate sanctions for given types of
infractions. Academic sanctions range from a warning to removal from the
academic program.
Procedures:
A. When Academic
Dishonesty is Suspected
1. The faculty member
informs the student of the allegations while taking into account the need to
respect each student's privacy and the goal of maintaining an environment that
supports teaching and learn
2. The faculty member
next conveys to the student the grade or grade and disciplinary action to be
taken and asks the student to sign the college's academic integrity form.
3. The faculty member
may provide a cooling-off period after confronting a student with the
allegation that she or he violated academic integrity.
4. The faculty member
may opt also to pursue a disciplinary action in conjunction with the College
Academic Integrity Committee and Judicial Affairs. Normally, however, it is
preferable to settle issues between faculty and student, which means relying on
the awarding of grades and course-related activities to support the learning
process, rather than requesting additional disciplinary sanctions.
5. Throughout the
academic integrity process, grading authority remains the responsibility of the
instructor.
6. Once a student has
been informed that academic dishonesty is suspected, the student may not drop
the course during the adjudication process, and a drop or withdrawal from the
course will be reversed. A student whose grade has been adjusted or assigned as
a result of a violation of academic integrity, may not drop or withdraw from
the course at any time (includes regular drop, late drop, withdrawal.
retroactive late drop and retroactive withdrawal). Any such drop action of the
course will be reversed.
7. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, a student fails to sign the
academic integrity conduct disposition form, the adjudication process will go
forward as defined by college procedures.
NOTE: The following
statement to students being accused of academic misconduct shall appear on all
college academic integrity conduct disposition forms:
"You may not drop
or withdraw from this course to avoid a sanction for a violation of academic
integrity. Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, you fail to sign this form,
the academic integrity adjudication process will go forward as defined by
college procedures."
B. If the Student
Accepts Responsibility for the Violation and the Proposed Academic Sanction
1. The faculty member
has the student sign the college's academic integrity form. This closes the
academic sanction element of the case. The form is forwarded, through the
appropriate associate dean, to the Office of Judicial Affairs for record
keeping.
2. When the student has
a history of two or more previous academic integrity violations, or the faculty
member recommends an Office of Judicial Affairs consideration of disciplinary
sanctions, the student is informed at this time and it is indicated on the form
that the disciplinary issues remain open.
3. The signed admission
of responsibility is forwarded to the associate dean for administrative review
of:
a) An instructor
recommendation that a disciplinary sanction be applied by the Office of
Judicial Affairs. The associate dean forwards the case to the College Academic
Integrity Committee for review (without formal fact finding) of the faculty
disciplinary sanction recommendation. When the College Academic Integrity
Committee feels it is appropriate, the request for a disciplinary sanction is
forwarded to the Office Judicial Affairs for review.
b) The existence of
past academic integrity violations. When a record of such violations exists
(the dean checks with the Office of Judicial Affairs, which is the only body
that maintains such university-wide records), the case will be forwarded to the
Office of Judicial Affairs, which may levy a disciplinary sanction based on the
cumulative record of repeat offenses.
C. If the Student Does
Not Admit Responsibility for an Academic Integrity Violation
1. The instructor
forwards the case to the College Academic Integrity Committee.
a) When the instructor
has not recommended disciplinary sanctions, and the student does not have a
record of two or more previous academic integrity violations, the College
Academic Integrity Committee conducts fact finding in accordance with due
process procedures. If the Committee finds that the student violated standards
of academic integrity, the Office of Judicial Affairs is notified for
record-keeping purposes. The College Committee notifies the faculty member to
carry out academic sanction, as approved.
b) If after
administrative review, which does not include formal hearings or the
questioning of witnesses, the committee finds (1) a record of two or more
previous violations of academic integrity, and (2) the instructor and the
committee are in agreement that a disciplinary sanction may be warranted, then
the case is forwarded to the Office of Judicial Affairs, which conducts formal
fact finding and seeks relevant input from the instructor and College Academic
Integrity Committee.
c) Office of Judicial
Affairs will notify the faculty member to (1) carry out the proposed academic
sanction if the Judicial Affairs finding warrants, or (2) grade the student
based on a finding that no violation of academic integrity has occurred.
D. The "XF"
Grade
1. An "XF"
grade is a formal University disciplinary sanction.
2. "XF"
sanctions are only awarded with the concurrence of the instructor, the College
of Academic Integrity Committee, and Judicial Affairs. Reliance on the
"XF" should be a rare occurrence and reserved for the most serious
breaches of academic integrity.
3. In any instance in
which the instructor believes an "XF" sanction warranted, and whether
or not the student has admitted responsibility, the case is forwarded to the
College Academic Integrity Committee for review and then to the Office of
Judicial Affairs for appropriate fact finding and judgment.
4. The College Academic
Integrity Committee must include with any recommendation of an "XF"
grade to Judicial Affairs, conditions under which itwould approve the removal
by Judicial Affairs of the "XF" sanction from the transcript (with an
academic F remaining). Such conditions must reflect both the circumstances of
the individual case and consultation among the instructor, the college academic
integrity committee, and the Office of Judicial Affairs.
E. Schreyer Honors
College Students
1. The college with
authority for courses, including those designated Honors courses, in which an
alleged violation of academic integrity occurs maintains responsibility for
issuing academic sanctions and referring cases to the Office of Judicial
Affairs.
2. When a college finds
that a Schreyer Honors College student has violated academic integrity, then
the Schreyer Honors College will be notified and may invoke its own sanctions.
3. The Schreyer Honors
College maintains authority over alleged breaches of academic integrity for its
students in all cases in which the violation concerns Schreyer Honors College
work, such as thesis research, but in which the student is not enrolled in a
course.
F. Record Keeping:
1. The appropriate
assistant or associate dean is responsible for convening Committees of Academic
Integrity and seeing that students and faculty have ready access to such
bodies. They also are responsible for seeing that all cases handled on the
college level, in which a student is found responsible for dishonesty, are
reported to Judicial Affairs.
2. Judicial Affairs
alone is responsible for central record keeping of all academic dishonesty cases.
3. A Committee on
Academic Integrity or dean may request information from Judicial Affairs on
whether students found responsible for academic dishonesty have previously been
sanctioned for other acts of academic dishonesty. This information may not be used
as a basis for judging a student's guilt, but it may be used as a basis for
imposing sanctions or deciding whether disciplinary action is warranted.
Approved: ACUI
(1-5-78)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
Revised: ACUI
(3-29-84)
Revised: ACUE
(7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE
(11-2-00)
Revised: ACUE
(7-5-01)
Revised: ACUE
(1-8-04)
O-2: GRADUATION
POLICIES -- ASSOCIATE DEGREE
Policy:
All associate degree
students, irrespective of the location at which their degree requirements are
completed, will receive the appropriate diploma at the end of the semester in
which all degree requirements are completed. Such students may subsequently
return to the campus at which the degree requirements were fulfilled and
participate in the next graduation exercises.
University Park shall
include associate degree students in graduation exercises each time they are
held, contingent on their having satisfied all of the degree requirements and
notified appropriate University officials of their intent to participate in
such exercises sufficiently in advance of the date of graduation exercises to
allow for the inclusion of names in the commencement program.
Students who complete
the requirements for an associate degree at a Commonwealth Campus/Behrend
College/Hershey at a time other than when graduation exercises are held at that
location, may participate in the next commencement held at University park
after they have (a) been certified by the appropriate college faculty that all
requirements have been satisfied, and (b) notified the University Registrar of
their desire to participate in graduation exercises at University Park. The
University Registrar shall immediately inform the pertinent campus official of
the student's desire.
Endorsed: ACUI
(1-23-75)
Approved: Provost
Larson (2-10-75)
Effective: Summer
Term 1975
Revised: ACUI
(5-21-81)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
Procedure:
1. Permission to attend
commencement exercises and receive a diploma at University Park or to receive a
diploma at the end of a semester when no commencement exercises are held at a
campus and with the option to return to participate in the next scheduled
exercises may be obtained by completing a Request for Alternate Commencement
Site (Associate) form (FORM O-2). These forms are automatically supplied to all
associate degree candidates who file for graduation in accordance with Senate
Policy 86-00 for Fall Semester and Summer Session.
2. Copies of the
approved form will be forwarded to the student and the campus location involved
by the University Registrar.
Approved: ACUI
(5-15-75)
Revised: ACUI
(5-21-81)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
O-1: GRADUATION
POLICIES -- BACCALAUREATE DEGREE
Policy:
Students who have
completed the requirements for a baccalaureate degree and who have been
certified by the appropriate faculty at University Park, but who for
appropriate reasons desire to attend the graduation exercises and be recognized
by receiving their diplomas at a Commonwealth Campus or Behrend College
Provost/Dean shall immediately be informed of a student's desire by the
University Registrar. Ample notice must be given in advance of the date of the
graduation exercises to allow for the inclusion of names in the commencement
program.
Approved: Provost
Larson (2-10-75)
Effective: Summer
Term 1975
Revised: ACUI (5-21-81)
Procedures:
Procedure: 1.
Permission to attend commencement exercises and receive a baccalaureate degree
diploma at a campus location other than University park may be obtained by
completing a Request for Alternative Commencement Site (Baccalaureate) form
(FORM O-1).
2. If approval is
granted to attend commencement at an alternative site, the University Registrar
will forward the completed form to the campus involved. That campus must
provide the student with instructions concerning the commencement ceremony.
3. If the request to
graduate at an alternate site is not approved, the University Registrar will
notify the student and the appropriate campus to that effect.
NOTE: This form is not
used by students receiving baccalaureate degrees in Behrend College majors or
in Capital Campus majors.
Approved: ACUI
(5-29-75)
Revised: ACUI
(5-21-81)
G-1: GRADE REPORTING
Procedure:
Grade reporting
deadlines are set accordingly so that 1) grades for graduating seniors are
available to allow sufficient time for checking the final semester's work to
assure that graduation requirements have been met and 2) students who are
academically dropped for unsatisfactory scholarship can be notified of that
fact prior to registration for the next semester. Grade reporting instructions
and Grade Reporting Forms are distributed to the appropriate departments and
campuses for transmission to the instructors.
Approved: ACUI
(9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
Procedure:
The Registrar's
office will establish deadlines in the grade reporting instructions distributed
to the college and department offices. The deadlines announced will be, by
agreement with all colleges, set at no more than four hours after the deadline
by which the Registrar's office would expect to receive the grades from the
college deans. The instructions will clearly indicate that the published
deadline is that grades are due in the college dean's office 48 hours after the
final exam.
Approved: ACREP
(4-29-71)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
Revised: ACUE
(7-26-96)
G-5: CORRECTED GRADES
Procedure:
When a change in
grade is deemed appropriate, the instructor will request a Grade Change
Authorization form from the instructor's college dean or campus executive
officer. After completing the form, assigning the corrected grade, signing the
form, and removing the department/instructor copy, the instructor returns the
form to the college dean or campus executive officer for signature verification
and submission to Registrar's office. The dean's/campus executive officer's
copy of the form is retained in the dean's/campus executive officer's office.
The Registrar will
process the change and return a report of the change to the instructor's
college dean or campus executive officer, and the instructor via academic
department or campus registrar. A grade report is also sent to the student by
the Registrar to notify the student that a change of grade has been made (Ref:
Senate Policy 48-30)
The grade change to
the student record will be verified by both the department/instructor and the
office of the college dean or campus executive officer by comparing the
retained copies of the grade change authorization forms with the report of
grade change provided to the offices.
Approved: ACUI
(4-1-76)
Effective: Fall
Term 1976
Revised: ACUI
(2-26-81)
Effective: Summer
Term 1981
Revised: ACUI
(4-8-82)
Revised: ACUE
(10-3-96)
NOTE: No grade
change can be made more than one year after the end of the semester in which the
course was taken.
A-1: FRESHMAN
Senate Policy
05-80: Freshman Admission as a Baccalaureate or an Associate Degree
Candidate
Procedure:
Application
1. An application
form, available from the Undergraduate Admissions Office in September for the
following admissions year, should be submitted at the earliest possible date.
Although there is no deadline for filing the application, the
September-November period is recommended since applications with complete
credentials are processed as they are received beginning in September and many
academic programs and campus locations are filled early by qualified
applicants.2. A nonrefundable application fee must accompany the application.3.
Applications with complete credentials received by the admissions office before
December 1 of each year, with SAT scores from the junior or earlier year test,
have priority for consideration of campus locations and academic programs.
Complete credentials must include (a) secondary school record showing grades
received for all courses completed beyond the eighth grade; (b) senior schedule
of courses; (c) required courses completed (or scheduled) for area of
enrollment (college choice); (d) SAT, SAT I, or ACT assessmentscores
(applicants are encouraged to submit the results of the junior year SAT or
ACT); (e) record of any courses taken at other colleges or universities.
Evaluation:
1. An evaluation
index is computed for each applicant. The evaluation index is based on a
combination of the following factors: (a) grades in applicable courses
completed in grades nine through eleven (if the student has graduated from high
school at the time he or she applies to Penn State, the ninth through twelfth
grade record is used); (b) the verbal and math scores of the SAT/SAT I or
English and mathematics scores of the ACT; (c) participation in honors-type
courses.2. Applications are processed as they are received in the following
manner:
Eligibility levels, in
terms of the evaluation index, are established for campus locations, and for
certain programs, based on the number of students who can be admitted.
Applicants who are clearly eligible for admission to the campus of their first
choice are offered admission until spaces are committed. Applicants who are
eligible for admission to the University, but not eligible for the campus of
their first choice, are offered admission to an alternative campus. Applicants
who are not eligible for admission to baccalaureate degree programs are advised
of other possibilities for study at the University.
Because of
uncertainty of the number of students who can be accepted for some campuses and
programs, it may be necessary to delay the admission decision for some
applicants. These applicants will be notified of this and given the option of
making an alternative choice of location and receiving an admission decision
promptly or waiting until a decision can be made on their first choice of
location.
Approved: ACUI
(4-29-76)
Revised: ACUI
(1-20-83)
Revised: ACUI
(3-25-85)
Revised: ACUE
(7-26-96)
ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
Introduction:
Recognizing the
intrinsic nature of academic integrity as a linchpin of the Penn State
community, the University Faculty Senate adopted a new Academic Integrity
policy, Spring 2000. The shared conviction represented in the procedures that
follow is that academic integrity is best taught and reinforced by faculty as
an element of the teaching and learning process. Only in the limited instances
in which faculty believe that disciplinary, as well as academic, sanctions are
called for should the process move from the realm of faculty and students to
the Office of Judicial Affairs.
The associate dean or
campus director of academic affairs maintains and makes available to students
and faculty the academic integrity procedures adopted by the college's Academic
Integrity Committee.
College Committees
maintain guidelines on ranges of appropriate sanctions for given types of
infractions. Academic sanctions range from a warning to removal from the
academic program.
Procedures:
A. When Academic
Dishonesty is Suspected
1. The faculty member
informs the student of the allegations while taking into account the need to
respect each student's privacy and the goal of maintaining an environment that
supports teaching and learn
2. The faculty member
next conveys to the student the grade or grade and disciplinary action to be
taken and asks the student to sign the college's academic integrity form.
3. The faculty member
may provide a cooling-off period after confronting a student with the
allegation that she or he violated academic integrity.
4. The faculty member
may opt also to pursue a disciplinary action in conjunction with the College
Academic Integrity Committee and Judicial Affairs. Normally, however, it is
preferable to settle issues between faculty and student, which means relying on
the awarding of grades and course-related activities to support the learning
process, rather than requesting additional disciplinary sanctions.
5. Throughout the
academic integrity process, grading authority remains the responsibility of the
instructor.
6. Once a student has
been informed that academic dishonesty is suspected, a drop or withdrawal from
the course will be reversed.
B. If the Student
Accepts Responsibility for the Violation and the Proposed Academic Sanction
1. The faculty member
has the student sign the college's academic integrity form. This closes the
academic sanction element of the case. The form is forwarded, through the
appropriate associate dean, to the Office of Judicial Affairs for record
keeping.
2. When the student has
a history of two or more previous academic integrity violations, or the faculty
member recommends an Office of Judicial Affairs consideration of disciplinary
sanctions, the student is informed at this time and it is indicated on the form
that the disciplinary issues remain open.
3. The signed admission
of responsibility is forwarded to the associate dean for administrative review
of:
a) An instructor recommendation that a disciplinary
sanction be applied by the Office of Judicial Affairs. The associate dean
forwards the case to the College Academic Integrity Committee for review
(without formal fact finding) of the faculty disciplinary sanction
recommendation. When the College Academic Integrity Committee feels it is
appropriate, the request for a disciplinary sanction is forwarded to the Office
Judicial Affairs for review.
b) The existence of past academic integrity violations.
When a record of such violations exists (the dean checks with the Office of
Judicial Affairs, which is the only body that maintains such university-wide records), the
case will be forwarded to the Office of Judicial Affairs, which may levy a
disciplinary sanction based on the cumulative record of repeat offenses.
C. If the Student Does
Not Admit Responsibility for an Academic Integrity Violation
1. The instructor
forwards the case to the College Academic Integrity Committee.
a) When the instructor has not recommended disciplinary
sanctions, and the student does not have a record of two or more previous
academic integrity violations, the College Academic Integrity Committee
conducts fact finding in accordance with due process procedures. If the
Committee finds that the student violated standards of academic integrity, the
Office of Judicial Affairs is notified for record-keeping purposes. The College
Committee notifies the faculty member to carry out academic sanction, as approved.
b) If after administrative review, which does not
include formal hearings or the questioning of witnesses, the committee finds
(1) a record of two or more previous violations of academic integrity, and (2)
the instructor and the committee are in agreement that a disciplinary sanction
may be warranted, then the case is forwarded to the Office of Judicial Affairs,
which conducts formal fact finding and seeks relevant input from the instructor
and College Academic Integrity Committee.
c) Office of Judicial Affairs will notify the faculty
member to (1) carry out the proposed academic sanction if the Judicial Affairs
finding warrants, or (2) grade the student based on a finding that no violation
of academic integrity has occurred.
D. The "XF"
Grade
1. An "XF"
grade is a formal University disciplinary sanction.
2. "XF"
sanctions are only awarded with the concurrence of the instructor, the College
of Academic Integrity Committee, and Judicial Affairs. Reliance on the
"XF" should be a rare occurrence and reserved for the most serious
breaches of academic integrity.
3. In any instance in
which the instructor believes an "XF" sanction warranted, and whether
or not the student has admitted responsibility, the case is forwarded to the
College Academic Integrity Committee for review and then to the Office of
Judicial Affairs for appropriate fact finding and judgment.
4. The College Academic
Integrity Committee must include with any recommendation of an "XF"
grade to Judicial Affairs, conditions under which it would approve the removal
by Judicial Affairs of the "XF" sanction from the transcript (with an
academic F remaining). Such conditions must reflect both the circumstances of
the individual case and consultation among the instructor, the college academic
integrity committee, and the Office of Judicial Affairs.
E. Schreyer Honors
College Students
1. The college with
authority for courses, including those designated Honors courses, in which an
alleged violation of academic integrity occurs maintains responsibility for
issuing academic sanctions and referring cases to the Office of Judicial
Affairs.
2. When a college finds
that a Schreyer Honors College student has violated academic integrity, then
the Schreyer Honors College will be notified and may invoke its own sanctions.
3. The Schreyer Honors
College maintains authority over alleged breaches of academic integrity for its
students in all cases in which the violation concerns Schreyer Honors College
work, such as thesis research, but in which the student is not enrolled in a
course.
F. Record Keeping:
1. The appropriate
assistant or associate dean is responsible for convening Committees of Academic
Integrity and seeing that students and faculty have ready access to such
bodies. They also are responsible for seeing that all cases handled on the
college level, in which a student is found responsible for dishonesty, are
reported to Judicial Affairs.
2. Judicial Affairs
alone is responsible for central record keeping of all academic dishonesty
cases.
3. A Committee on
Academic Integrity or dean may request information from Judicial Affairs on
whether students found responsible for academic dishonesty have previously been
sanctioned for other acts of academic dishonesty. This information may not be
used as a basis for judging a student's guilt, but it may be used as a basis
for imposing sanctions or deciding whether disciplinary action is warranted.
Approved: ACUI (1-5-78)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUI (3-29-84)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-00)
Revised: ACUE (7-5-01)
L-6: MINORS - ENTRANCE
AND CERTIFICATION
Policy: click to access Senate
Policy 59-00, Requirements for the Minor
Procedure:
1. Students may apply
for entrance to a minor by completing and submitting an Application for Entrance to a Minor to the person in charge of the
minor.
Students approved for
entrance to a minor who terminate degree enrollment and subsequently return to degree
status through the re-enrollment process must reapply for entrance to a minor,
if desired.
2. Application for
minors will be accepted anytime after the student has achieved at least fifth
semester classification, but not later than 5:00 p.m. on the day before
commencement of the student's final semester. A copy of the approved
application form will be provided to the student, and a copy will be retained
by the person in charge of the minor. The person in charge of the minor* will
enter the student's minor into ISIS screen path ARUSAN.
3. The person in charge
of the minor* will be responsible for monitoring the academic progress (i.e.,
minimum g.p.a.) required for retention and graduation.
4. During the seventh
week of the student's final semester, copies of the Degree Audit Report for
students accepted into minors will be forwarded from the Registrar to the
appropriate college dean for distribution to the persons in charge of the
minors.
5. By 5:00 p.m. on the
day before commencement of the student's final semester, the person in charge
of the minor* is responsible for certifying the student's successful completion
of the requirements for the minor by adding an approval indicator on ISIS
screen path ARUGB.
6. The Office of the
University Registrar will prepare a minor certificate for each student
approved, by the appropriate academic unit, to graduate in the minor program.
The certificate will include the signature of the President of the University
and the College Dean that is responsible for the minor program. The minor
certificate will be presented to the graduate along with the diploma.
7. The Registrar will
be responsible for recording on the student's academic record the successful
completion of the minor program at the time the baccalaureate degree is
conferred.
NOTE: A minor may be
awarded retroactively through the following process: The academic department is
to certify that the student met the requirements for the minor at the time of
graduation and forward this information to the college associate dean, who will
endorse the request and send it to the University Registrar in writing. The
Registrar will see that the appropriate notation is added to the student's
transcript and that the certificate for the minor is produced.
Approved: ACUI (4-7-83)
Revised: ACAS (6-10-88)
Revised: ACAS (9-8-89)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-95)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (1-21-99)
Revised: ACUE (3-2-00)
R-4: RELIGIOUS HOLIDAYS
Policy:
In preparing the
calendar for an academic year, the University makes every effort to avoid
conflicts with religious holidays. However, when conflicts are unavoidable,
efforts are made to make special arrangements for the students affected.
M-11: SCHREYER HONORS
COLLEGE
Senate Policy 65-00: Schreyer
Honors College
Procedure:
Additions and amendments to
Schreyer Honors College academic requirements must be approved by the
Administrative Council on Undergraduate Education. Proposals for
academic additions and amendments should include a record of consultation with
appropriate parties, including the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education and
International Programs and the University Faculty Senate Committee on
Undergraduate Education.
The Dean of the
Schreyer Honors College, who is advised by a faculty advisory committee, a
student council, and an external advisory board, shall also consult with the
Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education and International Programs on issues
pertaining to credit requirements, curricula, and academic standards of
admission and retention.
1. Students
typically will be offered admission into the Schreyer Honors College (SHC)
through one of two routes:
a. Entering
First-year Students: Students typically should have: at least 1350 total
SAT scores; excellent records in secondary school as evidenced by measures
including but not limited to grade point average, strength of course schedule,
extra-curricular and co-curricular activities during the high school years,
leadership positions and/or outstanding accomplishments in those activities, and
community service. Applicants must complete at least two essays demonstrating
excellent writing abilities, creativity and critical thinking skills; submit at
least two recommendations from high school teachers, and include a list of
extracurricular and co-curricular activities in which the student has
participated along with the positions held in those activities. Applications
are read and reviewed by members of the Penn State faculty and faculty/staff
members of the SHC. The dean's office of the SHC will make the final decisions
regarding admission of the first-year applicants to the SHC and will be
responsible for determining the level and duration of SHC financial support
provided to these students in the form of Academic Excellence Scholarships.
b. Junior-Gate
Students: Students who are rising juniors are nominated by their major
program, after an appropriate college-specific application process, during the
spring semester of their sophomore year. These students typically must
have earned a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.70 through their
first three semesters of study at Penn State (i.e., through the completion of
Fall Semester of their sophomore year). The dean's office of the SHC will
review the nominations and make final decisions regarding admission of the
nominees to the SHC. All SHC offers of admission to students nominated by their
major program during spring semester are contingent upon their GPA/performance
during the fourth semester of study at Penn State.
Faculty, advisors and
administrators may also nominate for entrance to the SHC any superior student
who has four or more semesters remaining toward the completion of a
baccalaureate degree. These special admissions exceptions require a petition;
the details of the petition process are available in the SHC dean's office. The
criteria and review methods are patterned after the two official admissions
windows, described above, and vary depending on the student's semester
standing. Upon receipt and review of the completed petition, the dean's office
of the SHC will make an admission exception, on a space-available basis, for
any qualified student.
2. To remain in the
SHC, students who matriculate on or after fall semester 2005 must maintain both
a semester and cumulative grade point average of at least at B+ (3.33)[see
footnote 1] while maintaining full-time enrollment (minimum of 12 credits),
file an Annual Academic Plan approved by an honors adviser, and successfully
complete the following course requirements:
a. First-year Scholars must complete a minimum of three
(3) honors courses for at least nine (9) honors credits;
b. Sophomore Scholars must complete a cumulative minimum
of six (6) honors courses for a total of at least eighteen (18) honors
credits;[see footnote 2]
c. Upper division students must complete a minimum of
fourteen (14) additional honors credits.
The academic progress
requirements for part-time and returning-adult students in the SHC may vary
from what is described above. These students are required to work closely with
their honors advisor and the administration of the SHC to develop an
appropriate specific plan of progress. The explicit GPA requirements and the
total honors credits required must still be met by these students.
3. Each student
participating in the SHC must prepare an Annual Academic Plan (AAP) in
consultation with, and to be approved and signed by his/her honors adviser.
Students entering the SHC for the first time will prepare an AAP with his/her
honors adviser at the beginning of fall semester. All AAPs must be submitted to
the SHC online from the SHC web page. The dean's office of the SHC will review
each Plan.
4. To graduate from the
SHC, students must complete a thesis. Each thesis must be read, signed and
approved by at least two full-time members of the regular faculty at Penn
State, including both the thesis supervisor and an honors adviser(s) in the
department(s) granting honors.
5. Students may
withdraw from the SHC by notifying the dean of the SHC in writing. Students who
withdraw, whether voluntarily or not, will not be penalized for approved
modifications in program requirements made while they were Schreyer Scholars.
At the time of withdrawal, a summary of program modifications will be sent by
the honors adviser to the student's college dean's office.
6. Each semester, the
dean's office of the SHC shall be responsible for notifying the University Registrar
of the names of the students who have successfully completed the requirements
of the SHC. The University Registrar shall make an appropriate notation on the
student's official record and diploma.
(Ref: Senate Policies
65-00, 34-58, 88-70, and the Schreyer Honors College Handbook)
[Footnote 1] For
students matriculated in the Schreyer Honors College prior to fall semester
2003, the required minimum semester and cumulative GPAs are both 3.20.
[Footnote 2] Students
matriculated in the Schreyer Honors College prior to fall semester 2005 must
complete a minimum of three (3) honors courses for at least seven (7) honors
credits each of the first two years.
Senate Policy 65-00: Schreyer
Honors College
Approved: University
Scholars Program (6-9-80)
Endorsed: ACUI
(6-19-80)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
Revised: ACUE
(9-4-03)
Revised:
ACUE (1-6-05)
Revised:
ACUE (2-3-05)
C-2: REGISTRATION
Senate Policy:
34-23, Registration
Senate Policy:
34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy:
34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy:
34-89, Course Drop
Principles Related to
the Registration Process
1. Registration System
One registration system
registers all students at all locations for credit courses offered through the
resident instruction, continuing education, and World Campus delivery systems.
Non-credit courses follow different registration procedures.
The campus Registrar is
responsible for providing semester-by-semester registration instructions to
students, advisers, faculty, and staff. Registration instructions are published
no later than the publication of the initial Schedule of Courses.
The registration
process is continuous in nature. Each student is assigned a "first date to
register. " Starting with this first date, the student may initially
register and subsequently adjust the registration as appropriate and necessary.
The fundamental goal of this process is to finalize course registrations before
the first day of the semester.
Students may register
for courses using the following options:
·
Using
the eLion system
·
In-person
registration at the campus Registrar's office, academic department offices,
advising center, or continuing education office.
2. Incomplete and
Complete Registrations
Students begin the
registration process by meeting with their academic adviser and scheduling
courses. Registration is completed when the student has paid the appropriate
tuition and fees.
Students who have
registered for courses receive a statement of tuition and fees from the
Bursar's office. This statement includes the amount due as well as possible
credits resulting from applicable scholarships, loans, grants, and other forms
of financial assistance. In some cases, because of possible financial credits,
a student may not be required to make payment to the University. In other
cases, a student may be due a refund from the University. In all cases,
regardless of amount due, student action is required to complete the
registration process.
Failure to complete the
registration process by payment of tuition and fees may result in any or all of
the following actions:
·
The
University will not provide grades for courses attended.
·
Once
classes begin, students cannot add courses for the current semester if their tuition
and fees have not been paid.
·
Students
are ineligible to register for future semesters.
·
The
student's Penn State Access Account is suspended.
·
Students
receiving student loans may enter repayment status with their lenders.
·
Students
receiving student aid may have some of their aid sources cancelled.
·
Students
residing in University housing will need to vacate housing.
·
Students
receiving Federal Work-Study awards cannot be hired.
·
International
students may be out of compliance with SEVIS.
Campus Registrars are
responsible for contacting students who have failed to complete the
registration process. If a student is earnestly seeking to finalize payment,
campus Registrars may allow the student to remain in an incomplete registration
status. The campus Registrar has the authority to cancel the incomplete
registration of any student.
3. Registration Holds
Authorized University
offices may place a hold on a student's record that will prevent registration.
Because of the seriousness of this action, the office placing the hold is
required to notify the student. Holds are placed because of:
·
Academic
issues--placed and removed by college deans' offices;
·
Financial
issues--placed and removed by offices such as Parking, Library, Bursar;
·
Disciplinary
issues--placed and removed by Student Affairs;
·
Health
issues--placed and removed by the Health Center;
·
Administrative
issues--placed and removed by the University Registrar.
4. Credit Limitations
Students are not
permitted to register for more than 19 credits prior to the first day of the
semester. After consultation with their academic adviser, students may register
for more than 19 credits during the first ten calendar days of the semester.
5. Registration
Calendar
The campus Registrar is
responsible for developing a registration calendar for each semester.
Consultation should occur among those campus Registrars at campuses where
students typically enroll at multiple locations.
The registration
calendar is prioritized according to the following scheme:
a.
Students
with high priority needs (authorized categories include honor students,
disabled students, and student athletes);
b.
Graduate
degree students;
c.
Undergraduate
degree students (descending order of total credits completed plus currently
enrolled credits);
d.
Provisional
and nondegree students (register on a space-available basis).
6. Late Registration
The registration
process is to be completed before the first day of the semester. Late
registration is defined as a first-time course registration on or after the
first day of the semester. The student pays a fee for the privilege of
registering late. Students registering late receive a bill from the Bursar's
office which displays the date when payment is expected to avoid late payment
fees. A student's registration is considered incomplete until the tuition and
fees are paid. Students in an incomplete registration status may not add
courses, but are permitted to drop courses.
7. Registration
Adjustments--Before the First Day of the Semester
After the initial
registration, students may adjust their course registration as appropriate and
necessary using any of the methods available for registration.
8. Registration
Adjustments--First Ten Days of the Semester
Once the semester
begins, students must have completed the registration process in order to add
courses. Students with an incomplete registration are not permitted to add
courses. Regardless of registration status, students are permitted to drop
courses. The student may make these changes using any of the methods available
for registration.
A proportionate length of time
is provided for summer session courses.
9. Registration
Adjustments--After the Tenth Day of the Semester
Adding a course after
the tenth day of the semester is a Late Add and requires approval of the course
instructor. Students requesting a Late Add should be carefully advised and
cautioned regarding missed work. Late Adds must be processed in person at the
campus Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office. A $6.00 processing fee is charged for a Late Add.
Dropping a course after
the tenth day of the semester and through the end of the twelfth week of the
semester is a Late Drop. For courses offered for less than a full semester, the
late drop period ends after 80% of the course has been completed. Students
requesting a Late Drop should be carefully advised and cautioned regarding the
potential impact of delaying normal progress towards graduation, possible loss
of some forms of student aid, and likely ineligibility of coverage on parental
insurance policies. Late Drops must be processed in person at the campus
Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office, or using the eLion system. A $6.00 processing fee
is charged for a Late Drop.
Students who have not
completed the registration process by payment of tuition and fees are not
permitted to Late Add nor Late Drop courses.
The time periods for Late
Add and Late Drop are pro rated for courses offered for other than a
fifteen-week semester calendar.
All Late Drops are
subject to the credit limitations established by University Faculty Senate
policy. If a provisional or nondegree student becomes a degree candidate, the
Late Drop credits used while in provisional or nondegree status are carried
forward to the degree program status. If a baccalaureate or associate degree
candidate becomes a nondegree student, the Late Drop credits used while in degree
candidacy count in the total Late Drop credits available to the nondegree
student.
10. Limitation of
Retroactive Registration
After the last
class day of the semester, registration for that semester is closed. After this
date, requests to complete a previously initiated registration are subject to
administrative review and may be denied. Retroactive registration is only
available for courses for which the student was scheduled during the semester.
In other words, this process cannot be used to add courses to the student's
schedule after the semester ends.
Requests for
retroactive registration must be initiated by the end of the 9th month
following the end of the semester for which retroactive registration is being
requested.
If the retroactive
registration request is approved:
• Semester tuition and fees will be charged at the
current rates effective with the date on which the retroactive registration
request was initiated.
• Full payment of tuition and fees is required
before the retroactive registration is recorded. Full payment must be made
within one month of approval.
• All previously scheduled courses will be
recorded. Courses may not be added or dropped from the student's schedule.
• The Registrar's office will contact the course
instructor(s) to seek final grades. In the event that a grade for a course
cannot be obtained from the instructor, the instructor's department head will
provide the grade.
11. Administrative
Course Cancellation
The Administrative
Course Cancellation procedure is available to correct errors. It is not to be
used as an alternative to normal registration procedures.
If a student identifies
a course for which registration was not intended, the student must contact the
department offering the course. The department staff will initiate an
Administrative Course Cancellation form and ask the student to sign the
request. The department staff forward the form to the course instructor. If the
instructor has no evidence that the student participated in the course and
makes this declaration of non-participation by signing the form, the form is
returned to the department office, for forwarding to the campus Registrar's
office. The campus Registrar will remove the course from the student's academic
record. This procedure is available one semester beyond the semester in which
the error occurred. After this time, the Faculty Senate must act on the course
cancellation request.
12. Multiple Campus
Registration
Each student is assigned
a home campus at which the student must be registered.
Students who are part
of a multi-campus college are expected to first register at their home campus;
they may then register at any campus within the college without special
permission or restriction.
Students who are not
part of a multi-campus college first register for courses offered by their home
campus. Permission is required for registration at any other campus. Permission
is granted by the college dean or academic department offering the course and
processed by the campus Registrar. At least one half of the student's total
semester credits must be from courses offered by the home campus.
13. Section Changes
A section change is an
administrative change to a student's registration that results in moving a
student from one section of a course to another. Section changes may not be
initiated directly by the student using eLion. All section changes must be
processed by a Penn State staff member using ISIS screens ARURD or ARURG.
Section changes may be
processed through the last day of classes. When processing a section change,
there is no impact on late drop credits nor are late drop/add fees applicable.
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
Revised: Editorial (9-29-00)
Revised: ACUE (4-7-05)
Revised: ACUE (6-7-07)
Revised: Editorial (11-1-07)
Senate Policy:
34-23, Registration
Senate Policy:
34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy:
34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy:
34-89, Course Drop
I-6: LIMITATIONS TO
ENROLLMENT AS A NONDEGREE STUDENT
Policy: click to access
Senate Policy 14-10, Limitations to Enrollment as a Nondegree Student
Nondegree Conditional
Students
Policy:
A student classified as
nondegree conditional is permitted to take a maximum of 40 credits in this
status. If the student has not reduced his or her grade-point deficiency
sufficiently to qualify for reinstatement and re-enrollment to a degree program
(as defined by Section 54-82) by the completion of these 40 credits, the
student can then no longer enroll in credit courses. However, if the student
has earned more than a 2.00 average in the most recent semester, this action
does not apply.
Procedure:
Students are notified by the
Registrar's office at the point, as specified in the policy, when they are no
longer eligible to enroll as nondegree students at Penn State. Future
enrollment is prevented by a registration hold. Students may only return to the
University under the provisions of academic renewal.
Nondegree Regular
Students Who Had at One Time Been Degree Candidates
Policy:
A student in degree
candidacy status who has changed to nondegree regular status may continue to
take courses for credit (see Section 14-00). A former degree candidate who has
accumulated 40 or more credits as a nondegree regular student and has a grade-point
deficiency of 18 or more shall then no longer be allowed to enroll in credit
courses.
Procedure:
Students are notified
by the Registrar's office at the point, as specified in the policy, when they
are no longer eligible to enroll as nondegree students at Penn State. Future
enrollment is prevented by a registration hold. Students may only return to the
University under the provisions of academic renewal.
Nondegree Regular
Students Who Were Never Enrolled in Degree Status
Policy:
A student classified as
nondegree regular who has never been enrolled in degree status at Penn State is
permitted to complete a maximum of 40 credits in this status. At this point,
the student must be admitted to degree status to continue taking classes at
Penn State. If the student is not qualified for degree status at this point,
the student can no longer enroll in credit courses. As a result of this action,
the student is dropped from the University and re-entry can only be considered
under the academic renewal policy (see Senate Policy 58-60). However, if the
student has earned more than a 2.00 average in the most recent semester, this
action does not apply. Once the cumulative GPA is 2.00, the student must be
admitted to degree status to continue taking courses at Penn State.
Procedure:
The Registrar's office
will inform students of the policies through a series of notifications.
Warnings will be sent notifying students that they are approaching the limit.
Students who are in good academic standing may apply for degree candidacy, or
self-identify as "enrichment course takers" (defined as students
taking courses who do not intend to earn a degree) by submitting a web form to
the Registrar's office. Students who reach the limit and take neither of these
actions wi ll be notified by the Registrar's office that they are no longer
eligible to enroll in credit courses as a nondegree student. Future enrollment
will be prevented by a registration hold.
Students who are not in
good academic standing will be dropped from the University and may only return
under the provisions of academic renewal.
Enrichment
course takers may continue taking courses in nondegree regular status beyond
the 40-credit limit but will be dropped if they accumulate 18 or more grade
point deficiencies.
Policy: click to access
Senate Policy 14-10, Limitations to Enrollment as a Nondegree Student
E-11: CLASS ATTENDANCE
Policy: click to access
Senate Policy 42-27, Class Attendance
Click to access
Procedure R-4, Religious Holidays
Procedure:
1. Students who wish to
miss a class in order to participate in a regularly scheduled,
University-approved curricular or extracurricular activity should present a
class absence form signed by the sponsoring agency or university department and
should provide it to the faculty member as soon as possible and at least one
week in advance of the planned absence. Within reason, the student should have
the opportunity to make up missed work.
2. If an instructor
believes a requested absence for such events will harm a student
scholastically, the instructor should present evidence for necessary action to
the head of the department in which the course is offered and inform the
associate dean of the college in which the student is enrolled, or to the
Division of Undergraduate Studies if the student is so enrolled.
3. Students who believe
they have been unfairly denied a make-up opportunity should, after trying to
resolve the problem with the course instructor, contact the head of the
department for the course in which the student is enrolled.
4. If the problem is
not resolved, the student should contact the sponsoring agency or university
department (in some instances, this may be the student's college
assistant/associate dean for undergraduate programs or the student's campus
director of academic affairs) and provide documentation describing the
unresolved make-up opportunity. The sponsoring agency or university department
should attempt to resolve the problem.
5. If the problem is
still unresolved, the sponsoring agency or university department should forward
the documentation to the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education and
International Programs for resolution.
6. Instructors should
provide, within reason, opportunity to make up evaluative events for students
who miss class for other legitimate, but unavoidable reasons such as illness,
family emergency, or injury. (Religious observance is considered a legitimate
reason for absence and is covered under AAPP R-4. Students planning to miss
class for religious observance should inform the instructor in a timely manner
and should be afforded reasonable opportunity to make up work.)
7. While notifying the
instructor in a timely manner is a key expectation, the university does not
mandate official documentation of student illness or other unavoidable reasons
for absence.
8. Effective Fall 2002,
University Health Services will not provide verification of illness forms for
minor illnesses or injuries. Verification will be provided only for serious
illnesses for which UHS clinicians provided services, or when UHS has received
such documentation from outside providers.
9. Claims of legitimate
or unavoidable absence based on false claims may be considered violations of
the policy on Academic Integrity (Senate Policy 49-20, AAPP G-9).
Policy: click to access
Senate Policy 42-27, Class Attendance
Click to access
Procedure R-4, Religious Holidays
September 1998: Taken
from the 1997/98 Student Guide to University Policies and Rules
Revised: ACUE
(9-5-02)
J-2: LEAVE OF ABSENCE
Policy: click to access
Senate Policy 56-70, Leave of Absence
Procedure:
1. Only students who
are baccalaureate or associate degree candidates may file for a leave of
absence. A student desiring to take a leave of absence must obtain on a Leave
of Absence form (FORM J-2) the approval of the student's college dean, campus
executive officer or the Director of the Division of Undergraduate Studies,
whichever is appropriate.
2. If the leave is
approved by the dean/executive officer/director, the leave is entered, and the
form retained in that office. The deadline for filing is the last working day
prior to the first day of classes for the semester/session that the leave will
begin. Leaves are not required for summer session only.
3. Normally, leaves are
not approved for a period longer than one year. Under special circumstances, a
leave of absence may be approved to a maximum of two years.
4. A student who has
withdrawn as a degree candidate is not eligible for a leave of absence. A
student who has been dropped or dismissed from the University is not eligible
for leave of absence.
5. A student who
fulfills the conditions of an approved leave of absence may register upon
return without applying for re-enrollment. The student registers for the
returning semester according to the schedule established for that semester.
6. If a student desires
to return earlier or later than the semester agreed upon on the leave of
absence form as the "returning semester" the student must make
application for re-enrollment as a degree candidate.
7. A student who plans
to enroll for course work at another accredited institution during a leave of
absence should review program plans with the student's academic adviser and the
Undergraduate Admissions Office to verify the eligibility for receiving credit.
8. Before commencing a
leave of absence, a student is responsible for notifying other appropriate
offices, such as the Office of Student Aid. (Ref: Senate Policy 56-70)
Policy: click to access
Senate Policy 56-70, Leave of Absence
Approved: ACUI (4-29-76)
Revised: ACUI (4-8-82)
Revised: ACAS (4-8-88)
Revised: ACUE (6-6-96)
G-8: DEAN'S LIST
Policy:
Undergraduate
students who consistently achieve academic excellence are named to the Dean's
List in accordance with the following full-time and part-time enrollment
criteria:
1. Criteria for Full-time Students
Achievement of a
one-semester grade point average of 3.50 or above for enrollment in a course
load of 12 or more credits for Fall or Spring or 9 or more credits for Summer.
2. Criteria for Part-time Students
Students
enrolled for fewer than 12 credits each semester for two or more consecutive
semesters are considered part-time students for purposes of Dean's List
recognition. Appointment to the Dean's List is made when:
a. A minimum total of 12 credits are completed; and,
b. Grades in the courses across these combined semesters result in a
grade point average of 3.50 or higher.
Dean's
List status for part-time students is recorded on the most recently completed
semester during which all cumulative criteria were met. Once awarded, the
calculation for additional recognition begins anew.
3. In all cases, Satisfactory-Unsatisfactory
courses and Audit courses are not included in the determination of
grade point average or credit load.
4. A list of students eligible for
appointment to the Dean's List will be provided by the Registrar
each semester to each college and to the Division of Undergraduate Studies.
5. A Dean's List notation for the
appropriate semester will appear on the student's grade report and on the
student's academic record.
6. A student found in violation of academic integrity is
ineligible for appointment to the Dean's List for the semester or, for
part-time students, the 12-credit cumulative period, during which the violation
occurred.
Approved: ACUI
(9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI
(2-7-80)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
Revised: ACAS
(2-14-86)
Revised: ACUE
(1-8-04)
R-4: RELIGIOUS HOLIDAYS
Policy: Click to access
Senate Policy 42-27, Class Attendance
Click to access
AAPP E-11, Class Attendance
Click to access
link to Holy Days calendar
Policy:
In preparing the
calendar for an academic year, it is impossible to avoid conflicts with some
religious holidays. As conflicts arise, efforts are made to make special
arrangements for the students affected.
Revised: ACUE (4-3-08)
G-9: ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
Senate Policy: 49-20,
Academic Integrity
Introduction:
Recognizing the
importance of academic integrity to the Penn State community, the University
Faculty Senate adopted a new Academic Integrity policy, Spring 2000. The shared
conviction, represented in the procedures that follow, is that academic
integrity is best taught and reinforced by faculty as an element of the
teaching and learning process. Only in the limited instances in which faculty
believe that disciplinary, as well as academic, sanctions are called for should
the process move to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
Each campus or academic
college at University Park, shall interpret and apply Academic Integrity
Procedures consistent with University policy.
Campus or college
Academic Integrity Committees shall maintain guidelines on ranges of
appropriate sanctions for given types of infractions. Academic sanctions range
from a warning to removal from the academic program.
Procedures:
A. When Academic
Dishonesty is Suspected:
1. The faculty member
informs the student of the allegation while taking into account the
confidential nature of the information and the goal of maintaining an
environment that supports teaching and learning.
2. When evidence
suggests that an academic misconduct has occurred, the faculty member will
enter the charge and the academic sanction on the campus or college’s Academic
Integrity Form, will sign the form, and then convey the charge and sanction to
the student for his or her signature (in person or through other methods if
necessary).
3. After reviewing the
allegation of academic misconduct with the student, the faculty member may
provide the student with an additional period of time (determined by the campus
or college procedures) before the student has to make a decision and sign the
Academic Integrity Form as to whether or not to accept the academic sanction. A
student’s failure to sign and return the Academic Integrity Form, by the
specified deadline, consistent with campus or college procedures, will be
construed as not contesting the charge or sanction.
4. Normally, it is
preferable to settle issues between faculty and students, relying on the
assignment of grades and course or program-related sanctions to support the
learning process, rather than requesting additional University-level disciplinary
sanctions. However, where integrity violations are considered to be extreme,
the faculty member may also opt to pursue a disciplinary action in conjunction
with both the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee and the Office of
Judicial Affairs. A more detailed and comprehensive listing of the types of sanctions
faculty may assign to students on the Academic Integrity Form can be found in
the document Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic Integrity Violations.
5. Throughout the
academic integrity process, the authority to administer academic sanctions
remains the responsibility of the instructor (or AI Committee) when the case is
managed and closed at the campus or college level. In situations where the
allegation is referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs, the application of
academic sanctions will be carried out by Judicial Affairs, but only in
consultation with the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee.
6. Once a student has
been informed that academic dishonesty is suspected, the student may not drop
the course during the adjudication process. Any drop or withdrawal from the
course during this time will be reversed. A student who has received an
academic sanction as a result of a violation of academic integrity may not drop
or withdraw from the course at any time. These drop actions include regular
drop, late drop, withdrawal, retroactive late drop and retroactive withdrawal.
Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. This drop policy may be
superseded in exceptional circumstances with the approval of Judicial Affairs
(i.e. trauma drop).
NOTE: The following
statement shall appear on all campus and college Academic Integrity Forms:
"You may not drop
or withdraw from this course to avoid a sanction for a violation of academic
integrity. Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, you fail to sign this form,
the academic integrity adjudication process will go forward as defined by
campus or college procedures."
7. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, a student fails to sign the
Academic Integrity Form by the specified deadline, the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
B. If the
Student Accepts Responsibility for the Violation and the Proposed Academic Sanction:
1. The faculty member
asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity Form, then
forwards the form to the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee Chair
or Coordinator (at University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other
campuses or colleges.
2. In all cases, before
submitting the Academic Integrity Form to the Office of Judicial Affairs for
recording, it is the responsibility of the campus or college to determine
through consultation with Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic
integrity violation(s).
3. If a prior recorded
violation is discovered after the student has admitted responsibility and
accepted the academic sanction(s), a new academic sanction will be considered
by the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee while affording the
student his or her institutional rights (including the right to contest the
violation and/or new academic sanctions). Information concerning prior academic
misconduct may not be used as a basis for judging a student's guilt, but it may
be used as a basis for imposing additional academic sanctions or
deciding whether disciplinary action is also warranted.
4. When a prior record
of academic misconduct is discovered, the campus or college Academic Integrity
Committee, in consultation with Judicial Affairs, may consider also
recommending University-level disciplinary sanction(s). If University-level
sanction(s) do apply, the Academic Integrity Form, along with other relevant
documents, will be sent to Judicial Affairs for review and case management.
5. If the faculty
member recommends University-level disciplinary sanctions, and the campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee is in agreement, then he/she will inform
the student that the case will be referred to Judicial Affairs. If the case is
referred to Judicial Affairs, jurisdiction for assigning all sanctions, academic
and disciplinary, is the responsibility of that office, after
consideration of the recommended academic sanction of the faculty
member and of the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee.
6. Upon final
disposition of the case, Judicial Affairs will communicate the outcome to the
campus or college Academic Integrity Chair and/or appropriate Associate Dean or
designee at the campus or college.
C. If the
Student Does Not Admit Responsibility for an Academic Integrity Violation:
1. The faculty
member asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity Form
indicating that the charge or sanction(s) is being contested and then forwards
the form to the Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges.
2. It is the
responsibility of the campus or college to determine through consultation with
Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic integrity violation(s).
3. When
disciplinary sanctions have not been recommended, and
the student does not have a record of previous academic integrity violations,
the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee will conduct a review in
accordance with their respective procedures.
During the review,
if the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee finds that the student
violated standards of academic integrity the Committee may elect to: uphold the
original charge(s) and sanction(s); uphold charges, but modify sanction(s);
apply no sanction(s).
4. When the
instructor and campus or college Academic Integrity Committee are in agreement
that a disciplinary sanction(s) may be warranted, or the campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee finds that a prior recorded violation of
academic misconduct is present, then the case is forwarded to the Office of
Judicial Affairs.
When this occurs,
the Academic Integrity Committee will not manage the case, but will simply
conduct a preliminary review before referring the case to the Office of
Judicial Affairs. All formal fact-finding and hearing procedures will be
conducted by Judicial Affairs in accordance with normal University operating
procedures.
At the conclusion
of the case, in which the student is found responsible for violating the
Academic Integrity Policy, the Office of Judicial Affairs may assign
University-level disciplinary sanctions and contact the Academic
Integrity Committee at the campus or college for the assignment of any
recommended academic sanctions.
D. Disciplinary
Sanctions:
1. Faculty may assign a
wide range of sanctions to a student found responsible for violating academic
integrity. Most faculty may choose to utilize academic sanctions (the
modification of grades due to misconduct), but when referring cases to Judicial
Affairs, faculty have the option to also recommend a full range of disciplinary
sanctions available to Judicial Affairs such as: Disciplinary Warning;
Disciplinary Probation; Temporary, Indefinite or Permanent Expulsion; or the
"XF" transcript notation (see: Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic
Integrity Violations and Explanations for Disciplinary Sanctions).
2. "XF"
sanctions are assigned only after consultation with the instructor, the campus
or college Academic Integrity Committee, and Judicial Affairs. Assigning an
"XF" notation to a student’s transcript should be a rare occurrence
and is reserved for the most serious breaches of academic integrity which may
include repeat misconduct.
3. In any instance in
which the instructor believes an "XF" sanction is warranted, whether
or not the student has admitted responsibility, the case is forwarded to the
campus or college Academic Integrity Committee which will determine in consultation
with the involved faculty member, whether the case should be referred to the
Office of Judicial Affairs for appropriate fact finding and judgment.
4. The campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee must include, with any recommendation to
Judicial Affairs for an XF grade, those conditions (if any) under which it
would approve the removal of the "XF" sanction from the transcript.
Judicial Affairs will consider this recommendation when deciding upon the
length of time that the “XF” notation will remain on the student’s transcript.
When the conditions are met for removal of the “XF”, an academic “F” will
remain on the transcript. Such conditions must reflect both the circumstances
of the individual case and consultation among the instructor, the campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee, and the Office of Judicial Affairs.
E. Schreyer
Honors College Students:
1. For honors courses,
as with all other courses, the campus or college delivering the course
maintains responsibility for reviewing and issuing academic sanctions and/or
referring cases to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
2. When a college finds
that a Schreyer Honors College student has committed an academic misconduct,
the Schreyer Honors College will be notified.
3. The Schreyer Honors
College maintains authority over alleged breaches of academic integrity for its
students in all cases in which the violation concerns Schreyer Honors College
work, such as thesis research, but in which the student is not enrolled in a
course.
F. Students
Involved in Other University Related Academic Activities or Programs:
Students involved in
other University related academic activities or programs (e.g. World Campus,
Cooperative Education, internships, study abroad programs, etc.) are subject to
the University Academic Integrity Policy as implemented by the appropriate
campus or college responsible for delivering the program or course/activity.
G. Record Keeping:
1. The appropriate
Associate Dean or designee is responsible for forming Academic Integrity
Committees and seeing that students and faculty have ready access to such
bodies. They are also responsible for seeing that all cases are reported to
Judicial Affairs. The specific information reported to Judicial Affairs should
include: a) a copy of the signed Academic Integrity Form, and b) other
supporting documents that were established or reviewed while managing the case.
2. Judicial Affairs
alone is responsible for the central record keeping and disclosing of student
discipline records at the University, including academic dishonesty cases.
Judicial Affairs will disclose student disciplinary records of academic
dishonesty to third parties when those records include University-level
disciplinary sanctions assigned by the Office of Judicial Affairs. Judicial
Affairs will disclose student discipline record information to third parties in
accordance with federal law (FERPA) and the University policy on managing
Student Discipline Records (http://www.sa.psu.edu/ja/pdf/stu_dis_records.pdf).
Approved: ACUE (1-5-78)
Revised: ACUI
(5-19-83)
Revised: ACUI
(3-29-84)
Revised: ACUE
(7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE
(11-2-00)
Revised: ACUE
(7-5-01)
Revised: ACUE
(1-8-04)
Revised: ACUE
(9-1-05)
Revised: ACUE
(11-3-05)
C-2: REGISTRATION
Senate Policy: 34-23,
Registration
Senate Policy:
34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy:
34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy:
34-89, Course Drop
Principles Related to
the Registration Process
1. Registration System
One registration system
registers all students at all locations for credit courses offered through the
resident instruction, continuing education, and World Campus delivery systems.
Non-credit courses follow different registration procedures.
The campus Registrar is
responsible for providing semester-by-semester registration instructions to
students, advisers, faculty, and staff. Registration instructions are published
no later than the publication of the initial Schedule of Courses.
The registration
process is continuous in nature. Each student is assigned a "first date to
register. " Starting with this first date, the student may initially
register and subsequently adjust the registration as appropriate and necessary.
The fundamental goal of this process is to finalize course registrations before
the first day of the semester.
Students may register
for courses using the following options:
·
Using
the eLion system
·
In-person
registration at the campus Registrar's office, academic department offices,
advising center, or continuing education office.
2. Incomplete and
Complete Registrations
Students begin the
registration process by meeting with their academic adviser and scheduling
courses. Registration is completed when the student has paid the appropriate
tuition and fees.
Students who have
registered for courses receive a statement of tuition and fees from the
Bursar's office. This statement includes the amount due as well as possible
credits resulting from applicable scholarships, loans, grants, and other forms
of financial assistance. In some cases, because of possible financial credits,
a student may not be required to make payment to the University. In other
cases, a student may be due a refund from the University. In all cases,
regardless of amount due, student action is required to complete the
registration process.
Failure to complete the
registration process by payment of tuition and fees may result in any or all of
the following actions:
·
The
University will not provide grades for courses attended.
·
Once
classes begin, students cannot add courses for the current semester if their
tuition and fees have not been paid.
·
Students
are ineligible to register for future semesters.
·
The
student's Penn State Access Account is suspended.
·
Students
receiving student loans may enter repayment status with their lenders.
·
Students
receiving student aid may have some of their aid sources cancelled.
·
Students
residing in University housing will need to vacate housing.
·
Students
receiving Federal Work-Study awards cannot be hired.
·
International
students may be out of compliance with SEVIS.
Campus Registrars are
responsible for contacting students who have failed to complete the
registration process. If a student is earnestly seeking to finalize payment,
campus Registrars may allow the student to remain in an incomplete registration
status. The campus Registrar has the authority to cancel the incomplete
registration of any student.
3. Registration Holds
Authorized University
offices may place a hold on a student's record that will prevent registration.
Because of the seriousness of this action, the office placing the hold is
required to notify the student. Holds are placed because of:
·
Academic
issues--placed and removed by college deans' offices;
·
Financial
issues--placed and removed by offices such as Parking, Library, Bursar;
·
Disciplinary
issues--placed and removed by Student Affairs;
·
Health
issues--placed and removed by the Health Center;
·
Administrative
issues--placed and removed by the University Registrar.
4. Credit Limitations
Students are not
permitted to register for more than 19 credits prior to the first day of the
semester. After consultation with their academic adviser, students may register
for more than 19 credits during the first ten calendar days of the semester.
5. Registration
Calendar
The campus Registrar is
responsible for developing a registration calendar for each semester.
Consultation should occur among those campus Registrars at campuses where
students typically enroll at multiple locations.
The registration
calendar is prioritized according to the following scheme:
a.
Students
with priority needs (authorized categories include honor students, students
with disabilities, and student athletes);
b.
Graduate
degree students;
c.
Undergraduate
degree students (descending order of total credits completed plus currently
enrolled credits);
d.
Provisional
and nondegree students (register on a space-available basis).
The process for
determining priority needs categories of students is as follows:
1) Requests for priority
registration shall be endorsed by a university dean or delegate.
2) Requests for
priority registration shall be in writing and submitted to the University
Registrar.
3) The request
shall specify:
a. the group of students for
whom priority registration is requested,
b. the rationale
for priority registration status and how the request meets the criteria
guidelines (see below),
c. the number of
students in the group,
d. the requested
time frame for implementation.
4) The University Registrar will
bring new requests to the Admissions, Records, Scheduling and Student Aid (ARSSA)
Committee of the Faculty Senate for review.
5) The requestor,
or designee, will come to present their request to ARSSA at a regularly
scheduled committee meeting.
6) ARSSA will
deliberate in closed session, make a determination, and notify the requestor of
the decision.
7) Guiding
principles used in considering requests:
a. Compelling Scheduling Need -
some factor of the group restricts the times that the group may take classes.
b. Overall benefits
outweigh detriment to the university community at large.
8) The ARSSA Committee shall
report annually to the Faculty Senate on the status of Priority Registration.
6. Late Registration
The registration
process is to be completed before the first day of the semester. Late
registration is defined as a first-time course registration on or after the
first day of the semester. The student pays a fee for the privilege of
registering late. Students registering late receive a bill from the Bursar's
office which displays the date when payment is expected to avoid late payment
fees. A student's registration is considered incomplete until the tuition and
fees are paid. Students in an incomplete registration status may not add
courses, but are permitted to drop courses.
7. Registration
Adjustments--Before the First Day of the Semester
After the initial
registration, students may adjust their course registration as appropriate and
necessary using any of the methods available for registration.
8. Registration
Adjustments--First Ten Days of the Semester
Once the semester
begins, students must have completed the registration process in order to add
courses. Students with an incomplete registration are not permitted to add
courses. Regardless of registration status, students are permitted to drop
courses. The student may make these changes using any of the methods available
for registration.
A proportionate length of time
is provided for summer session courses.
9. Registration Adjustments--After the Tenth Day of the Semester
Adding a course after
the tenth day of the semester is a Late Add and requires approval of the course
instructor. Students requesting a Late Add should be carefully advised and
cautioned regarding missed work. Late Adds must be processed in person at the
campus Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office. A $6.00 processing fee is charged for a Late Add.
Dropping a course after
the tenth day of the semester and through the end of the twelfth week of the
semester is a Late Drop. For courses offered for less than a full semester, the
late drop period ends after 80% of the course has been completed. Students
requesting a Late Drop should be carefully advised and cautioned regarding the
potential impact of delaying normal progress towards graduation, possible loss
of some forms of student aid, and likely ineligibility of coverage on parental
insurance policies. Late Drops must be processed in person at the campus
Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office, or using the eLion system. A $6.00 processing fee
is charged for a Late Drop.
Students who have not
completed the registration process by payment of tuition and fees are not permitted
to Late Add nor Late Drop courses.
The time periods for
Late Add and Late Drop are pro rated for courses offered for other than a
fifteen-week semester calendar.
All Late Drops are
subject to the credit limitations established by University Faculty Senate
policy. If a provisional or nondegree student becomes a degree candidate, the
Late Drop credits used while in provisional or nondegree status are carried
forward to the degree program status. If a baccalaureate or associate degree
candidate becomes a nondegree student, the Late Drop credits used while in
degree candidacy count in the total Late Drop credits available to the
nondegree student.
10. Limitation of
Retroactive Registration
After the last class day of the semester, registration for that semester is
closed. After this date, requests to complete a previously initiated
registration are subject to administrative review and may be denied.
Retroactive registration is only available for courses for which the student
was scheduled during the semester. In other words, this process cannot be used
to add courses to the student's schedule after the semester ends.
Requests for
retroactive registration must be initiated by the end of the 9th month
following the end of the semester for which retroactive registration is being
requested.
If the retroactive
registration request is approved:
• Semester tuition and fees will be charged at the
current rates effective with the date on which the retroactive registration
request was initiated.
• Full payment of tuition and fees is required before the retroactive
registration is recorded. Full payment must be made within one month of
approval.
• All previously scheduled courses will be recorded. Courses may not be
added or dropped from the student's schedule.
• The Registrar's office will contact the course instructor(s) to seek
final grades. In the event that a grade for a course cannot be obtained from
the instructor, the instructor's department head will provide the grade.
11. Administrative Course Cancellation
The Administrative
Course Cancellation procedure is available to correct errors. It is not to be
used as an alternative to normal registration procedures.
If a student identifies
a course for which registration was not intended, the student must contact the
department offering the course. The department staff will initiate an
Administrative Course Cancellation form and ask the student to sign the
request. The department staff forward the form to the course instructor. If the
instructor has no evidence that the student participated in the course and
makes this declaration of non-participation by signing the form, the form is
returned to the department office, for forwarding to the campus Registrar's
office. The campus Registrar will remove the course from the student's academic
record. This procedure is available one semester beyond the semester in which
the error occurred. After this time, the Faculty Senate must act on the course
cancellation request.
12. Multiple Campus
Registration
Each student is
assigned a home campus at which the student must be registered.
Students who are part
of a multi-campus college are expected to first register at their home campus;
they may then register at any campus within the college without special
permission or restriction.
Students who are not
part of a multi-campus college first register for courses offered by their home
campus. Permission is required for registration at any other campus. Permission
is granted by the college dean or academic department offering the course and
processed by the campus Registrar. At least one half of the student's total
semester credits must be from courses offered by the home campus.
13. Section Changes
A section change is an
administrative change to a student's registration that results in moving a
student from one section of a course to another. Section changes may not be
initiated directly by the student using eLion. All section changes must be
processed by a Penn State staff member using ISIS screens ARURD or ARURG.
Section changes may be
processed through the last day of classes. When processing a section change,
there is no impact on late drop credits nor are late drop/add fees applicable.
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
Revised: Editorial (9-29-00)
Revised: ACUE (4-7-05)
Revised: ACUE (6-7-07)
Revised: Editorial (11-1-07)
Revised: ACUE (6-5-08)
P: CURRICULAR
PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES
Preface
Penn State University's
baccalaureate and associate degree programs are offered by its colleges.
Academic program authority may be lodged in a single college or shared
among several. A single program may be offered jointly by several colleges.
Program delivery may be accomplished through traditional
single-college residence-based instruction, joint college and campus
instruction, and World Campus. New technologies, learning assessment, the full
involvement of university-wide disciplinary communities, and increasingly
sophisticated approaches to learning itself encourage an openness to experiment
with delivery protocols and recognition that program outcomes are the primary
basis of formative and summative academic assessment. In all cases, the
University's academic degree programs must receive administrative authorization
granted by the Provost through the Office of Undergraduate Education and by the
University Faculty Senate. The principles, guidelines and procedures that
follow provide the authorization protocols to offer, deliver, and terminate
academic programs.
I. Curricular
Principles and Guidelines
Curricular programs
should reflect disciplinary integrity across all campuses of the University.
Curricular integrity
requires planning and implementation that reflects quality among units with
common curricular interests, regardless of location or delivery mode.
Decisions regarding
undergraduate programs, majors, options, and minors require both academic and
administrative review and approval.
The Vice President and
Dean for Undergraduate Education serves as the Provost's designee and may
review curricular proposals on the Provost's behalf. In this capacity,
the Office of Undergraduate Education is available for curricular consultation
involving programs and may facilitate arbitration among colleges and other
units.
Academic review and
approval is conducted by the faculty through the University Faculty Senate.
Academic review ensures adherence to the University's standards of academic
quality and curricular integrity.
Administrative review
and approval is conducted by the Office of the Provost. Administrative review
ensures consideration and fulfillment of the broader University mission,
enrollment management, local needs, and resource availability and use, as well
as overall academic quality and curricular integrity.
New programs must be
justified by considerations of quality, cost, enrollment, impact upon
availability of senior faculty to engage in lower division instruction,
implications for other programs and courses; program duplication: university,
college, and campus mission; market need and demand; and resource feasibility.
Unique new majors,
minors, and options should be proposed only when the variation from existing
curricula is substantial, and when the program fulfills a demonstrable demand
by students that is likely to continue.
Proposals for academic
programs, program amendments, and program terminations are developed in
consultation with disciplinary communities and administrative units and reflect
strategic as well as academic deliberation.
The initial intention
to develop a program proposal must be shared across the University utilizing an
ACUE Prospectus, a process which must be completed prior to submission of a
P-1, P-3, or P-6 proposal.
All proposals to add or
drop programs must reference common criteria (see below, V: Common Program
Justification Criteria).
The Provost informs the
Board of Trustees when proposals to add or drop programs are authorized.
Administratively authorized new programs, program drops, and changes in the
names of programs are implemented only after the Board of Trustees has been
informed of the curricular action.
The authorization to
implement new and amended programs is issued by the Office of Undergraduate
Education to the dean of the proposing college and disseminated to the
university community, including Undergraduate Admissions, University Registrar,
the Provost, University Faculty Senate, and others.
II. ACUE Curricular
Program Prospectus for New Academic Programs, Delivery of Academic Programs at
Additional Campuses, and Phase-Out of Academic Programs
The Vice President and
Dean for Undergraduate Education facilitates ACUE's consideration of new
academic majors, options, minors, substantial program amendment likely to carry
implications for other colleges or delivery units, program name changes, and
the delivery of existing academic programs at additional campuses during the
pre-proposal germination period. Accordingly, a curricular program
prospectus must precede development and submission of formal P-1 (New
Undergraduate Major, Option or Minor), P-3 (Moving/Discontinuing Degree
Programs), and P-6 (Academic Program Phase-Out) proposals. The curricular
program prospectus process is based upon the 2005 recommendations from the
Joint Committee on Curricular Integrity appointed by the Provost and University
Faculty Senate. The prospectus must identify strategic considerations and
issues of academic quality associated with new program offerings. Prospectuses
initiate effective preliminary consultation within disciplines and across the
breadth of the University utilizing the ACUE membership.
World Campus must be considered
as an additional campus for purposes of P-1, P-3 and P-6 program proposals and
the prospectuses that precede them. Accordingly, a college offering an existing
program that wishes to move the program to World Campus, or to deliver the
program through World Campus as well as through residence instruction, must
treat World Campus as an additional location. As World Campus is a delivery
unit, rather than an independent academic unit, all programs delivered through
the World Campus must be authorized for delivery through an academic college.
P-1, P-3, and P-6 proposals and prospectuses for World Campus program delivery
must be submitted jointly by the authorized college and World Campus.
The curricular program
prospectus requires three steps:
Step One: The college
associate dean in which the proposed academic program will be housed must
submit a brief curricular program prospectus utilizing the on-line submission form. The information
collected should enable ACUE membership to engage in a collegial conversation
centered on the need for the program, resource availability, and impact on
other academic units across the University. Unlike a fully developed P-1, P-3,
or P-6, the prospectus is intended to generate early consultation at ACUE and
to identify or flesh out issues that must be addressed in the full P-1, P-3, or
P-6 proposal.
Prospectuses submitted
by a college's associate dean a minimum of one week before the next ACUE
meeting will be vetted at that meeting. Arrangements may be made under
extraordinary circumstances for proposals submitted during the summer.
Step Two:
Curricular program prospectuses will be distributed electronically by the
Office of Undergraduate Education to ACUE membership, including the Office of
the University Faculty Senate, prior to each ACUE meeting. ACUE members
should use this opportunity for formative consultation with appropriate
colleagues in their college, across the University, and with the originating
college.
Step Three: Following
discussion of the curricular program prospectus at ACUE, an ACUE committee
consisting of the ACUE chair, the University College associate dean who serves
on ACUE, the chair of the Faculty Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs and an
Office of Undergraduate Education associate dean will review the prospectus.
The ACUE committee may also invite others as appropriate to add expertise. The
ACUE committee will provide a brief recommendation to the submitting college,
taking into consideration the ACUE discussion, curricular integrity, and
strategic university considerations such as physical, fiscal, and faculty
resources.
Upon receipt of the
ACUE recommendations, a full P-1, P-3, or P-6 proposal, including evidence of
consultation and attention to ACUE recommendations, may be submitted to the
University Faculty Senate (P-1, P-6) or to the Office of Undergraduate
Education (P-3) as appropriate. P-1, P-3, and P-6 proposals must include a copy
of the ACUE recommendations.
III. P-1, P-3, P-6
Authority and Expectations
The Provost, as chief
academic officer, maintains authority for the Academic Administrative Policies
and Procedures that govern the undergraduate curriculum and may, in
consultation with faculty, deans, and other appropriate offices, make exceptions
to them.
Colleges and
departments are required to engage in formal consultation when proposing new
(P-1) undergraduate majors, options, and minors; or when moving or
discontinuing degree programs among colleges or college locations, including
World Campus (P-3); and academic program phase-out (P-6).
P-1, P-3, and P-6
proposals from the non-University Park campuses must be submitted by the
appropriate Chancellor to the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses (VPCC)
for consultation and endorsement prior to their entry into the University
Faculty Senate and Office of the Provost approval paths described elsewhere in
P: Curricular Principles and Procedures. In each case, the VPCC and the
Office of Undergraduate Education will consider relevant academic and strategic
factors, including those listed below in V: Common Program Justification
Criteria.
It is important to
distinguish between program phase-out (P-6), which refers to procedures by
which degree programs are dropped, and department phase-out, the procedures by
which academic departments are discontinued. When proposing the phase-out of a
department, reference should be made to the "Faculty Senate Guidelines for
Review of the Establishment, Reorganization, or Discontinuation of Academic
Organizational Units" (http://www.psu.edu/ufs/guide/reviewacadunits.html).
It is necessary to
complete separate proposals, and to receive separate approvals, to phase out a
program and a department in which it resides. A department may be phased out
without discontinuing programs, which may be moved to alternative departments
or colleges. The P procedures do not pertain to departmental phase-out.
IV. Consultation
Consultation provides
the foundation of disciplinary continuity and scholarship and a basis for
principled collegial faculty governance. Evaluative analyses and assessments
are accepted as contributions toward a common goal of academic coherence and
achievement and do not in and of themselves restrict the development,
alteration, or phasing out of programs.
Consultation should be
conducted via electronic media such as those employing summary e-mail
statements with detailed attachments or web links. It must be possible to
forward attachments and/or links to appropriate colleagues without passwords or
similar limitations.
ACUE deans are the
primary academic conduit among Penn State schools and colleges for purposes of
consultation. A current ACUE roster is maintained by the Office of
Undergraduate Education and is available for purposes of consultation as a LISTSERVE.
Consultation must
include those likely to have a common interest in a proposed curricular action
and include any faculty group or program that would reasonably and predictably
offer courses or programs that seek academic outcomes similar to the proposed
program. This includes all ACUE deans, academic units within the college in
which the proposal is made, other colleges in which the proposed program/major,
minor, or option is offered or will be offered or will in any way be directly
affected.
Consultative comments,
and responses to them, must be included in proposals sent to the University
Faculty Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs, which will forward the
correspondence with the proposal when it is delivered to the Vice President and
Dean for Undergraduate Education for further review.
Consultation is
conducted with an expectation of timeliness that includes a minimum of ten
business days in which consultative responses may be returned electronically.
Reasonable extensions should be provided at the request of an ACUE dean.
The proposing unit
should respond electronically and in a timely manner to those who have
submitted concerns, objections, or exceptions to proposals.
V. Common
Program Justification Criteria
P-1 and P-3 proposals
must include current, localized data and information relevant to several
academic and strategic elements. These include, but may not be limited to:
1. Relationship of
proposal to university and college mission.
2. Learning quality
indicators such as:
A. On-going availability of a minimum of three or more standing faculty;
B. Program leadership by senior-level faculty;
C. Availability of a standing faculty cohort academically and disciplinarily
aligned with the proposed program;
D. Ability to move student program cohorts through in a timely manner;
E. Impact on the University's preference to utilize, whenever possible,
standing or tenure track senior level faculty in lower division undergraduate
courses;
F. Availability of faculty to deliver currently authorized, as well as new
programs;
G. Availability of a sufficient number of program electives within the
discipline and in supporting area of study;
H. University-wide curricular integrity that includes disciplinary community
engagement and the avoidance of curricular drift;
I. Ability to minimize the need for core course substitutions and explicit
rationale for, and justification of, necessary core substitutions.
4. Impact on Penn State
college and campus enrollments and flow of students among campuses;
5. Market need and
demand documented by current, valid, and reliable evidence;
6. Physical and fiscal
resource availability;
7. Strategic and
academic approval and support demonstrated by the sign-off of the appropriate
chancellor and/or dean;
8. Disciplinary community and
administrative consultation.
Approved:
ACUE (9-5-02)
Revised: ACUE (9-2-04, 10-7-04)
Revised: Editorial (10-26-05)
Revised: ACUE (11-3-05)
Revised: ACUE (3-2-06)
Revised: ACUE (7-6-06)
Revised: ACUE (3-1-07)
Revised: ACUE (2-7-08)
C-2: REGISTRATION
Senate Policy:
34-23, Registration
Senate Policy: 34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy: 34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy: 34-89, Course Drop
Principles Related to
the Registration Process
1. Registration System
One registration system
registers all students at all locations for credit courses offered through the
resident instruction, continuing education, and World Campus delivery systems.
Non-credit courses follow different registration procedures.
The campus Registrar is
responsible for providing semester-by-semester registration instructions to
students, advisers, faculty, and staff. Registration instructions are published
no later than the publication of the initial Schedule of Courses.
The registration
process is continuous in nature. Each student is assigned a "first date to
register. " Starting with this first date, the student may initially
register and subsequently adjust the registration as appropriate and necessary.
The fundamental goal of this process is to finalize course registrations before
the first day of the semester.
Students may register
for courses using the following options:
·
Using
the eLion system
·
In-person
registration at the campus Registrar's office, academic department offices,
advising center, or continuing education office.
2. Incomplete and
Complete Registrations
Students begin the
registration process by meeting with their academic adviser and scheduling
courses. Registration is completed when the student has paid the appropriate
tuition and fees.
Students who have
registered for courses receive a statement of tuition and fees from the
Bursar's office. This statement includes the amount due as well as possible
credits resulting from applicable scholarships, loans, grants, and other forms
of financial assistance. In some cases, because of possible financial credits,
a student may not be required to make payment to the University. In other cases,
a student may be due a refund from the University. In all cases, regardless of
amount due, student action is required to complete the registration process.
Failure to complete the
registration process by payment of tuition and fees may result in any or all of
the following actions:
·
The
University will not provide grades for courses attended.
·
Once
classes begin, students cannot add courses for the current semester if their
tuition and fees have not been paid.
·
Students
are ineligible to register for future semesters.
·
Students
receiving student loans may enter repayment status with their lenders.
·
Students
receiving student aid may have some of their aid sources cancelled.
·
Students
receiving Federal Work-Study awards cannot be hired.
·
International
students may be out of compliance with SEVIS.
Campus Registrars are
responsible for contacting students who have failed to complete the
registration process. If a student is earnestly seeking to finalize payment,
campus Registrars may allow the student to remain in an incomplete registration
status. The campus Registrar has the authority to cancel the incomplete
registration of any student.
3. Registration Holds
Authorized University
offices may place a hold on a student's record that will prevent registration.
Because of the seriousness of this action, the office placing the hold is
required to notify the student. Holds are placed because of:
·
Academic
issues--placed and removed by college deans' offices;
·
Financial
issues--placed and removed by offices such as Parking, Library, Bursar;
·
Disciplinary
issues--placed and removed by Student Affairs;
·
Health
issues--placed and removed by the Health Center;
·
Administrative
issues--placed and removed by the University Registrar.
4. Credit Limitations
Students are not
permitted to register for more than 19 credits prior to the first day of the
semester. After consultation with their academic adviser, students may register
for more than 19 credits during the first ten calendar days of the semester.
5. Registration
Calendar
The campus Registrar is
responsible for developing a registration calendar for each semester.
Consultation should occur among those campus Registrars at campuses where
students typically enroll at multiple locations.
The registration
calendar is prioritized according to the following scheme:
a.
Students
with priority needs (authorized categories include honor students, students
with disabilities, and student athletes);
b.
Graduate
degree students;
c.
Undergraduate
degree students (descending order of total credits completed plus currently
enrolled credits);
d.
Provisional
and nondegree students (register on a space-available basis).
The process for
determining priority needs categories of students is as follows:
1) Requests for priority registration
shall be endorsed by a university dean or delegate.
2) Requests for priority registration shall be in writing and submitted to the
University Registrar.
3) The request shall specify:
a. the group of students for
whom priority registration is requested,
b. the rationale for priority registration status and how the request meets the
criteria guidelines (see below),
c. the number of students in the group,
d. the requested time frame for implementation.
4) The University Registrar will
bring new requests to the Admissions, Records, Scheduling and Student Aid
(ARSSA) Committee of the Faculty Senate for review.
5) The requestor, or designee, will come to present their request to ARSSA at a
regularly scheduled committee meeting.
6) ARSSA will deliberate in closed session, make a determination, and notify
the requestor of the decision.
7) Guiding principles used in considering requests:
a. Compelling Scheduling Need -
some factor of the group restricts the times that the group may take classes.
b. Overall benefits outweigh detriment to the university community at large.
8) The ARSSA Committee shall
report annually to the Faculty Senate on the status of Priority Registration.
6. Late Registration
The registration
process is to be completed before the first day of the semester. Late
registration is defined as a first-time course registration on or after the
first day of the semester. The student pays a fee for the privilege of
registering late. Students registering late receive a bill from the Bursar's office
which displays the date when payment is expected to avoid late payment fees. A
student's registration is considered incomplete until the tuition and fees are
paid. Students in an incomplete registration status may not add courses,
but are permitted to drop courses.
7. Registration
Adjustments--Before the First Day of the Semester
After the initial
registration, students may adjust their course registration as appropriate and
necessary using any of the methods available for registration.
8. Registration
Adjustments--First Ten Days of the Semester
Once the semester
begins, students must have completed the registration process in order to add
courses. Students with an incomplete registration are not permitted to add
courses. Regardless of registration status, students are permitted to drop
courses. The student may make these changes using any of the methods available
for registration.
A proportionate length of time
is provided for summer session courses.
9. Registration
Adjustments--After the Tenth Day of the Semester
Adding a course after
the tenth day of the semester is a Late Add and requires approval of the course
instructor. Students requesting a Late Add should be carefully advised and
cautioned regarding missed work. Late Adds must be processed in person at the
campus Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office. A $6.00 processing fee is charged for a Late Add.
Dropping a course after
the tenth day of the semester and through the end of the twelfth week of the
semester is a Late Drop. For courses offered for less than a full semester, the
late drop period ends after 80% of the course has been completed. Students
requesting a Late Drop should be carefully advised and cautioned regarding the
potential impact of delaying normal progress towards graduation, possible loss
of some forms of student aid, and likely ineligibility of coverage on parental
insurance policies. Late Drops must be processed in person at the campus
Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office, or using the eLion system. A $6.00 processing fee
is charged for a Late Drop.
Students who have not
completed the registration process by payment of tuition and fees are not
permitted to Late Add nor Late Drop courses.
The time periods for
Late Add and Late Drop are pro rated for courses offered for other than a
fifteen-week semester calendar.
All Late Drops are
subject to the credit limitations established by University Faculty Senate
policy. If a provisional or nondegree student becomes a degree candidate, the
Late Drop credits used while in provisional or nondegree status are carried
forward to the degree program status. If a baccalaureate or associate degree
candidate becomes a nondegree student, the Late Drop credits used while in
degree candidacy count in the total Late Drop credits available to the
nondegree student.
10. Limitation of
Retroactive Registration
After the last class day of the
semester, registration for that semester is closed. After this date, requests
to complete a previously initiated registration are subject to administrative
review and may be denied. Retroactive registration is only available for
courses for which the student was scheduled during the semester. In other
words, this process cannot be used to add courses to the student's schedule
after the semester ends.
Requests for
retroactive registration must be initiated by the end of the 9th month
following the end of the semester for which retroactive registration is being
requested.
If the retroactive
registration request is approved:
• Semester tuition and fees will be charged at the
current rates effective with the date on which the retroactive registration
request was initiated.
• Full payment of tuition and fees is required
before the retroactive registration is recorded. Full payment must be made
within one month of approval.
• All previously scheduled courses will be
recorded. Courses may not be added or dropped from the student's schedule.
• The Registrar's office will contact the course
instructor(s) to seek final grades. In the event that a grade for a course
cannot be obtained from the instructor, the instructor's department head will
provide the grade.
11. Administrative
Course Cancellation
The Administrative
Course Cancellation procedure is available to correct errors. It is not to be
used as an alternative to normal registration procedures.
If a student identifies
a course for which registration was not intended, the student must contact the
department offering the course. The department staff will initiate an
Administrative Course Cancellation form and ask the student to sign the request.
The department staff forward the form to the course instructor. If the
instructor has no evidence that the student participated in the course and
makes this declaration of non-participation by signing the form, the form is
returned to the department office, for forwarding to the campus Registrar's
office. The campus Registrar will remove the course from the student's academic
record. This procedure is available one semester beyond the semester in which
the error occurred. After this time, the Faculty Senate must act on the course
cancellation request.
12. Multiple Campus
Registration
Each student is
assigned a home campus at which the student must be registered.
Students who are part
of a multi-campus college are expected to first register at their home campus;
they may then register at any campus within the college without special
permission or restriction.
Students who are not
part of a multi-campus college first register for courses offered by their home
campus. Permission is required for registration at any other campus. Permission
is granted by the college dean or academic department offering the course and
processed by the campus Registrar. At least one half of the student's total
semester credits must be from courses offered by the home campus.
13. Section Changes
A section change is an
administrative change to a student's registration that results in moving a
student from one section of a course to another. Section changes may not be
initiated directly by the student using eLion. All section changes must be
processed by a Penn State staff member using ISIS screens ARURD or ARURG.
Section changes may be
processed through the last day of classes. When processing a section change,
there is no impact on late drop credits nor are late drop/add fees applicable.
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
Revised: Editorial (9-29-00)
Revised: ACUE (4-7-05)
Revised: ACUE (6-7-07)
Revised: Editorial (11-1-07)
Revised: ACUE (6-5-08)
Revised: Editorial (1-28-09)
E-1: PROFICIENCY
(PLACEMENT) EXAMINATION
Senate Policy:
42-50.2, Credit by Undergraduate Proficiency Examination
Procedure:
Notification of credits
granted after successful completion of proficiency (placement) examinations is
made to the Registrar's office by departments and by the Division of
Undergraduate Studies. Blank Undergraduate Proficiency Examination Grade Cards
are obtained from the Registrar's office. These cards are completed with the
student and course information, the symbol "S" circled, authenticated
by the department head, and returned to the Registrar's office . (Ref: Senate Policy 42-50)
Approved: ACUI (5-13-76)
Effective: Summer Term 1976
except English and Chemistry to be effective Winter Term 1977
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
P-11: AUTHORIZATION TO
OFFER COURSES
Based on a review of
the Senate Guide to Curricular Procedures, including Section One (C) Courses;
(D) Senate Policies and Procedures Concerning Courses; Provost John Brighton's
memo of October 11, 1996; and Vice Provost and Dean of Undergraduate Education
John Cahir's memo of March 24, 1997, the following principles and procedures
are identified to clarify policies relevant to the authorization to offer courses within the context of
the restructured University:
• New courses are
developed with consultation among peers and represent a mix of individual and
collaborative creativity and scholarship, disciplinary adherence, and
principled application of teaching practices appropriate to the bodies of
knowledge the faculty embrace.
• Authority to offer
courses rests within the degree-granting colleges. The School of Information
Sciences and Technology, like the colleges, maintains independent curricular
authority, including the authority to offer courses.
• Deans and/or their
designees exercise this authority, taking into account the expertise of their
faculty, local resources, and the relevance of the course to programs offered
by the college.
• General Education
courses are University-wide courses. They may be offered at any University
location.
For Pre-Existing
Courses
A. Lower Division
Courses:
• Courses offered at
multiple locations carry common numbers wherever they are taught and should be
available at all college locations as required for students to make normal
degree progress.
• Offering colleges are
responsible for assigning instructors and ensuring content and quality and are
expected to engage in meaningful consultation with the college in which the
course originated to enable updating and reasonable consistency. Consultation
of this nature, which does not involved major substantive revisions, may be
informal and collegial.
• Major revisions to a
course may be proposed through the Faculty Senate curricular process by, or
with the agreement of, the originating academic unit and must include
meaningful consultation.
B. 300-Level Courses
and Above:
• When a college wishes
to use pre-existing courses, originating in another college, as part of a new
degree program, it first will consult with the originating department on issues
of quality, content and consistency; and then will follow Faculty Senate
guidelines and procedures.
New Courses
• New courses may be
proposed by any degree-granting college, which then becomes the originating
academic unit. Once a course is approved, any formal, substantive changes must
be proposed through the Faculty Senate curricular process by, or with the
agreement of, the originating academic unit.
Approved: ACUE
(11-2-00)
C-3: UNDER-ENROLLED
SECTIONS
1.
Under-enrolled
sections are defined as:
--0 through 399-level course
with an enrollment of fewer than fifteen students;
--400-level course with an enrollment of fewer than eight students;
--500-level course with an enrollment of fewer than five students.
Under-enrolled criteria do not apply to the following
courses:
--600-level courses;
--foreign studies courses;
--courses numbered 0--499 with an 'H', 'I','J', 'M', or "T" alpha
suffix ;
--courses numbered X94, X95, X96, 199, 300, 399, or 499.
2.
Under-enrolled
sections should not be offered except under exceptional circumstances.
Exceptional circumstances that permit the offering of an under-enrolled section
include:
--the section is essential for
normal degree progress for specifically identified students.
--learning space in essential classrooms or laboratories for a section is
limited.
3.
To
assist academic units in identifying under-enrolled sections, the campus
Registrar will provide appropriate informational reports.
4.
Sections
that are to be dropped because of under-enrollment should be dropped in a
timely manner such that registered students have sufficient time to register
for other appropriate courses. Academic units should carefully analyze the
section offerings each semester and annually review the causes for
under-enrolled section offerings. Patterns should be monitored and appropriate
steps taken to minimize the number of under-enrolled sections.
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
F-2: FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Senate Policy: 44-10,
General Examination Policy
Procedure:
For those courses in
which the traditional final examination is required in accordance with Senate
Policy 44-20 the times and places for such examinations are determined by the
Registrar's office on the basis of requests submitted by department heads
approximately the first week of a given semester. Final examination periods are
110 minutes in length. Detailed information pertaining to the schedule of final
examinations for a given semester is published in the Schedule of Courses and
the final schedule is available on the Registrar's office Home Page (via the
Penn State Home Page).
Faculty members are
requested to announce in class the time and place of the regularly scheduled
final examination. (Ref: Senate Policies 44-10 and 44-20)
Senate Policy: 44-10,
General Examination Policy
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
P-3:
MOVING/DISCONTINUING DEGREE PROGRAMS AMONG COLLEGES AND CAMPUSES
P-3 proposals are the
basis of the administrative review and approval process that enable a second
college or multiple colleges to deliver programs already authorized in another college;
that enable a college to deliver an existing program at an additional campus
within its purview or through the World Campus; that authorize the closure of a
program in a college or campus so long as that program will continue to be
offered elsewhere at the University; and that, under extraordinary
circumstances, may authorize the delivery of extended degrees. Note that a P-6
proposal is required to terminate a program when doing so will completely
remove it from the University's offerings. As with P-1 and P-6 proposals, P-3
proposals must be preceded by submission of an ACUE Curricular Program
Prospectus.
P-3 Proposals
One or more colleges
may be authorized to offer degree programs. This authorization has sometimes
been referred to as academic program sponsorship or program sponsorship
transfer. The Provost is responsible for administratively authorizing the
moving, sharing, and discontinuance of academic sponsorship of existing degree
programs for all colleges and campuses. The University Faculty Senate does not
take part in this authorization.
Two types of sharing
and transferring of sponsorship may occur:
(1) Joint sponsorship
in which, in addition to the original sponsoring college, one or more
additional colleges also are awarded authority to offer the existing program.
Graduates in these programs belong to and are certified for graduation by the
college in which they are enrolled.
(2) Handoff sponsorship
in which the authority to offer an academic program is transferred from one
college to another. Here, an original sponsoring college withdraws its academic
authority for a program and another college or group of colleges is awarded
authority in its place.
In every case in which a
program is transferred or shared, every effort must be made to insure
curricular integrity by minimizing the number of core course substitutions at
the newly offering campus or college. Disciplinary communities are nonetheless
encouraged to consider the development of program options beyond the core that
reflect local expertise, student demand, and market need.
There is a third type
of shared program referred to as an "extended degree." Based upon
extraordinary circumstances, such as specialized licensing and/or accreditation
requirements, a single college may offer its programs by extending their
availability to additional campuses. In this arrangement, only the
"extending" college has the authority to award the program degree,
although the degree may be delivered at multiple campuses. A college must
secure written approval from the Provost before submitting a P-3 proposal to
the Office of Undergraduate Education. Extended degree status shall be reviewed
every five years by the Office of Undergraduate Education to determine whether
it has become appropriate to grant shared authority to offer the program.
Deans retain the
authority to move a degree program within a college. When such actions are
taken, the College must notify the Office of Undergraduate Education, which
will then inform other offices as appropriate.
Following the
completion of the prospectus process, a P-3 proposal may be submitted to the
Office of Undergraduate Education. It must address all relevant strategic and
academic issues, including those outlined in Academic Administrative Policy P,
Section V: Common Program Justification Criteria.
P-3 Timeline
• Preliminary
college and disciplinary consultation and consultation between appropriate
campus chancellor(s) and Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses
• Submission
of prospectus to ACUE by College Associate Dean
• ACUE
Prospectus deliberation and written response to submitting college
• College
development of formal proposal, including appropriate consultation, data
collection, and research
• Submission
of P-3 proposal by College Dean to Office of Undergraduate Education
• Office of
Undergraduate Education review
• Provost
review of Office of Undergraduate Education action
• Office of
Undergraduate Education memo to implement distributed to appropriate offices
• Implementation
the following semester or later
Approved: ACUI (10-25-79)
Approved: Provost Eddy (12-5-79)
Approved: Provost Brighton (8-25-97)
Approved: Provost Erickson (9-20-00)
Revised: Editorial (4-18-06)
Revised: ACUE (3-1-07)
Revised: ACUE (2-7-08)
F-2: FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Senate Policy: 44-20,
Final Examination Policy
Procedure:
For those courses in
which the traditional final examination is required in accordance with Senate
Policy 44-20 the times and places for such examinations are determined by the
Registrar's office on the basis of requests submitted by department heads
approximately the first week of a given semester. Final examination periods are
a maximum of 110 minutes in length. Detailed information pertaining to the
schedule of final examinations for a given semester is published in the
Schedule of Courses and the final schedule is available on the Registrar's
office Home Page (via the Penn State Home Page).
Faculty members are
requested to announce in class the time and place of the regularly scheduled
final examination. (Ref: Senate Policies 44-10 and 44-20)
Senate Policy: 44-20,
Final Examination Policy
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (12-4-08)
R-1: TEXTBOOKS LISTS --
UNIVERSITY PARK
Procedure:
1. Departments are to
list all courses offered in a given semester when submitting textbook lists,
whether or not a textbook is required. (A sample format, FORM R-1, is available
in the appendix.)
2. Complete and
accurate information is required when submitting the lists. To facilitate
locating and ordering books, please include the following information: author,
title, ISBN, publishing company and editor.
3. If different
textbooks are required by instructors teaching different sections of the same
course, the textbooks for these sections must be included in the textbook list
by section.
4. If additional books
(especially paperbacks) are used as supplemental reading, they should be included
as recommended text on the lists.
5. Departmental
textbook lists, completed according to the prescribed format, are to be
forwarded to the Penn State Bookstore.
6. The department
office will furnish completed lists to the Penn State Bookstore (four copies)
no later than April 15 for textbooks to be used in the Fall Semester, October
15 for textbooks to be used in the Spring Semester, and April 1 for Summer
Session.
7. Changes in textbook
lists must be reported using the prescribed format for amended textbook lists.
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (9-8-83)
Revised: ACUE (3-4-93)
R-2: TEXTBOOK LISTS --
COMMONWEALTH CAMPUSES/PENN STATE ERIE, THE BEHREND COLLEGE/PENN STATE
HARRISBURG
Procedure:
1. Individual faculty
members at each campus will be responsible for consulting with their
departments concerning any special departmental requirements for textbooks for
specific courses. (A sample format, FORM R-1, is available in the appendix.)
2. Individual faculty
members will be responsible for handling to the manager of their campus
bookstore a list of the textbooks (with estimated numbers required) for the
courses they will teach in the forthcoming semester.
3. Such textbook lists
must be in the hands of the campus bookstore managers no later than April 15
for textbooks to be used in the Fall Semester, October 15 for textbooks to be
used in the Spring Semester, and April 1 for textbooks to be used in the Summer
Session.
4. Campus bookstore
managers will consolidate lists and order textbooks from publishers.
Approved: ACUI (6-12-75)
Revised: ACUI (9-8-83)
Revised: ACUE (3-4-93)
L-6: MINORS - ENTRANCE
AND CERTIFICATION
Procedure:
1. Students may apply
for entrance to a minor by completing and submitting an Application for
Entrance to a Minor to the person in charge of the minor.
Students approved for
entrance to a minor who terminate degree enrollment and subsequently return to
degree status through the re-enrollment process must reapply for entrance to a
minor, if desired.
2. Application for
minors will be accepted anytime after the student has achieved at least fifth
semester classification. In those instances where a minor has an entry fee
associated with it, however, in order to give the Bursar's Office time to
assess and collect the fee in accordance with the semester billing cycle, the
student must apply and be accepted before the end of the regular add/drop
period of the student's final semester. In all other instances, the student
must apply and be accepted no later than the end of the late drop period for
full-semester courses of the student's final semester. A copy of the approved
application form will be provided to the student, and a copy will be retained
by the person in charge of the minor. The person in charge of the minor* will
enter the student's minor into ISIS screen path ARUSAN.
3. The person in charge
of the minor* will be responsible for monitoring the academic progress (i.e.,
minimum g.p.a.) required for retention and graduation.
4. During the seventh
week of the student's final semester, copies of the Degree Audit Report for
students accepted into minors will be forwarded from the Registrar to the
appropriate college dean for distribution to the persons in charge of the
minors.
5. By 5:00 p.m. on the
day before the student graduates, the person in charge of the minor* is
responsible for certifying the student's successful completion of the
requirements for the minor by adding an approval indicator on ISIS screen path
ARUGB.
6. The Office of the
University Registrar will prepare a minor certificate for each student
approved, by the appropriate academic unit, to graduate in the minor program.
The certificate will include the signatures of the President of the Board of
Trustees, the President of the University, and the Executive Vice President and
Provost of the University. The minor certificate will be presented to the
graduate along with the diploma.
7. The Registrar will
be responsible for recording on the student's academic record the successful
completion of the minor program at the time the baccalaureate degree is
conferred.
NOTE: A minor may be
awarded retroactively through the following process: The academic department is
to certify that the student met the requirements for the minor at the time of
graduation and forward this information to the college associate dean, who will
endorse the request and send it to the University Registrar in writing. The
Registrar will see that the appropriate notation is added to the student's
transcript and that the certificate for the minor is produced.
*or their designee
Approved: ACUI (4-7-83)
Revised: ACAS (6-10-88)
Revised: ACAS (9-8-89)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-95)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (1-21-99)
Revised: ACUE (3-2-00)
Revised: ACUE and editorial
(1-8-04)
Revised: Editorial (4-9-07)
N-1: UNIVERSITY POLICY
ON CONFIDENTIALITY OF STUDENT RECORDS
Preamble:
The Pennsylvania State
University collects and retains data and information about students for
designated periods of time for the expressed purpose of facilitating the
student's educational development. The University recognizes the privacy rights
of individuals in exerting control over what information about themselves may
be disclosed and, at the same time, attempts to balance that right with the
institution's need for information relevant to the fulfillment of its
educational missions. The University further recognizes its obligation to
inform the student of his/her rights under the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA); to inform the student of the existence and
location of records as well as to define the purposes for which such
information is obtained; to provide security for such material; to permit
student access to, disclosure of, and challenge to this information as herein
described; and to discontinue such information when compelling reasons for its
retention no longer exist.
Student Record Policy:
The University will
disclose information from a student's educational record only with the prior
written consent of the student, except that educational records may be
disclosed without consent to University officials having a legitimate
educational interest in the records and to third parties specifically
authorized by FERPA, as referenced under Policies on Disclosure of Student
Records.
"University
officials" are University employees with general or specific
responsibility for promoting the educational objectives of the University or
third parties under contract with the University to provide professional,
business and similar administrative services related to the University's
educational mission. Individuals whose responsibilities place them within this
category include teachers; faculty advisers; admissions counselors; academic
advisers; counselors; employment placement personnel; deans, department
chairpersons, directors, and other administrative officials responsible for
some part of the academic enterprise or one of the supporting activities;
administrative and faculty sponsors of officially recognized clubs,
organizations, etc.; members, including students and alumni, of official
college (university) committees, non-exempt staff personnel employed to assist
University officials in discharging professional responsibilities; and persons
or entities under contract to the University to provide a specific task or
service related to the University's educational mission. Access by these
officials is restricted where practical, and only to that portion of the
student record necessary for the discharge of assigned duties.
"Legitimate
educational interests" are defined as interests that are essential to the
general process of higher education prescribed by the body of policy adopted by
the governing board. Legitimate educational interests would include teaching, research,
public service, and such directly supportive activities as academic advising,
general counseling, therapeutic counseling, discipline, vocational counseling
and job placement, financial assistance and advisement, medical services, and
academic assistance activities. In addition, the University officially
recognizes appropriate co-curricular activities that are generally supportive
of overall goals of the institution and contribute generally to well-being of
the entire student body and specifically to many individuals who participate in
these activities. These activities include varsity and intramural sports,
social fraternities, specific interest clubs, and student government.
Records originating at
another institution will be subject to these policies.
Student Educational
Records:
Student educational
records are defined as records, files, documents, and other materials that
contain information directly related to a student and are maintained by The
Pennsylvania State University or by a person acting for the University pursuant
to University, college, campus, or departmental policy.
Student educational
records do not include records of instructional, supervisory, and
administrative personnel and ancillary educational personnel that are in the
sole possession of the maker and that are not accessible or revealed to any
other person except a substitute.
Other exclusions
include:
a. Notes of a
professor/staff member concerning a student and intended for the
professor's/staff member's own use are not subject to inspection, disclosure,
and challenge.
b. Records of the
Police Services Records Division, except in instances where they are
transmitted within the University for administrative purposes.
c. Records relating to
an individual who is employed by an educational agency or institution not as a
result of his/her status as a student that:
1. Are made and
maintained in the normal course of business;
2. Relate exclusively
to the individual in that individual's capacity as an employee; and
3. Are not available
for use for any other purpose.
However, employment
records relating to University students who are employed as a result of their
status as students are considered educational records.
d. Records on students
that are made or maintained by a physician, psychiatrist, psychologist, or
other recognized professional or paraprofessional acting or assisting in that
capacity are not subject to the provisions of access, disclosure, and
challenge. Such records, however, must be made, maintained, or used only in
connection with the provision of treatment to the student and are not available
to anyone other than the persons providing such treatment or a substitute. Such
records may be personally reviewed by a physician or other appropriate
professional of the student's choice.
e. Application records
of students not admitted to the University; however, once a student has
enrolled in an academic offering of the University, application information
becomes a part of the student's educational records.
f. Alumni records.
Definition of Student:
For the purpose of this
policy, a student is defined as an individual currently or previously enrolled
in any academic offering of the University.
This definition does
not include prospective students (applicants to any academic program of the University).
Public Information
Regarding Students:
The following is a list
of directory items that may be made available to the public regarding students
of the University without their prior consent and is considered part of the
public record of their attendance:
1. Name
2. Address (local and
permanent and electronic mail)
3. Telephone number
4. Date and place of
birth
5. Major
6. Student activities
including athletics
7. Weight/height
(athletic teams)
8. Dates of attendance
9. Enrollment status
(full-time, part-time, or not enrolled)
10. Date of graduation
11. Degrees and awards
received and where received
12. Most recent
educational institution attended
13. Name and address of
parents, guardian, spouse
The student is entitled
to request that these directory items not be made publicly available. Such a request
must be made in writing to the Registrar. Requests filed within ten days after
the first day of class for fall semester will normally block directory items from appearing
in directories and other annual publications and will block the release of
directory items in response to inquiries made to the University by the public
after the receipt of the request. Requests filed after the first ten days of
the fall semester will block only the release of directory items in response to
inquiries made to the University by the public after the receipt of the
request. The block will remain in effect until such date as designated by the
student in written instructions filed with the Registrar.
University Officers
Responsible for Student Records:
The following
University officers are designated as responsible for student records within
their respective areas: The Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education;
the Vice Provost for Enrollment Management and Administration; the Senior Vice
President and Dean of the Commonwealth Educational System; the Senior Vice
President for Research and Graduate Education; Vice President and Dean for
Continuing and Distance Education; the Vice President for Student Affairs; the
Budget Officer of the University; the Corporate Controller; the Senior Vice
President for Finance and Business; the Deans of the Colleges; the Campus
Executive Officers; and the Provost/Deans of Penn State Erie, The Behrend
College, Penn State Harrisburg and The College of Medicine at The Milton S.
Hershey Medical Center. Each of these officers is responsible to make available
a listing of student records within his/her area of responsibility indicating
the purpose, storage, security, and disposition of each student record.
Policies on Disclosure
of Student Records:
The following
guidelines will be utilized with respect to the disclosure of student records:
NOTE: In no case will
letters of recommendation and other information obtained or prepared before
January 1, 1975, that were written on the assumption or expressed promise of
confidentiality to the authors, be available for inspection, disclosure, or
challenge. Letters of recommendation and other information written and/or
compiled after January 1, 1975, are available to students in accordance with
guidelines that follow.
a. Disclosure to the
student: The student has the right to inspect and review his/her educational
records, and may do so by making an oral or written request to the University
official responsible for the specific record desired. The official must respond
within forty-five days of the request by sending the student a copy of the
requested record, or by arranging an appointment for the student to review it.
The student has the right to an explanation of any information contained in the
record.
Educational records of
the student, or the contents thereof, will not be released to the student,
his/her parents, or any third party so long as a financial indebtedness or
serious academic and/or disciplinary matter involving the student remains
unresolved. This limitation does not preclude the student from having personal
access to the records, merely from obtaining the release of the information.
The student may not have access to the confidential financial statement of
parents or any information contained in such statements.
A student may waive
his/her right to access to confidential letters of recommendation that he/she
seeks for admission to any educational agency or institution; for employment;
or for application for an honor or honorary recognition. The student must be
notified on request of all such individuals furnishing recommendations, and the
letters must be solely for the stated purpose for which the student was
notified and for which he/she waived his/her right of access. Such waivers may
not be required as a condition for admission to, receipt of financial aid from,
or receipt of any other services or benefits from such agency or institution.
Where any such records,
files, or data contain information relative to a third person, the student is
entitled to be informed of only the portion of that record as pertains to
himself/herself. Each record-keeping unit of the University will establish
procedures for accommodating requests for access to student records. An
administrative charge not exceeding the actual cost to the University of
providing access may be initiated in certain areas for access to record
information.
The student is entitled
to copy privilege as regards his/her records, files, and data at a reasonable
administrative cost.
b. Disclosure of
information to third parties: Disclosure of information contained in student
records, files, and data is normally controlled by the student.
Such disclosures will
be made to someone other than a University official having a legitimate
educational interest in the records only on the condition that prior written
consent is obtained from the student. The third party is to be reminded that
he/she should not permit additional access to the information by an additional
person without further written consent of the student prior to such an
additional transfer of information.
When information on a
student must be shared outside the University, all persons, agencies, or
organizations desiring access to the records of a student shall be required to
sign a written form to be kept permanently with the file of the student
indicating specifically the legitimate educational or other interest in seeking
this information. This form will be available solely to the student and to the
University officer responsible for the record as a means of auditing the
operation of the record system. Exceptions to this are c. through i., below.
c. Disclosure to other
educational institutions: Disclosure of appropriate academic records may be
made to officials of other educational institutions to which the student has
applied and where he/she intends to enroll.
d. Disclosure pursuant
to judicial order: Information concerning a student shall be released if
properly subpoenaed pursuant to a judicial, legislative, or administrative
proceeding. Effort will be made to give advance notice to the student of such
an order before compliance by the University.
e. Disclosure pursuant
to requests for financial aid: Necessary academic and/or financial student
records may be disclosed without the student's prior consent in connection with
the student's application for, or receipt of, financial aid.
f. Disclosure to
federal and state authorities: This policy shall not preclude access to student
records by authorized federal and state officials in connection with the audit
and evaluation of federally supported education programs, or in connection with
the enforcement of federal and state legal requirements that relate to such
programs. Except when collection of personally identifiable data is
specifically authorized by federal and state law, any data collected and
reported with respect to an individual student shall not include information
(including Social Security number) that would permit the personal
identification of such student.
g. Disclosure under
emergency conditions: On an emergency basis, information about a student may be
released by a designated officer of the University when that information is
necessary to protect the health or safety of a student.
h. Disclosure to
educational agencies or institutions: Information that will not permit the
individual identification of students may be released to organizations of
educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating,
and administering predictive tests and measurements. Similarly, information may
be released to accrediting organizations in order to carry out their
accrediting functions.
i. Disclosure to
parents of dependent students: Information concerning a student who is a
dependent, within the meaning of Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1954, may be released to that student's parents. The Internal Revenue Code
defines a dependent student as one who has attended an educational institution
full time for any five calendar months of a tax year and who was provided more
than one-half of his/her support as claimed by the parents on their income tax
statement. For purposes of this policy, the assumption, unless individually
certified to the contrary under the criteria above, will be that University
students are not dependents within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code.
Challenge of Record
Entry:
The student is entitled
to challenge and/or add to the factual basis of any record entry contained in
records, files, and/or data. The purpose of this challenge is to ensure that
such entries are not inaccurate or misleading, or in violation of his/her
privacy or other rights as a student, and to provide an opportunity for the
correction or deletion of any such inaccuracies, misleading or otherwise
inappropriate data contained therein. The substantive judgment of a faculty
member about a student's work, expressed in grades and/or evaluations, is not
within the purview of this right to challenge.
The University will
provide, on request by the student, an opportunity for a hearing to challenge
the content of the student's record(s). The request should be submitted to the
appropriate University officer (see section titled "University Officers
Responsible for Student Records") in whose area of responsibility the
questioned material is kept. The University officer is authorized to rectify
the entry and so notify the student in writing. The designated officer will
provide the student with an opportunity to place in the records a statement
commenting upon the challenged information in the educational records that will
be kept so long as the contents are contested. The contents of the student's
challenge will remain a part of the student's records regardless of the outcome
of any challenge.
If a records entry
question has not been satisfactorily resolved by this informal procedure, the
student is entitled to a hearing on the matter. The hearing must be held within
a reasonable time after the request, and the student notified as to the time,
date, and place of the hearing in a reasonably advanced time of the hearing as
to make his/her presence practical.
A hearing officer will
be designated by the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education and the
student will be afforded a full and fair opportunity to present evidence
relevant to the issues of record entry validity. The student may be assisted or
represented by an adviser of his/her choice including, at his/her own expense,
an attorney. The student will be furnished, within a reasonable time following
the hearing, a written decision from the designated hearing officer. In
addition, the student is entitled to receive in writing a summary of the
evidence and the reasons for the decision.
An adverse decision may
be appealed in writing by the student to the Executive Vice President and
Provost of the University, and finally, to the President of the University.
The student has the
right to file a complaint with the Department of Education concerning alleged
failures of the University to comply with the requirements of FERPA.
Approved: President Oswald
(10-19-76)
Revised: Exec Vice President and
Provost Richardson (1-6-88)
Revised: Exec Vice President and
Provost Brighton (8-11-95)
C-4: SPECIAL COURSE
REGISTRATION CONTROL
1.
It
is recognized that enrollments in majors sometimes increase faster than the
academic unit's ability to respond with course offerings. As a result, it may
not be possible to accommodate all students wanting to register for a
particular course. Consequently, it is sometimes necessary to place
registration controls on courses. These controls serve a number of valuable
purposes in the registration process:
• Controls guarantee course availability to
students so they may maintain normal academic progress towards graduation.
• For courses in which enrollments must be limited because of field
experiences, laboratory limitations, or reasons of liability, controls allow
academic units to evaluate each student before permitting the individual to
enroll.
• In some instances, certain groups of students may be ineligible for a
particular course. Course registration controls effectively prevent their
registration.
2.
The
application of a course registration control is a serious matter and should
only be requested as a last resort. An academic unit seeking authorization to
use a Special Course Registration Control must prepare a request well in advance
of the intended effective semester and provide:
• An identification of the course and semester for
which the Special Course Registration Control is to be applied.
• A justification for the control indicating why the Special Course
Registration Control is necessary. Reference should be made as to why
alternative actions for increasing the course limits do not meet demands.
• An impact statement of how this control would likely affect other
students and academic units.
• An indication of the type of control desired: schedule only, prevent
scheduling, or prevent all.
• An outline of the criteria for the selection of students to be
scheduled into the course, detailing the college or colleges of enrollment, the
majors, and semester classifications of eligible students.
• The effective date of the registration control, and when it is to be
removed. Controls should be removed as early in the semester as possible.
3.
In
preparing this proposal, the academic unit should reference enrollment data from
previous semesters and, if applicable, the current semester, and identify the
impact the request would have on meeting student enrollment requests.
4.
To
request a registration course control, academic units access the online form
through the Registrar's Web page,
https://www.our.psu.edu/scheduling/crscontrol.cfm.
At
University Park, the department completes the form and sends it to the resident
instruction dean. At other locations, the form is sent to the identified senior
administrative officer.
5.
Special
Course Registration Controls are initiated by the academic units, approved by
the college dean, and implemented by the campus Registrar. Because of the
significant nature of restricting registration, a right of reversal is provided
to the vice provost and dean for enrollment management and administration and
the vice provost for undergraduate education and international programs.
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
Revised: ACUE (4-7-05)
F-3: CONFLICT FINAL
EXAMINATIONS
Procedure:
The Registrar's office
is responsible for establishing the final examination schedule. Every effort is
made to establish a final examination schedule that is free of conflicts.
Invariably, some conflicts arise. Any student with a direct final examination
conflict (two or more examinations scheduled at the same time) must file a
request for a conflict examination. Any student with an overload final
examination conflict (three or more examinations scheduled on any one calendar
day, or three final examinations scheduled on consecutive exam periods) may
file a request for a conflict examination. The filing period will be three
weeks in length. The beginning and ending dates of the filing period will be
determined as necessary, by each campus registrar and published through the
Registrar's home page and in the Schedule of Courses.
Students must file a
conflict final examination request during the designated time period and at the
place specified by the campus Registrar. Conflict final examination requests
will not be accepted after the close of the three-week filing period.
Academic departments
are notified by the Registrar's office of the time and place for the conflict
final examination, together with the names of the students who have been
assigned to the conflict examination. Faculty members are requested to announce
in class the time and place of the conflict final examination, if any, and to
identify the students assigned thereto.
Approved: ACUI
(9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (4-8-82)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (5-6-99)
F-4: CONFLICT NON-FINAL
EXAMINATIONS
Procedure: Student
Guidelines
1. Students should
review their scheduled absences with instructors (faculty) at the beginning of
each semester. Every effort should be made to identify conflicts as soon as
possible to allow maximum resolution time.
2. At the beginning of
the semester, the student should obtain a letter or the Class Absence form from
the sponsoring unit/department that delineates all anticipated excused absences
for the semester. This should be given to the instructor no later than one week
in advance of the proposed absence.
3. Students who are
issued the approved Class Absence form from the sponsoring unit/department
should use this form to confirm previously discussed absences with faculty. The
form should be shared with instructors prior to the absence.
4. Students should
discuss with their instructors any unanticipated absences as soon as they
become aware of such events.
Faculty Guidelines
1. When presented with
the Class Absence form (or other appropriate documentation), faculty should
provide the student with a make-up opportunity that ensures the promotion of
learning. By providing evaluation similar to that given in the scheduled class
or evening exam, faculty do not penalize the student who has a legitimate
reason for being absent.
2. Faculty who may have
difficulty scheduling an evening and/or non-evening conflict examination or
quiz should contact their own department for assistance in locating an
appropriate facility and/or proctor.
Procedure
1. Students should
obtain a letter or the Class Absence form from the sponsoring unit/department
delineating the semester's anticipated excused absences. This must be presented
to the respective faculty member at least one week in advance of the University-approved
activity in order to provide the faculty member adequate time to prepare
make-up opportunities. Unanticipated absences should be brought to instructors'
attention as soon as the student becomes aware of such events.
2. Students who believe
they have been unfairly denied a make-up opportunity should, after trying to
resolve the problem with the course instructor, contact the head of the
department for the course in which the student is enrolled.
3. If the problem is
not resolved, the student should contact the sponsoring unit/department (in
some instances, this may be the student's college assistant/associate dean for
undergraduate programs or the student's campus director of academic affairs)
and provide documentation describing the unresolved make-up opportunity. The
sponsoring unit/ department should attempt to resolve the problem.
4. If the problem is
still unresolved, the sponsoring unit/department should forward the
documentation to the Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education for resolution.
If the problem involves a Capital College course, documentation should be
forwarded to the Provost and Dean, Penn State Harrisburg.
(Ref: Senate Policy
44-35)
Approved: ACAS (4-6-90)
G-1: GRADE REPORTING
Procedure:
Grade reporting
deadlines are established so that:
1. Grades for
graduating seniors are available in sufficient time to allow for checking the
final semester's work to assure that graduation requirements have been met and;
2. Students who are
academically dropped for unsatisfactory scholarship can be notified of that
fact prior to registration for the next semester.
Two grade-reporting
options are available to faculty:
1. Faculty are
encouraged to use the Web based grading services offered through eLion. To use
this service, the faculty member must be assigned a SecurID card.
2. Faculty may use
paper-based grade rosters, where either department staff or Registrar office
staff using the ISIS system will perform the recording of grades on behalf of
the faculty.
The Office of the
University Registrar is responsible for distributing grade reporting
instructions to the faculty, academic department, college, and campus offices.
Faculty will be notified through use of the Penn State e-mail system when their
course is ready to be graded. Courses may be graded starting the day following
the defined calendar end-date of the course. Grades are to be recorded no later
than two business days after the final examination or final course assessment.
Approved: ACREP
(4-29-71)
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: Editorial (9-4-03)
C-1: DEVELOPING THE
COURSE OFFERING
Principles Related to
Developing the Course Offering
1. Responsibilities
Developing the course
offering is a shared responsibility of the academic units and the Office of the
University Registrar. The academic units are responsible for determining which
courses they will offer, section size and the number of offered sections, and
the assignment of teaching faculty. The Registrar's Office is responsible for
assigning general-purpose classrooms, recording college/department-controlled
learning space, and publishing the Schedule of Courses. A joint responsibility
is to distribute the assigned times such that courses and sections are
appropriately distributed across the days of the week and periods of the day.
This is required to maximize scheduling opportunities for students and to
maximize the scheduling of learning space.
It is recognized that
the size of the campus will lead to procedural differences among the various
locations of the University. However, the principles presented within apply
equally to all locations of the University.
2. Planning
The course offering
process is an on going analysis of past, current, and future course demand,
whereby the academic unit determines what courses should be offered in future
semesters. This analysis should focus on the several different types of courses
the academic unit may offer:
--general education;
--courses required for majors, electives;
--special interest courses.
Faculty staffing issues such as
proposed sabbatical leaves and pending research contracts that include released
time and graduate assistant availability must also be considered.
The Office of the
University Registrar is available to assist in the planning process by
providing course offering, program summary, and student enrollment data to the
academic unit.
3. Call for Courses
While the exact process
may vary from location to location, each semester every academic unit will
submit new course offering plans to the Registrar at its location. At
University Park, the Registrar's office provides to each academic unit forms to
be used in the preparation of the new course offering. Departments submit their
course offering plans through the college dean before returning them to the
Registrar's office.
Academic units should
give consideration to the following guidelines in establishing their course
offering:
--Schedule courses required in
the major.
--Schedule general education courses.
--Schedule other regular elective courses.
--Schedule special interest courses on a faculty- and space-available basis.
--As soon as possible, ideally at the time of the initial offering, assign
faculty to all offered courses and sections.
--Identify courses that should not be scheduled in time conflict with other
courses.
--Identify specific classroom characteristics needed to support instruction,
such as the need for technology.
--Specify course characteristics that will be helpful to students during
registration.
--Where possible, set higher section limits for typically over-demanded courses.
--Avoid offering courses with histories of being under-enrolled.
4. Publication Review
Upon completion of the
room assignment process, the Registrar's office prepares a draft version of the
campus course offering. This is distributed to each academic unit department
for final review and approval before the course offering is published. This
review is intended to correct any minor discrepancies and to make necessary
adjustments to the course offerings before publication.
Academic units are
strongly encouraged to complete their course offering as fully as possible
starting with the initial publication. This action insures that the complete
course offering is available to the largest number of students, advisers, and
faculty.
At University Park, the
department head signs the Semester Course Publication review form and submits
the form through the college dean before returning it to the Registrar's
office.
5. Publication of the
Schedule of Courses
The course offering for
a given semester is published approximately three months prior to the semester
for which that offering is intended. The official University publication is on
the World Wide Web and is updated every 24 hours. Included in the Web
publication are all resident instruction delivered courses offered at all
locations of the University. The campus Registrar is responsible for
identifying the calendar date to start including the resident instruction
courses. Also included in the Web publication are those continuing education
delivered courses that are designated as "public" by the campus
Registrar. These "public continuing education courses" may be offered
on or off campus.
Each location is
authorized to publish a paper-based Schedule of Courses. It is recognized that
some students may not have access to the World Wide Web. The paper document
serves as a reasonable substitution for such students.
6. Coordinated and
Concurrent Courses
Some courses are to be
scheduled concurrently with other courses or as a set of coordinated courses.
Academic units offering coordinated or concurrent courses should clearly
identify these courses to their campus Registrar. The campus Registrar will
place the appropriate designation in the course characteristic field of the
course offering.
7. Distribution by Meeting Periods and Days
In an effort to provide
maximum scheduling opportunities for students and to maximize utilization of
the classroom and other learning facilities, each location is encouraged to
develop a course-scheduling matrix. This matrix is required at University Park.
The course-scheduling matrix appropriately distributes the course offering
among the class meeting periods per day and days of the week.
Both the initial course
offering and subsequent adjustments to the initial course offering must
maintain the integrity of this distribution. Registrars at all locations are
encouraged to use a course-scheduling distribution matrix appropriate for their
location.
The academic unit
recommends course-scheduling patterns. The campus Registrar has the final
authority for determining the meeting times for all courses and for the
assignment of general-purpose classrooms.
Academic units are
permitted to schedule courses during the evening hours and on weekends.
8. "By
Appointment" Courses
All courses that will
have regular class meetings throughout the semester shall be scheduled in
advance, at specific meeting periods, in specific classrooms, and so announced
in the Schedule of Courses.
Those courses that do
not meet on a regular schedule, such as independent study courses, research, or
thesis preparation courses, may be scheduled as "by appointment."
Room numbers listed for courses scheduled by appointment refer to the office
number and building of the instructor or the head of the academic unit offering
the course.
Class meeting times
later arranged must be agreeable to all concerned and may not conflict with
other scheduled courses.
9. Credit Courses of
Less Than Full Semester Duration
Credit courses are
normally scheduled for a full semester. Courses that are shorter than a full
semester can be scheduled with the approval of the appropriate academic unit.
The distribution of time between in-class activities and outside preparation
varies from course to course. To earn 1 credit, the normal expectation is for
the student to spend at least forty hours of work per semester. This work is
planned and arranged by the faculty.
There are a number of
issues to be considered when an academic unit desires to offer a credit course
or combination of courses on a less than full semester basis.
--The student population who will be expected to
schedule the course;
--Scheduling the part-semester course should not prevent students from being
able to schedule a normal load of full semester courses;
--The academic and resource implications of offering the part-semester course;
--A justification of why the course(s) cannot be offered on a full-semester
basis.
Upon approval of the
college dean, the course request is forwarded to the campus Registrar.
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
J-2: LEAVE OF ABSENCE
Procedure:
1. Only students who
are baccalaureate or associate degree candidates may file for a leave of
absence. A student desiring to take a leave of absence must obtain on a Leave
of Absence form the approval of the student's college dean, campus executive
officer or the Director of the Division of Undergraduate Studies, whichever is
appropriate.
2. If the leave is
approved by the dean/executive officer/director, the leave is entered, and the
form retained in that office. The deadline for filing is the last working day
prior to the first day of classes for the semester/session that the leave will
begin. Leaves are not required for summer session only.
3. Normally, leaves are
not approved for a period longer than one year. Under special circumstances
(e.g. military deployment), a leave of absence may be approved to a maximum of
two years.
4. A student who has
withdrawn as a degree candidate is not eligible for a leave of absence. A
student who has been dropped or dismissed from the University is not eligible
for leave of absence.
5. A student who
fulfills the conditions of an approved leave of absence may register upon
return without applying for re-enrollment. The student registers for the
returning semester according to the schedule established for that semester.
6. If a student desires
to return earlier or later than the semester agreed upon on the leave of
absence form as the "returning semester" the student must make
application for re-enrollment as a degree candidate.
7. A student who plans
to enroll for course work at another accredited institution during a leave of
absence should review program plans with the student's academic adviser and the
Undergraduate Admissions Office to verify the eligibility for receiving credit.
8. Before commencing a
leave of absence, a student is responsible for notifying other appropriate
offices, such as the Office of Student Aid. (Ref: Senate Policy 56-70)
Approved: ACUI (4-29-76)
Revised: ACUI (4-8-82)
Revised: ACAS (4-8-88)
Revised: ACUE (6-6-96)
Revised: Editorial (9-5-08)
M-5: INTERCOLLEGE
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
Policy:
1. The four types of
Intercollege Undergraduate Programs are:
a. Degree programs
utilizing regular courses of several colleges and not requiring special course
offerings or teaching assignments. Special faculty involvement is addressed
only to program advising and to monitoring of program content and quality.
b. Degree programs
involving special required courses for the major from departments or divisions
of two or more colleges and requiring specific teaching assignments. Faculty
involved teach the required courses, monitor the program content and quality
and advise students.
c. Nondegree programs that
emphasize thematic or integrated studies involving courses offered regularly by
particular departments or divisions from two or more colleges. Faculty involved
may teach the courses included as part of their regular departmental or
divisional assignments but they are expressedly responsible for student
advising and for monitoring academic program content and quality.
d. Nondegree programs
having emphasis on thematic or integrated studies that require special course
offerings identified separately from the departments and divisions of
participating colleges. Faculty involved are generally responsible for
determining and monitoring the program content and quality and for establishing
criteria for faculty teaching in the program.
2. For all types of
Intercollege Undergraduate Programs, a program committee shall be appointed by
the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education and International Programs, with
members nominated by the participating college deans. In matters concerning the
Intercollege Undergraduate Program, the chairman reports to the Vice Provost
for Undergraduate Education and International Programs.
3. Each Intercollege
Program Committee is responsible for:
a. Developing,
implementing and reviewing the academic program.
b. Offering
recommendations to the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education and
International Programs, the participating colleges and the Senate.
c. Determining policies
and criteria for selection and certification and provide for advising when
degrees or certificates are involved.
d. Developing courses,
selecting and reviewing the teaching faculty when courses are to be offered
separate from regular departments/divisions.
4. Support for
Intercollege Undergraduate Programs is provided jointly by the participating
colleges and by the Office of the Vice Provost for Undergraduate Education and
International Programs.
(Ref: Intercollege
Undergraduate Program Policy Statement, August 1974 and revised August 1983)
Approved: Provost Larson
(8-17-74)
Revised: Exec VP Bartoo (8-83)
Vice President Dunham (8-83)
Revised: Editorial revision
(2-19-98)
R-1: TEXTBOOKS LISTS
Procedure:
1. Complete publication
information is required when compiling textbook lists. To facilitate locating
and ordering books, the following information must be included: author(s),
title, ISBN, publisher, year of publication, edition and editor.
2. If different
textbooks are required by instructors teaching different sections of the same
course, the textbooks for these sections must be included in the textbook list
by section.
3. If additional books
are recommended supplemental reading that is not required, they should be noted
as recommended texts on the lists. If materials other than books are required
for a course, as much information about the materials should be provided,
including an estimate of total additional cost.
4. Completed textbook
lists must be furnished to the campus Penn State Bookstore no later than March
1 for textbooks to be used in the Fall Semester, September 1 for textbooks to
be used in the Spring Semester, and February 1 for textbooks to be used in the
Summer Session. If no information is available about textbooks or other
materials required for a class, "Not Available" should be submitted
until a selection is made, at which time the information will be provided. If
required materials for a class will be provided during the first week of
classes (such as a list of readings on electronic reserve), "To Be
Announced" should be submitted.
5. Changes in textbooks
and other materials should be reported to the campus Penn State Bookstore as
soon as possible.
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (9-8-83)
Revised: ACUE (3-4-93)
Revised: ACUE (11-5-09)
A-4: NONDEGREE
Procedure: Resident
Instruction
1.
To
enroll in the University as a nondegree-regular student, a person who has not
been dropped as a degree or provisional student for poor scholarship must
complete an Undergraduate Nondegree Student - Credit Enrollment Data Form (form
C-5) and a Registration/Drop/Add form. To enroll for subsequent semesters, only
the Registration/Drop/Add form is required each semester a student registers.
2.
Students
who have been dropped for poor scholarship and wish to enroll as
nondegree-conditional students must obtain on the Registration/Drop/Add form
the signature of the adviser/counselor designated for nondegree-conditional
students in the academic unit to which admission or reinstatement and
re-enrollment is desired.
3.
All
nondegree students are accommodated in credit courses on a space available
basis.
Approved: ACUI (4-29-76)
Revised: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (10-28-82)
Revised: ACUI (3-10-83)
Editorial: (5-6-85)
Revised: ACAS (4-8-88)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Procedure: Continuing
and Distance Education
To enroll in credit
courses through Continuing Education, a nondegree student must complete the
appropriate Continuing Education registration forms. The registration forms
serve as an application for admission and may be obtained from any Continuing
Education office throughout the Commonwealth.
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Procedure:
Implementation
1.
A
person dropped as a degree or provisional student for poor scholarship may
enroll as a nondegree-conditional student in accordance with Senate Policy
14-00. A student may enroll for a maximum of 12 credits per semester while in
nondegree-conditional status.
NOTE 1: In determining the total credit load per
semester for nondegree-conditional students, all resident instruction,
continuing education and World Campus courses already in progress at the time
of the drop action will not be included in determining the maximum credit load.
2.
The
Registrar's office will monitor the registrations of nondegree-conditional
students previously dropped from degree or provisional status. If students are
found to have exceeded the restrictions contained in paragraph 1 above, the
Registrar will notify the appropriate academic administrator. The academic
administrator will assist the student in making a decision about which
course(s) will be cancelled. The academic administrator will notify the
Registrar, by means of a memorandum, to cancel one or more courses to reduce
the student's schedule to the maximum limit. The Registar's office will notify
the Fee Assessor to effect a full refund for courses cancelled because of
invoking the provisions of Senate Policy 14-00.
NOTE 2: Cancellations will not be made
retroactively, i.e., if the student who is exceeding the limit completes a
course undetected, and the grade is recorded, the course will not be cancelled.
Approved: ACUI (11-16-78)
Revised: ACUI (3-10-83)
Effective: Fall Semester 1983
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: Editorial (11-1-07)
G-4: DEFERRED GRADES --
REMOVAL
Procedure:
At the end of the
fourth week of a semester, cards are distributed to the department or
instructor with instructions deemed appropriate by the dean or executive
officer.
At the end of the sixth
week of the subsequent semester to which a grade was deferred, the deans or
executive officers close out receipt of the cards or extensions and submit
cards.
Approved: ACREP (3-1-73)
Revised: ACUI (2-6-75)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: Editorial (11-1-07)
NOTE: A deferred grade
which is not changed to a passing grade by the instructor before the end of the
prescribed period shall automatically become an F unless an extension has been
granted.
D-1: ENTRANCE TO
COLLEGE AND LOWER DIVISION CAMPUS
College Common Year
Designation and Initial Campus Assignment
1.
First-semester baccalaureate and associate degree candidates admitted to
the University will be assigned to a campus only if that campus can provide at
least two semesters of normal academic progress toward the baccalaureate or
associate degree program selected by the student.
2. Regardless of
campus, first-semester baccalaureate degree candidates are normally admitted
into a college or the Division of Undergraduate Studies (DUS), assigned a
college common year designation code, and enroll in course work consistent with
normal academic progress for the academic majors in that college.
3. A student is
expected to remain at his/her campus of admission until he/she achieves fifth
semester standing. At this point, a baccalaureate degree candidate may have to
change to a University campus that is authorized to deliver his/her major.
4. The dean for each
college is responsible for establishing advising procedures to accomplish each
of the following objectives:
a. Inform each baccalaureate degree candidate in the
college of the policies and procedures governing relocation to another campus.
b. Identify the course requirements to maintain normal
academic progress for the student’s major preference.
c. Identify the probable semester of relocation for a
student based on major preference.
d. Assure that relocation does occur consistent with the
current course requirements of a student’s major preference, the student’s
actual course experience, and the planned course offerings of the campus over
the next several semesters.
5. Students may enroll
at any campus during the summer session. However, this will not change their
regularly assigned campus for the fall semester.
Early Change of Campus Request Procedure
1. A student is expected to remain at his/her campus of admission until he/she
achieves fifth semester standing. A student may request an early change of
campus in order to maintain normal academic progress when he/she is unable to
obtain a full schedule of relevant (i.e., to his/her major) courses at his/her
current campus. Students requesting an early change of campus because of
academic reasons are expected to remain in their current major and schedule
courses consistent with that major at the new campus.
2. Student requests for
an early change of campus because of personal reasons may be considered.
However, the student must document that there are clear and compelling reasons
why an early campus change should be considered.
3. Both the sending
campus and the receiving campus have the authority to deny the student request.
4. A currently enrolled
student initiates an early change of campus request through the change of
campus contact at the student’s current campus.
5. The student’s
current campus will:
a. Determine if the student can obtain a course schedule
that will permit the student to maintain normal academic progress at the
present campus. This will be determined by the Associate Dean/DAA or designate
at the campus.
b. If normal academic progress toward the student’s
major preference can be maintained at the present campus, the Associate
Dean/DAA or designate notifies the student that the request is denied.
c. If normal academic progress cannot be maintained at
the student’s current campus, the change of campus contact forwards the request
to the receiving campus for consideration (see 5.e below).
d. If the student’s request is based on non-academic
reasons, the Associate Dean/DAA at the campus will make an informed decision
based on available facts. If the request is not supported, the Associate
Dean/DAA notifies the student that the request is denied. If the request is
supported, the change of campus contact forwards the request to the receiving
campus for consideration (see 5.e below).
e. To initiate an early change of campus request (for
either academic or non-academic reasons), the sending change of campus contact
enters the appropriate student information and reason for the request on ISIS
screen ARUSBC. This action provides email notification to the receiving change
of campus contact.
6. If the receiving
campus is a non-UP location, the receiving campus will:
a. Review the request to determine if the student can
obtain a course schedule that will permit the student to maintain normal
academic progress at the receiving campus and determine if space is available.
This review should be accomplished by the Associate Dean/DAA or designate.
b. The change of campus contact at the receiving campus
will enter an approval/denial decision on screen ARUSBC. This action provides
an email message to the sending change of campus contact.
c. The Registrar’s office notifies the student if the
request is approved. If the request is denied, notification to the student is
initiated by the sending change of campus contact.
d. If approved, the campus Registrar at the receiving
campus is responsible for providing the student with appropriate registration
instructions.
7. If the receiving
campus is University Park:
a. The college change of campus contact will review the
request.
b. If approved, the college will enter an approval
decision on screen ARUSBC. This action provides an email message to the sending
change of campus contact and generates a notification to the student.
c. If denied, the college will
enter a denial decision on screen ARUSBC. This action provides an email message
to the sending change of campus contact, who then notifies the student.
Cancellation of an
Approved Campus Change
The student may elect to cancel an approved change of campus. Upon notification
by the student, the receiving change of campus contact cancels the approved
change using screen ARUSBC. The Registrar’s office confirms this cancellation
by notifying the student.
If a student's schedule
of courses is not consistent with the reason that an early change of campus was
approved, the change of campus approval may be rescinded and the student may be
required to return to his/her original campus for the semester immediately
following.
Approved: ACUE (1-8-98)
Approved: ACUE (10-6-05)
Approved: ACUE (6-7-07)
P: CURRICULAR
PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES
Preface
Penn State University's
baccalaureate and associate degree programs are offered by its colleges.
Academic program authority may be lodged in a single college or shared
among several. A single program may be offered jointly by several colleges.
Program delivery may be accomplished through traditional
single-college residence-based instruction, joint college and campus
instruction, and World Campus. New technologies, learning assessment, the full
involvement of university-wide disciplinary communities, and increasingly
sophisticated approaches to learning itself encourage an openness to experiment
with delivery protocols and recognition that program outcomes are the primary
basis of formative and summative academic assessment. In all cases, the
University's academic degree programs must receive administrative authorization
granted by the Provost through the Office of Undergraduate Education and by the
University Faculty Senate. The principles, guidelines and procedures that
follow provide the authorization protocols to offer, deliver, and terminate
academic programs.
I. Curricular
Principles and Guidelines
Curricular programs
should reflect disciplinary integrity across all campuses of the University.
Curricular integrity
requires planning and implementation that reflects quality among units with
common curricular interests, regardless of location or delivery mode.
Decisions regarding
undergraduate programs, majors, options, and minors require both academic and
administrative review and approval.
The Vice President and
Dean for Undergraduate Education serves as the Provost's designee and may
review curricular proposals on the Provost's behalf. In this capacity,
the Office of Undergraduate Education is available for curricular consultation
involving programs and may facilitate arbitration among colleges and other
units.
Academic review and
approval is conducted by the faculty through the University Faculty Senate.
Academic review ensures adherence to the University's standards of academic
quality and curricular integrity.
Administrative review
and approval is conducted by the Office of the Provost. Administrative review
ensures consideration and fulfillment of the broader University mission,
enrollment management, local needs, and resource availability and use, as well
as overall academic quality and curricular integrity.
New programs must be
justified by considerations of quality, cost, enrollment, impact upon
availability of senior faculty to engage in lower division instruction,
implications for other programs and courses; program duplication: university,
college, and campus mission; market need and demand; and resource feasibility.
Unique new majors,
minors, and options should be proposed only when the variation from existing
curricula is substantial, and when the program fulfills a demonstrable demand
by students that is likely to continue.
Proposals for academic
programs, program amendments, and program terminations are developed in
consultation with disciplinary communities and administrative units and reflect
strategic as well as academic deliberation.
The initial intention
to develop a program proposal must be shared across the University utilizing an
ACUE Prospectus, a process which must be completed prior to submission of a
P-1, P-3, or P-6 proposal.
All proposals to add or
drop programs must reference common criteria (see below, V: Common Program
Justification Criteria).
The Provost informs the
Board of Trustees when proposals to add or drop programs are authorized.
Administratively authorized new programs, program drops, and changes in the
names of programs are implemented only after the Board of Trustees has been
informed of the curricular action.
The authorization to
implement new and amended programs is issued by the Office of Undergraduate
Education to the dean of the proposing college and disseminated to the
university community, including Undergraduate Admissions, University Registrar,
the Provost, University Faculty Senate, and others.
II. ACUE Curricular
Program Prospectus for New Academic Programs, Delivery of Academic Programs at
Additional Campuses, and Phase-Out of Academic Programs
The Vice President and
Dean for Undergraduate Education facilitates ACUE's consideration of new
academic majors, options, minors, substantial program amendment likely to carry
implications for other colleges or delivery units, program name changes, and
the delivery of existing academic programs at additional campuses during the
pre-proposal germination period. Accordingly, a curricular program
prospectus must precede development and submission of formal P-1 (New
Undergraduate Major, Option or Minor), P-3 (Moving/Discontinuing Degree
Programs), and P-6 (Academic Program Phase-Out) proposals. The curricular
program prospectus process is based upon the 2005 recommendations from the
Joint Committee on Curricular Integrity appointed by the Provost and University
Faculty Senate. The prospectus must identify strategic considerations and
issues of academic quality associated with new program offerings. Prospectuses
initiate effective preliminary consultation within disciplines and across the
breadth of the University utilizing the ACUE membership.
World Campus must be considered
as an additional campus for purposes of P-1, P-3 and P-6 program proposals and
the prospectuses that precede them. Accordingly, a college offering an existing
program that wishes to move the program to World Campus, or to deliver the
program through World Campus as well as through residence instruction, must
treat World Campus as an additional location. As World Campus is a delivery
unit, rather than an independent academic unit, all programs delivered through
the World Campus must be authorized for delivery through an academic college.
P-1, P-3, and P-6 proposals and prospectuses for World Campus program delivery
must be submitted jointly by the authorized college and World Campus.
The curricular program
prospectus requires three steps:
Step One: The college
associate dean in which the proposed academic program will be housed must
submit a brief curricular program prospectus utilizing the on-line submission
form. The information collected should enable ACUE membership to engage in a
collegial conversation centered on the need for the program, resource
availability, and impact on other academic units across the University. Unlike
a fully developed P-1, P-3, or P-6, the prospectus is intended to generate
early consultation at ACUE and to identify or flesh out issues that must be
addressed in the full P-1, P-3, or P-6 proposal.
Prospectuses submitted
by a college's associate dean a minimum of one week before the next ACUE
meeting will be vetted at that meeting. Arrangements may be made under
extraordinary circumstances for proposals submitted during the summer.
Step Two:
Curricular program prospectuses will be distributed electronically by the
Office of Undergraduate Education to ACUE membership, including the Office of
the University Faculty Senate, prior to each ACUE meeting. ACUE members
should use this opportunity for formative consultation with appropriate
colleagues in their college, across the University, and with the originating
college.
Step Three:
Following discussion of the curricular program prospectus at ACUE, an
ACUE committee consisting of the ACUE chair, the University College associate
dean who serves on ACUE, the chair of the Faculty Senate Committee on
Curricular Affairs and an Office of Undergraduate Education associate dean will
review the prospectus. The ACUE committee may also invite others as appropriate
to add expertise. The ACUE committee will provide a brief recommendation to the
submitting college, taking into consideration the ACUE discussion, curricular
integrity, and strategic university considerations such as physical, fiscal,
and faculty resources.
Upon receipt of the
ACUE recommendations, a full P-1, P-3, or P-6 proposal, including evidence of
consultation and attention to ACUE recommendations, may be submitted to the
University Faculty Senate (P-1, P-6) or to the Office of Undergraduate
Education (P-3) as appropriate. P-1, P-3, and P-6 proposals must include a copy
of the ACUE recommendations.
III. P-1, P-3, P-6
Authority and Expectations
The Provost, as chief
academic officer, maintains authority for the Academic Administrative Policies
and Procedures that govern the undergraduate curriculum and may, in
consultation with faculty, deans, and other appropriate offices, make
exceptions to them.
Colleges and departments
are required to engage in formal consultation when proposing new (P-1)
undergraduate majors, options, and minors; or when moving or discontinuing
degree programs among colleges or college locations, including World Campus
(P-3); and academic program phase-out (P-6).
P-1, P-3, and P-6
proposals from the non-University Park campuses must be submitted by the
appropriate Chancellor to the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses (VPCC)
for consultation and endorsement prior to their entry into the University
Faculty Senate and Office of the Provost approval paths described elsewhere in
P: Curricular Principles and Procedures. In each case, the VPCC and the
Office of Undergraduate Education will consider relevant academic and strategic
factors, including those listed below in V: Common Program Justification
Criteria.
It is important to
distinguish between program phase-out (P-6), which refers to procedures by
which degree programs are dropped, and department phase-out, the procedures by
which academic departments are discontinued. When proposing the phase-out of a
department, reference should be made to the "Faculty Senate Guidelines for
Review of the Establishment, Reorganization, or Discontinuation of Academic
Organizational Units" (http://www.psu.edu/ufs/guide/reviewacadunits.html).
It is necessary to
complete separate proposals, and to receive separate approvals, to phase out a
program and a department in which it resides. A department may be phased out
without discontinuing programs, which may be moved to alternative departments
or colleges. The P procedures do not pertain to departmental phase-out.
IV. Consultation
Consultation provides
the foundation of disciplinary continuity and scholarship and a basis for
principled collegial faculty governance. Evaluative analyses and assessments
are accepted as contributions toward a common goal of academic coherence and
achievement and do not in and of themselves restrict the development,
alteration, or phasing out of programs.
Consultation should be
conducted via electronic media such as those employing summary e-mail
statements with detailed attachments or web links. It must be possible to
forward attachments and/or links to appropriate colleagues without passwords or
similar limitations.
ACUE deans are the primary
academic conduit among Penn State schools and colleges for purposes of
consultation. A current ACUE roster is maintained by the Office of
Undergraduate Education and is available for purposes of consultation as a
LISTSERVE.
Consultation must
include those likely to have a common interest in a proposed curricular action
and include any faculty group or program that would reasonably and predictably
offer courses or programs that seek academic outcomes similar to the proposed
program. This includes all ACUE deans, academic units within the college in
which the proposal is made, other colleges in which the proposed program/major,
minor, or option is offered or will be offered or will in any way be directly
affected.
Consultative comments,
and responses to them, must be included in proposals sent to the University
Faculty Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs, which will forward the
correspondence with the proposal when it is delivered to the Vice President and
Dean for Undergraduate Education for further review.
Consultation is
conducted with an expectation of timeliness that includes a minimum of ten
business days in which consultative responses may be returned electronically.
Reasonable extensions should be provided at the request of an ACUE dean.
The proposing unit
should respond electronically and in a timely manner to those who have
submitted concerns, objections, or exceptions to proposals.
V. Common
Program Justification Criteria
P-1 and P-3 proposals
must include current, localized data and information relevant to several
academic and strategic elements. These include, but may not be limited to:
1. Relationship of
proposal to university and college mission.
2. Learning quality
indicators such as:
A. On-going availability of a minimum of three or more standing faculty;
B. Program leadership by senior-level faculty;
C. Availability of a standing faculty cohort academically and disciplinarily
aligned with the proposed program;
D. Ability to move student program cohorts through in a timely manner;
E. Impact on the University's preference to utilize, whenever possible,
standing or tenure track senior level faculty in lower division undergraduate
courses;
F. Availability of faculty to deliver currently authorized, as well as new
programs;
G. Availability of a sufficient number of program electives within the
discipline and in supporting area of study;
H. University-wide curricular integrity that includes disciplinary community
engagement and the avoidance of curricular drift;
I. Ability to minimize the need for core course substitutions and explicit
rationale for, and justification of, necessary core substitutions.
4. Impact on Penn State
college and campus enrollments and flow of students among campuses;
5. Market need and
demand documented by current, valid, and reliable evidence;
6. Physical and fiscal
resource availability (please include the official Faculty Senate costing analysis
form as well as other relevant information);
7. Strategic and
academic approval and support demonstrated by the sign-off of the appropriate
chancellor and/or dean;
8. Disciplinary community and
administrative consultation.
Approved:
ACUE (9-5-02)
Revised: ACUE (9-2-04, 10-7-04)
Revised: Editorial (10-26-05)
Revised: ACUE (11-3-05)
Revised: ACUE (3-2-06)
Revised: ACUE (7-6-06)
Revised: ACUE (3-1-07)
Revised: ACUE (2-7-08)
Revised: Editorial (2-4-09)
B-6: COLLEGE, CAMPUS,
AND ADMINISTRATIVE ADVISING INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
Policy:
The patterns of
academic advising information and administrative support services provided to
students are to be consistent across locations and among colleges and be
clearly visible to and easily accessible for both students and advisers (see
Academic Administrative Policies and Procedures under D which contains rules on
Entrance to College and Lower Division Location, Entrance to Major and Upper
Division, and Change of Major). Regardless of location, colleges are
responsible for providing advising information and assessing the effectiveness
of advising services provided to students enrolled in both the college common
year and specific majors. Similarly, regardless of college or major,
locations are responsible for providing advising information and assessing
effectiveness of advising services provided to students enrolled at their
location. All student actions regarding college of admission, college
common year designation, location of enrollment, preferred major designation,
course registrations, and actual major are recorded in the Integrated Student
Information System (ISIS).
Access to advising
information may be provided to students and advisers by campuses and colleges
via advising centers and advising Web pages. College, campus, and
university-wide administrative offices are responsible for identifying the
persons whom students and advisers should contact if they wish to ask specific
questions or if they want to implement academic actions regarding choice of
major, course registrations, or change of location assignments.
Procedures:
The following
procedures will guide the assignment of responsibilities among colleges,
campuses, and administrative units for advising information and communications
regarding admission to college and lower division location, entrance to major
and upper division, and change of major.
1.
All
colleges are to appoint a College Contact Person (CCP) and to develop and
disseminate advising information related to its majors and any requirements
related to entering or changing majors or changing location assignment.
This information must be made available via the Web; the
Web site must identify an office in the college that individual students or
advisers at other locations may contact directly for clarifying
information. The CCP is to maintain a working relationship with the
network of persons designated at campuses as the College Contact and Referral
Representatives (CCRR) (see #2 below). The University Park colleges should
conduct at least one meeting per year for their CCRRs, with expenses shared by
the college and locations. The other colleges should collaborate in
arranging at least one annual meeting.
2.
Each
campus is to identify a CCRR for each University Park-based college and one
CCRR to represent all other colleges. Among other responsibilities, the
CCRR at the campus is to: a) maintain contact with the CCP; b) keep
abreast of college advising information; c) monitor the campus advising Web
site to assure the college’s advising information is available to local
students; and d) be responsive to queries from local students about
requirements for college majors and change of location assignments.
3.
Advising
Web sites should be developed in accordance with guidelines established by the
University Advising Council.
4.
Annually,
each college and each campus is to assess the effectiveness of its advising
information network across and among locations of the University and
incorporate improvement steps in its advising plans.
5.
All
CCRRs and CCPs must have ready access to the Internet.
6.
Academic
administrative support offices, including Undergraduate Admissions and the
University Registrar, are to maintain Web-based systems to inform and guide
students as they take academic actions relating to admission to their college
and location, registration for courses, monitoring academic progress, and
petitioning for entrance to a major or a change in location assignment.
All academic administrative support offices and colleges maintaining Web-based
information systems should provide a link to eLion to take advantage of
centrally supported advising information resources and procedures.
Approved: Vice
President/Dean, CES (12-7-89)
Approved: Vice Provost/Dean, Undergrad Ed (12-7-89)
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
Revised: Editorial (9-6-01)
B-2: THE NATURE OF THE
UNIVERSITY ADVISING PROGRAM
Senate Policy:
32-20, The Nature of the University Advising Program
Policy:
Senate Policy 32-20
prescribes the nature of the University's advising program, with each academic
unit to establish an academic advising system designed to meet the goals
(Senate Policy 32-00) of: helping advisees identify and achieve their academic
goals; promoting intellectual discovery; and encouraging students to take
advantage of both in- and out-of-class educational opportunities and to become
self-directed learners and decision-makers.
The unit's academic
advising system is to address nine elements: policy, structure, support,
training, delivery, first-year students, frequency of consultations,
recognition and reward, and assessment.
Procedure:
1.
Each
academic unit is to develop its own advising program, consistent with the
University Faculty Senate's policy.
2.
Descriptions
of the academic unit's advising program and instructions on how students and
advisers are to use it are to be part of the unit's orientation for new faculty
and students and should be readily available in Web- and paper-based
publications.
Approved: ACUE (4-2-98)
B-5: ACADEMIC
INFORMATION SYSTEM
Senate Policy: 32-20,
The Nature of the University Advising Program
Policy:
The University
maintains the Web-based eLion system to provide general and individual
information needed by advisers and advisees in fulfilling their
responsibilities under Senate Policy 32-20. eLion is accessible at all
locations of the University.
Colleges maintain
academic information systems, including Web-based communication channels and
publications, as part of their advising programs. Their information
systems may include details of their unit's own policies, procedures, and
practices in implementing academic advising programs.
Approved: ACUI
(4-15-76)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (4-2-98)
Revised: Editorial (9-6-01)
B-3: RESPONSIBILITIES
OF ADVISERS AND ADVISEES
Senate Policy:
32-30, Responsibilities of Advisers and Advisees
Policy:
Senate Policy 32-30 specifies Responsibilities of Advisers and Advisees.
The advisee's unit of enrollment is to provide each advisee with a primary
academic adviser as well as with information needed to plan the chosen program
of study and referrals to other specialized resources. The college or
department also will monitor the progress of its advisees towards satisfactory
completion of all graduation requirements and inform students of their status
each semester.
Both advisers and
advisees share responsibilities for the advising relationship to succeed.
Advisers are to encourage advisees to become engaged in their education, to
meet their educational goals, and to develop the habit of learning.
Advisees will routinely contact their advisers each semester and will assume
final responsibility for course scheduling, program planning, and the
successful completion of graduation requirements.
Procedure:
1.
Providing
all enrolled students with a primary academic adviser (see Senate Policy 32-40
and B-4) is to be accomplished in a systematic way that includes informing both
the advisee and adviser of their assignments. Information and referrals
needed to plan the advisee's chosen program of study are to be made easily
accessible by the academic unit, including both Web- and print-based
publications.
2.
Monitoring
of advisees' progress and informing them of their status are to be accomplished
by procedures established by the enrollment college and department. eLion
and the Degree Audit system provide direct access for students and advisers to
this information and should be incorporated into the college and department
procedures.
3.
Advisers
are to develop their own individual procedures to fulfill their
responsibilities in implementing the academic unit's advising program.
eLion's "Advisers" section and the Center for Excellence in Academic
Advising are available to support the adviser.
4.
Advisees
are to consult with their adviser at least once a semester. They are to
develop their own individual procedures to fulfill their responsibilities
within the academic unit's advising system. eLion includes several
applications to support the student in her or his relationship with the adviser
as well as in the student's own academic planning and assessment activities.
Senate Policy:
32-30, Responsibilities of Advisers and Advisees
Approved: ACUE (4-2-98)
Revised: Editorial (9-6-01)
G-9: ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
Senate Policy:
49-20, Academic Integrity
Introduction:
Recognizing the
importance of academic integrity to the Penn State community, the University
Faculty Senate adopted a new Academic Integrity policy, Spring 2000. The shared
conviction, represented in the procedures that follow, is that academic
integrity is best taught and reinforced by faculty as an element of the
teaching and learning process. Only in the limited instances in which faculty
believe that disciplinary, as well as academic, sanctions are called for should
the process move to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
Each campus or academic
college at University Park, shall interpret and apply Academic Integrity
Procedures consistent with University policy.
Campus or college
Academic Integrity Committees shall maintain guidelines on ranges of
appropriate sanctions for given types of infractions. Academic sanctions range
from a warning to removal from the academic program.
Procedures
A. When Academic
Misconduct is Suspected:
1. The faculty member
informs the student of the allegation while taking into account the
confidential nature of the information and the goal of maintaining an
environment that supports teaching and learning.
2. When evidence
suggests that academic misconduct has occurred, the faculty member will enter
the charge and the academic sanction on the campus or college’s Academic
Integrity Form, will sign the form, and then convey the charge and sanction to
the student for his or her signature (in person or through other methods if
necessary).
3. After reviewing the
allegation of academic misconduct with the student, the faculty member may
provide the student with an additional period of time (determined by the campus
or college procedures) before the student has to make a decision and sign the Academic
Integrity Form as to whether or not to accept the academic sanction. A
student’s failure to sign and return the Academic Integrity Form, by the
specified deadline, consistent with campus or college procedures, will be
construed as not contesting the charge or sanction and the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
4. Normally, it is
preferable to pursue academic sanctions with the campus or college, relying on
the assignment of grades and course or program-related sanctions to support the
learning process, rather than requesting additional University-level disciplinary
sanctions. However, where integrity violations are considered to be extreme,
the faculty member may also opt to pursue a disciplinary action in conjunction
with both the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee and the Office of
Judicial Affairs. A more detailed and comprehensive listing of the types of
academic sanctions faculty may assign to students on the Academic Integrity
Form can be found in the document Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic
Integrity Violations.
5. Throughout the
academic integrity process, the authority to administer academic sanctions
remains the responsibility of the instructor and the campus or college AI
Committee, as appropriate. In situations where a disciplinary sanction is
requested and referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs, the application of
academic sanctions will be carried out by the campus or college, while the
application of any disciplinary sanctions will be carried out by the Office of
Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee, in consultation with the
Academic Integrity Committee of the campus or college.
6. Once a student has
been informed that academic misconduct is suspected, the student may not drop
the course during the adjudication process. The Dean of the College (UP) and/or
the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative is responsible for
notifying the Office of the University Registrar when academic misconduct is
suspected in a course. Any drop or withdrawal from the course during this time
will be reversed. A student who has received an academic sanction as a result
of a violation of academic integrity may not drop or withdraw from the course
at any time. These drop actions include regular drop, late drop, withdrawal,
retroactive late drop and retroactive withdrawal. Any such drop action of the
course will be reversed. This drop policy may be superseded in exceptional
circumstances (i.e. trauma drop). In these cases, the Office of Judicial
Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will confer with the Dean of the
College (UP) or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative to
determine if the drop is warranted.
NOTE: The following
statement shall appear on all campus and college Academic Integrity Forms:
"You may not drop
or withdraw from this course to avoid a sanction for a violation of academic
integrity. Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, you fail to sign this form,
the academic integrity adjudication process will go forward as defined by
campus or college procedures."
7. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, a student fails to sign the
Academic Integrity Form by the specified deadline, the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
8. The Dean of the
College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative is
responsible for ensuring that the process outlined in this document and the
specific campus or college procedures are followed. If either the student or
the faculty member involved in the instance of alleged academic misconduct
thinks that there has been a procedural problem, then he/she should bring that
concern to the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his
or her representative for resolution.
B. If the Student
Accepts Responsibility for the Violation and the Proposed Academic Sanction:
1. The faculty member
asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity Form, then
forwards the form to the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee Chair
or Coordinator (at University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses
or colleges.
2. In all cases, before
submitting the Academic Integrity Form to the Office of Judicial Affairs for
recording, it is the responsibility of the campus or college to determine
through consultation with Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic
integrity violation(s).
3. If a prior recorded
violation is discovered after the student has admitted responsibility and
accepted the academic sanction(s), this additional information should be
reviewed and a new academic sanction may be considered by the campus or college
Academic Integrity Committee or Coordinator (at University Park) or the
appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges in consultation with the
faculty member. Information concerning prior academic misconduct may not be
used as a basis for judging a student's guilt, but it may be used as a basis
for imposing additional academic sanctions. If the sanction is to be
changed, a new form should be provided to the student and he/she should have
the opportunity to accept or contest the charge given the increase in sanction.
If the student accepts, the academic sanction will be assigned and the case
will be closed and sent to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial
Affairs designee. If the student chooses to contest, refer to section C. If the
campus or college Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges, in
consultation with the faculty member, wishes to maintain the original sanction,
the case will be closed and sent on to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the
Judicial Affairs designee for record keeping.
If the campus or college
Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at University Park) or the
appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges, in consultation with the
faculty member, wishes to maintain the originally assigned academic
sanction but now add disciplinary sanction(s) the College will assign the
academic sanction and send a recommended disciplinary sanction to the Office of
Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee along with the Academic
Integrity Form and other relevant documentation. The Office of Judicial Affairs
or the Judicial Affairs designee will meet with the student and review the
recommendation, as well as precedent guidelines in determining the appropriate
disciplinary sanction to assign. If the Judicial Affairs designee desires
to reject the disciplinary recommendation, he/she must consult with the Dean of
the College (UP) or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative,
which may include the chair of the Academic Integrity Committee.
If the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges, in
consultation with the faculty member, wishes to modify the originally
assigned academic sanction to a more serious academic sanction, as
well as add a disciplinary sanction, a new form should be provided to the
student and he/she should have the opportunity to accept or contest the charge
given the increase in sanction. If the student accepts, the academic
sanction will be assigned and a recommended disciplinary sanction will be sent
to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee along with
the Academic Integrity Form and other relevant documentation. The Office
of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will review the
recommendation, as well as precedent guidelines in determining the appropriate
disciplinary sanction to assign. If the Office of Judicial Affairs or the
Judicial Affairs designee desires to reject the disciplinary recommendation,
they must consult with the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor
(campuses) or his or her representative, which may include the chair of the
Academic Integrity Committee.
4. Upon final
disposition of the case, the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs
designee will communicate the outcome to the campus or college Academic
Integrity Chair and/or appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative.
C. If the Student
Does Not Admit Responsibility for an Academic Integrity Violation:
1. The faculty member
asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity Form
indicating that the charge or sanction(s) is being contested and then forwards
the form to the Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges.
2. The campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee will conduct a review in accordance with
their respective procedures.
3. If the student is found responsible for the alleged misconduct by the
Academic Integrity committee, the committee will then be informed if the
student has prior Academic Integrity violations. This information will be
obtained from Judicial Affairs by the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative but not made available to
the Academic Integrity Committee until the determination of responsibility
occurs. With this information, the AI Committee will determine the sanction to
be assigned. If the sanction is only an academic sanction, the Academic
Integrity Committee will assign the final charge and sanction and close the
case. The Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will be
notified of the outcome for record-keeping. If the Academic Integrity committee
determines that disciplinary sanctions should be considered, the student is notified
by the College that he/she has been found responsible for the charge, and that
the academic sanction will be put into place. In addition, the student's case
will be referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs
designee for consideration of a disciplinary sanction. The Academic Integrity
committee will also send their recommendation for a disciplinary sanction.
4. When communicating with a student who has been found responsible by an
Academic Integrity Committee and has been recommended for disciplinary
sanctions, the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will
review precedent guidelines, as well as the Academic Integrity Committee's
recommendation, in determining the appropriate disciplinary sanction to assign.
If the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee desires to
reject the disciplinary recommendation, they must consult with the Dean of the
College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative,
which may include the chair of the Academic Integrity Committee.
5. If the student is
found not responsible for the alleged misconduct by the Academic Integrity
committee, the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his
or her representative is responsible for notifying the Office of the University
Registrar that academic misconduct has not occurred in the course. The student
may drop or withdraw from the course at any time.
D. Sanctions:
1. Faculty may assign a
wide range of sanctions to a student found responsible for violating academic
integrity. Most faculty may choose to utilize academic sanctions (the
modification of grades due to misconduct), but when referring cases to Judicial
Affairs, faculty have the option to also recommend a full range of disciplinary
sanctions available to Judicial Affairs such as: Disciplinary Warning;
Disciplinary Probation; Suspension, Indefinite Expulsion or Expulsion; or the
"XF" transcript notation (see: Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic
Integrity Violations and Explanations for Disciplinary Sanctions).
2. "XF" sanctions are assigned only after consultation with the
instructor, the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee, and Judicial
Affairs. Assigning an "XF" notation to a student’s transcript should
be a rare occurrence and is reserved for the most serious breaches of academic
integrity, which may include repeat misconduct.
3. With any
recommendation to Judicial Affairs for an XF grade, the campus or college
Academic Integrity Committee must include those conditions (if any) under which
it would approve the removal of the "XF" sanction from the
transcript. Judicial Affairs will consider this recommendation when deciding
upon the length of time that the "XF" notation will remain on the
student's transcript. When the conditions (if any) are met for removal of the
"XF", an academic "F" will remain on the transcript. Such
conditions must reflect both the circumstances of the individual case and
consultation among the instructor, the campus or college Academic Integrity
Committee, and the Office of Judicial Affairs.
4. Through the Judicial
Affairs process the student will be able to request a sanction review for the
disciplinary sanction assigned, but not for the academic sanction assigned.
Once the student is found responsible in the process, the academic sanction
recommended by the faculty and/or the Academic Integrity Committee will be put
into place. The only exception occurs when the academic sanction assigned by
the faculty member or the Academic Integrity Committee is a dismissal from the
academic program. On those occasions, students may request a sanction review
from the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or
her representative. A student assigned any level of disciplinary sanction
will have the right to request a sanction review from the Office of Judicial
Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee.
E. Schreyer Honors
College Students:
1. For honors courses,
as with all other courses, the campus or academic college delivering the course
maintains responsibility for reviewing and issuing academic sanctions and/or
referring cases to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
2. When a college finds
that a Schreyer Honors College student has committed an academic misconduct,
the Schreyer Honors College will be notified.
3. The Schreyer Honors
College maintains authority over alleged breaches of academic integrity for its
students in all cases in which the violation concerns Schreyer Honors College
work, such as thesis research, but in which the student is not enrolled in a
course.
F. Students Enrolled
in Intercollege Majors or Minors:
For intercollege programs, the
Dean of the College (UP), the Chancellor (campuses), or the Vice President for
Commonwealth Campuses or his or her designee responsible for approving the
course instructor for the course in which the alleged violation occurred will
determine and manage the appropriate Academic Integrity procedures. These
responsibilities will include communicating with the Office of Judicial Affairs
or Judicial Affairs designee and the sanction review process, when applicable.
G. Students Enrolled
in Other Credit-bearing Activities or Programs:
Students enrolled in
other Penn State credit-bearing academic activities or programs (e.g. World
Campus, Continuing Education, Cooperative Education, internships, study abroad
programs, etc.) are subject to the University Academic Integrity Policy as
implemented by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP), Chancellor (campuses),
or the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses or his or her designee who has
academic responsibility for the program, course or activity.
H. Record Keeping:
1. The appropriate Dean
of the College (UP), Chancellor (campuses), or the Vice President for
Commonwealth Campuses or his or her designee is responsible for forming
Academic Integrity Committees and seeing that students and faculty have ready
access to such bodies. They are also responsible for seeing that all cases are
reported to Judicial Affairs. The specific information reported to Judicial
Affairs should include: a) a copy of the signed Academic Integrity Form, and b)
other supporting documents that were established or reviewed while managing the
case.
2. Judicial Affairs
alone is responsible for the central record keeping and disclosing of student
disciplinary records at the University, including academic dishonesty cases.
Judicial Affairs will disclose student disciplinary records of academic
dishonesty to third parties when those records include University-level disciplinary
sanctions assigned by the Office of Judicial Affairs or Judicial Affairs
designee. The Office of Judicial Affairs will disclose student discipline
record information to third parties in accordance with federal law (FERPA) and
the University policy on managing Student Discipline Records
(http://www.sa.psu.edu/ja/studentdisciplinaryrecords.shtml).
Approved: ACUI (1-5-78)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUI (3-29-84)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-00)
Revised: ACUE (7-5-01)
Revised: ACUE (1-8-04)
Revised: ACUE (9-1-05)
Revised: ACUE (11-3-05)
Revised: ACUE (5-1-08)
Senate Policy:
49-20, Academic Integrity
A-11: ARTICULATION
AGREEMENTS
Introduction:
University Faculty
Senate legislation (3-31-98) identifies policies to guide the development,
implementation, and maintenance of articulation agreements with other
institutions. Articulation agreements bypass normal admission procedures and
are generally understood to involve agreements between Penn State and another
institution to admit students to Penn State, to agree to transfer courses in a
block, or otherwise to encourage movement from the other institution to Penn
State.
Articulation agreements
between Penn State and other colleges and universities are to be consistent throughout
the University and equitable to all constituents, both within and outside the
University. An articulation agreement should not have a negative impact on any
Penn State program or campus in terms of enrollment or academic quality but
should be made from the perspective that it will enhance the University.
Students admitted to one of the University's academic programs through an
articulation agreement must be held to equivalent entrance and admission
requirements as are in effect for Penn State matriculated students.
Articulation agreements
should be viewed as a component of Penn State's academic advising system. The
agreement is to provide a procedure for students who begin their college
studies at some non-Penn State location and then complete them by earning a
Penn State degree. The procedure is to include an outline of the most
appropriate courses to schedule in pursuing a plan to matriculate at Penn State
and complete a Penn State degree program.
Senate Policy on
Articulation Agreements (see Senate Agenda, 3-31-98):
1.
The
executive vice president and provost is the University officer responsible for
administratively authorizing, extending, or terminating articulation agreements
with other academic institutions relating to the admission, curricular offerings,
enrollments, or awarding of degrees for academic programs and students at all
college and campus locations.
2.
Academic
deans may propose to enter into, extend, or terminate articulation agreements
with external institutions and agencies or with graduate and professional units
within the University.
3.
Proposals
are to be developed after consultations with appropriate academic and
administrative officers within the University, including other deans.
4.
When
an agreement is proposed with an institution that is located within the
geographic service area of a Penn State campus, the dean/campus executive
officer of that campus must be consulted before an agreement is finalized. An
articulation agreement should not have a negative impact on any Penn State program
or campus in terms of enrollment.
5.
Whenever
appropriate, articulation agreements shall include the provision for multiple
campuses and colleges of the University to participate in the agreement.
6.
All
academic and administrative policies of the University will be honored in the
proposed articulation agreement. This includes, but is not limited to, Policy
42-82, Credit by Transfer from Other Institutions: Accredited U.S.
Institutions, which stipulates that course work completed at an accredited
college or university may be evaluated for transfer credit if passed with a
grade equivalent to A, B, or C at Penn State and useful to the candidate's program of
study at Penn State. As such, if an articulation agreement is using a block
grant approach, only courses with a C or better will become a part of the
student's Penn State academic record. An articulation agreement should not have
a negative impact on any Penn State program or campus in terms of academic
quality.
7.
When
a student is admitted to the University through an articulation agreement, the
entrance and admission requirements for enrollment in a college and entrance to
a major will be no less than those in effect at the time for Penn State
matriculated students.
8.
The
Undergraduate Admissions Office will evaluate the application and scholastic
credentials for students seeking entry to the University through an
articulation agreement.
9.
Articulation
agreements involving undergraduate students shall be subject to a review by the
Senate Committee on Admissions, Records, Scheduling, and Student Aid (ARSSA)
before being authorized by the provost. Articulation agreements involving
graduate students shall be subject to a review by the Graduate Council before
being authorized by the provost.
10.
Once
established, articulation agreements should be reviewed periodically for
viability by the sponsoring unit, approximately every five years.
11.
A
register of authorized articulation agreements will be maintained by the vice
president and dean for Undergraduate Education.
12.
Articulation
agreements authorized prior to the approval and implementation of these
recommendations shall be reviewed and, if necessary, modified to ensure that
they are in accord with this policy.
Administrative
Procedures for Articulation Agreements:
1.
All
requests for establishing, renewing, or terminating articulation agreements are
forwarded to the vice president and dean for Undergraduate Education. The dean
sponsoring the articulation agreement includes the proposal and supporting
documentation, as well as recommendations resulting from consultations with
other units of Penn State.
2.
Proposals
are reviewed in terms of:
a.
Rationale
for the proposed articulation agreement;
b.
Description
of how the agreement may be renewed or terminated;
c.
Estimate
of the number of students transferring to Penn State annually;
d.
Admission
requirements and transfer of academic credits;
e.
Advising
and special services at both the non-Penn State location and at Penn State, if
appropriate;
f.
Impact
of the agreement, if any, on other programs, colleges, and campuses of the
University, including evidence of consultation within Penn State.
3.
The
vice president and dean for Undergraduate Education forwards the proposal to
ARSSA or the Graduate Council for a review and recommendation.
4.
The
vice president and dean for Undergraduate Education forwards a recommendation
to the provost for final authorization.
5.
The
vice president and dean for Undergraduate Education will maintain an up-to-date
Web site of all approved articulation agreements.
Approved: ACUE (3-4-99)
R-6: CLASSROOM ACADEMIC
FREEDOM CONFERENCE AND MEDIATION
Senate Policy:
20-00, Resolution of Classroom Problems
Faculty
membership carries with it the freedom to bring the breadth and depth of
scholarship to the classroom in furtherance of teaching students to (as stated
in University Policy HR 64, Academic Freedom, which is the basis of Senate
Policy 20-00) "think for themselves" through exposure to appropriate
materials and pedagogies. Courses may properly include controversial matters so
long as faculty members are of "fair and judicial mind" and "set
forth justly, without suppression or innuendo, the divergent opinions of other
investigators." Faculty membership also carries the obligation to refrain
in the classroom from substituting indoctrination for scholarship. Academic
freedom in the classroom applies to scholarship, but does not create a right to
give voice to topics or opinions outside of appropriate academic subject matter
or curricular objectives or that are irrelevant to a course or beyond the
instructor's scholarly charge.
A student who believes
that the instructor in a course in which she or he is currently enrolled has
acted beyond the limits of academic freedom may seek a faculty conference and
mediation in accordance with the following steps:
1. The student should
make an appointment to discuss in person, by phone, or relying on another
mutually agreeable medium, her or his concerns with the instructor. The student
and instructor will try to eliminate misunderstandings in a manner in which
each recognizes the value of the other's point of view and in which the goal is
to understand the rationale and intended value--and the appropriateness or
inappropriateness--of the classroom or teaching and learning event(s) giving
rise to the student's concern.
2. On the rare occasion
in which a student is uncomfortable approaching a faculty member directly, or
in which a student and instructor fail to resolve the student's concern through
informal means, the student may request that the head of the academic program
offering the course act as a mediator. The mediator should try to meet
personally with the student, face to face, by phone, or in an otherwise
mutually agreeable manner, to discuss the issue. At campuses without
department, division, or school heads, the director of academic affairs or
assistant or associate dean may fill this role. The mediator may bring the
student and faculty member together, or may act as an intermediary without
instigating an additional student/faculty conference.
3. A student may
initiate a final request to intercede to the campus chancellor or college dean
to whom the instructor reports by filing a Classroom Freedom of Expression
Mediation Form, which requires the student to provide specific details of the
original classroom event(s) giving rise to his or her concern, and explaining
why she or he believes the situation remains unresolved. The request may be made
only after compliance with steps 1 and 2. The chancellor's office or dean's
office will review the student's Classroom Academic Freedom concern. A
determination will be made that is final as to whether further mediation
between the student and instructor is appropriate. Whether or not the
chancellor or dean believe continued mediation is appropriate, the chancellor
or dean, or their representative, will meet with the student in person, by
phone, or relying on another mutually agreeable medium, to discuss the final
disposition of the concern.
Faculty and campus or
college administrators should attempt to address student concerns whenever
possible with face to face personal meetings, rather than through written
communiqués, and to do so in an expedited manner that allows for fairness and
prompt resolution, but without endangering the equity and due process necessary
to all parties. In no instance may a faculty member take a student's request
for a classroom academic freedom conference or mediation into consideration for
purposes of grading.
Approved: ACUE (7-6-06)
Senate Policy:
20-00, Resolution of Classroom Problems
M-9: ACADEMIC PROGRAM
CERTIFICATES
Procedure:
1. Application for
approval to award certificates for baccalaureate degree programs is made
through the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs by the academic program
area, using the Committee's Request for issuing an Academic Program Certificate
form (FORM M-3). If the authorization to award certificates is to be noted
within the program description contained in the University Catalog, the regular
BLUE SHEET procedures and forms of the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs
should be utilized to accomplish the program description change.
2. Applications to
award program certificates that re academically approved by the Senate
Committee on Curricular Affairs will be forwarded to the Vice Provost for
Undergraduate Education and International Programs who will act on behalf of
the Executive Vice President and Provost of the University regarding
administrative approval. The dean will inform the Vice President and Vice
Provost of the disposition.
3. Notification of both
academic and administrative approval to award certificates will be transmitted
by the Vice President and Vice Provost to the academic program area.
Notification will also be provided to the University Board of Trustees in cases
where information is normally being transmitted regarding additions or changes
in academic programs.
4. The certificate to
be awarded for the successful completion of a baccalaureate degree program is
to be of a standard format and will be provided by the Office of the University
Registrar.
5. The awarding of
certificates for the successful completion of baccalaureate degree program
should be accomplished by the program area at the time of the student's
graduation. Verification of the successful completion of the program
requirements for a student should be undertake n at the same times the
verification of completion of requirements for the awarding of the
baccalaureate degree. Each semester, the college or school dean will provide
the University Registrar with a listing of students certified as meeting the
requirements for each baccalaureate option or minor program which has-been
authorized tow award certificates. Per Academic Administrative ProcedureL-6,
the listing should be provided by the end of the twelfth week of the semester.
Names provided after this date might not have certificates provided until the
next semester.
The University
Registrar, in turn, supplies the college or school with an authorized
baccalaureate option or minor certificate for each student certified by the
dean. The authorized certificate will identify the name of the college or
school, the name of the option or minor program, the name of the individual
student and the effective award date.
The appropriate
signatures on the authorized certificates will be provided by the college or
school dean, department head and/or program director. The dean makes
arrangements for the awarding of certificates to individual students.
The student's academic
record will contain notice of successful completion of requirements for
baccalaureate degree programs as required by the Senate. (Ref: Senate Record
7-71-75)
NOTE: Does not apply to
Certification of Teachers by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education.
Approved:
ACUI (10-19-76)
Revised:
ACAS (4-14-89)
F-1: GENERAL
EXAMINATIONS
Senate Policy:
44-10, General Examination Policy
Procedure:
A written notice of the
examination procedures to be used in each section of each course is to be
placed with the head of the department or division offering the course at
University Park, Penn State Erie, The Behrend College, or Penn State Harrisburg
or with the director of academic affairs for courses offered at Commonwealth
Campuses. These notices will be maintained in a public file for reference by
both students and faculty upon request.
Senate Policy:
44-10, General Examination Policy
Approved: ACAS (2-1-91)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
M-10: BASIC SKILLS
PROGRAMS
Policy: Writing
All students entering
baccalaureate and associate degree programs will be tested in basic writing
skills. those failing to demonstrate adequate preparation for college-level
writing will be required to enroll in English 4 prior to scheduling English 15.
Mathematics
All students entering
baccalaureate or associate degree programs who are not exempted on the basis of
pre-admission experiences will be tested on their basic algebra skills. Results
of this test will be communicated to the student and the student's adviser.
Students manifesting difficulties with basic algebra skills should be advised
that a review of those skills would be appropriate.
Students enrolled in
curricula which require college algebra or calculus should be tested to insure
that they are adequately prepared in algebra and/or trigonometry. Those who are
not adequately prepared should be required to enroll in courses or sections
designed to remedy the deficiencies. They should also be counseled by mathematically
competent persons concerning the very high failure rate of students whose
deficiencies are severe enough to require more than two such courses. Members
of the Mathematics Department are encouraged to experiment with, and report on,
efforts to improve the remediation/counseling process.
All colleges are urged
to include at least on Carnegie Unit in mathematics in their entrance
requirements.
Reading
The Division of
Undergraduate Studies will revise the Student Profile of Academic Abilities to
show a student reading skills assessment. In consultation with appropriately
recognized reading faculty of the University, the Division of Undergraduate
Studies shall identify an appropriate instrument which measures student reading
skills.
When an appropriate
instrument has been identified, all students entering baccalaureate and
associate degree programs will be tested for reading skills. Results of such
tests will be communicated to the student and to the student's adviser.Students
manifesting reading difficulties should be encouraged to improve their reading
through programs supervised by the recognized reading faculty of the
University.
Faculty Monitoring
The Senate Committee on
Undergraduate Instruction has responsibility for monitoring the Basic Skills
Program.
Use of Basic Skills
Credits
Credits earned in
English 4 and Math 0 shall be included in the cumulative grade point average.
For a baccalaureate degree, these credits shall be included in the total
credits earned toward graduation, but shall not substitute for the minimum
program requirements designated under the categories of "Baccalaureate
Degree Requirements." "Requirements for the Major, " and
"Electives." For an associate degree, these credits shall be included
in the total credits earned toward graduation, but shall not substitute for the
minimum program requirements unless approved by the program faculty. (Ref:
Senate Records, 3-1-77, 10-4-77, 5-6-80 and 12-15-81)
Approved: Senate (3-1-77)
Revised: Senate (10-4-77)
Revised: Senate (5-6-80)
Endorsed: ACUI (5-22-80)
Revised: Senate (12-15-81)
D-1: ENTRANCE TO
COLLEGE AND LOWER DIVISION CAMPUS
Senate Policy:
37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
College Common Year
Designation and Initial Campus Assignment
1. First-semester baccalaureate and associate degree candidates admitted
to the University will be assigned to a campus only if that campus can provide
at least two semesters of normal academic progress toward the baccalaureate or
associate degree program selected by the student.
2. Regardless of
campus, first-semester baccalaureate degree candidates are normally admitted
into a college or the Division of Undergraduate Studies (DUS), assigned a
college common year designation code, and enroll in course work consistent with
normal academic progress for the academic majors in that college.
3. A student is
expected to remain at his/her campus of admission until he/she achieves fifth
semester standing. At this point, a baccalaureate degree candidate may have to
change to a University campus that is authorized to deliver his/her major.
4. The dean for each
college is responsible for establishing advising procedures to accomplish each
of the following objectives:
a. Inform each baccalaureate degree candidate in the
college of the policies and procedures governing relocation to another campus.
b. Identify the course requirements to maintain normal
academic progress for the student’s major preference.
c. Identify the probable semester of relocation for a
student based on major preference.
d. Assure that relocation does occur consistent with the
current course requirements of a student’s major preference, the student’s
actual course experience, and the planned course offerings of the campus over
the next several semesters.
5. Students may enroll
at any campus during the summer session. However, this will not change their
regularly assigned campus for the fall semester.
Early Change of Campus Request Procedure
1. A student is expected to remain at his/her campus of admission until he/she
achieves fifth semester standing. A student may request an early change of
campus in order to maintain normal academic progress when he/she is unable to
obtain a full schedule of relevant (i.e., to his/her major) courses at his/her
current campus. Students requesting an early change of campus because of
academic reasons are expected to remain in their current major and schedule
courses consistent with that major at the new campus.
2. Student requests for
an early change of campus because of personal reasons may be considered.
However, the student must document that there are clear and compelling reasons
why an early campus change should be considered.
3. Both the sending
campus and the receiving campus have the authority to deny the student request.
4. A currently enrolled
student initiates an early change of campus request through the change of
campus contact at the student’s current campus.
5. The student’s
current campus will:
a. Determine if the student can obtain a course schedule
that will permit the student to maintain normal academic progress at the
present campus. This will be determined by the Associate Dean/DAA or designate
at the campus.
b. If normal academic progress toward the student’s
major preference can be maintained at the present campus, the Associate
Dean/DAA or designate notifies the student that the request is denied.
c. If normal academic progress cannot be maintained at
the student’s current campus, the change of campus contact forwards the request
to the receiving campus for consideration (see 5.e below).
d. If the student’s request is based on non-academic
reasons, the Associate Dean/DAA at the campus will make an informed decision
based on available facts. If the request is not supported, the Associate
Dean/DAA notifies the student that the request is denied. If the request is
supported, the change of campus contact forwards the request to the receiving
campus for consideration (see 5.e below).
e. To initiate an early change of campus request (for
either academic or non-academic reasons), the sending change of campus contact
enters the appropriate student information and reason for the request on ISIS
screen ARUSBC. This action provides email notification to the receiving change
of campus contact.
6. If the receiving
campus is a non-UP location, the receiving campus will:
a. Review the request to determine if the student can
obtain a course schedule that will permit the student to maintain normal
academic progress at the receiving campus and determine if space is available.
This review should be accomplished by the Associate Dean/DAA or designate.
b. The change of campus contact at the receiving campus
will enter an approval/denial decision on screen ARUSBC. This action provides
an email message to the sending change of campus contact and to the student.
c. If approved, the campus Registrar at the receiving
campus is responsible for providing the student with appropriate registration
instructions.
7. If the receiving
campus is University Park:
a. The college change of campus contact will review the
request.
b. The college will enter an approval/denial decision on
screen ARUSBC. This action provides an email message to the sending change of
campus contact and to the student.
Cancellation of an
Approved Campus Change
The student may elect to cancel an approved change of campus. Upon notification
by the student, the receiving change of campus contact cancels the approved
change using screen ARUSBC. The Registrar’s office confirms this cancellation
by notifying the student.
If a student's schedule
of courses is not consistent with the reason that an early change of campus was
approved, the change of campus approval may be rescinded and the student may be
required to return to his/her original campus for the semester immediately
following.
Approved: ACUE (1-8-98)
Approved: ACUE (10-6-05)
Approved: ACUE (6-7-07)
Revised: ACUE (1-7-10)
Senate Policy:
37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
N-5: ENROLLMENT STATUS
The following
statements define the Penn State enrollment reporting status for students.
These statements are in accordance with other Penn State policies and with
applicable federal requirements.
A. Definitions – these
data fields are automatically calculated during the registration processes as
students register, drop, add, late drop, or withdraw.
a. Enrolled credits - The total of the number of course
credits on the student’s semester enrollment. It includes all courses offered
by resident instruction and continuing education. Courses taken as “audit” are
excluded. Credits earned through credit-by-exam or credit-by-portfolio are
excluded. World Campus on-line courses are included.
b. World Campus on-line courses – These are credit, cohort-based courses
offered through the World Campus using distance learning technologies.
c. Independent learning courses – These are credit courses offered through the
World Campus using paper-based exchange of lessons and student
assignments/examinations. These courses may have some impact on the
determination of enrollment status. See the calculations that follow in a later
section for the detail.
B. Undergraduate
Students
a. All calculations apply to fall, spring, and summer.
b. Full-time – 12 or more credits
c. Half-time – 6 to 11.5 credits
d. Less-than-half-time – less than 6 credits
e. These calculations are based on enrolled credits.
f. If the student is enrolled for independent learning courses, these credits
are used to increase the enrollment status by a maximum of one level. For
example, if enrolled credits are less than 6, add independent learning credits.
If the new total is greater than 6 report as half time. Selected undergraduate
courses are defined as full-time enrollment due to co-operative education or
internship experiences. Students enrolled in one of these courses are reported
as full-time enrollment.
g. Students approved for concurrent enrollment in the undergraduate/graduate
integrated program are reported as undergraduate students.
C. Graduate Students
a. All calculations apply to fall, spring, and summer.
b. Full-time – 9 or more credits
c. Half-time – 5 to 8.5 credits
d. Less-than-half time – less than 5 credits
e. These calculations are based on enrolled credits.
f. If the student is enrolled for independent learning courses, these credits
are used to increase the enrollment status by a maximum of one level. For
example, if enrolled credits are less than 5, add independent learning credits.
If the new total is greater than 5 report as half time.
g. Students enrolled as both a graduate student and a law student are verified
according to their primary student status (either graduate or law).
h. For graduate students on an assistantship:
• Add 3 credits to enrolled credits if a 3/4 time assistantship.
D. Law Students
a. All calculations apply to fall, spring, and summer
b. Full-time – 12 or more credits
c. Half-time – 6 to 11.5 credits
d. Less-than-half-time – less than 6 credits
e. These calculations are based on enrolled credits.
f. Students enrolled as both a law student and graduate student are verified
according to their primary student status (either law or graduate).
E. Medical Students
a. Always reported as full-time.
F. Undergraduate
Internship and Co-operative Enrollments
a. Federal regulations permit the reporting of full-time
status for undergraduate students providing that the work portion of a
co-operative education program in which the amount of work performed is
equivalent to the academic workload of a full-time student.
b. The Office of the University Registrar maintains a record of approved
courses that are to be reported as full-time, even though the number of credits
is less than the 12-credit minimum.
c. Academic units must complete the Full-time Equivalent Form for those
internship and co-operative courses that will result in reporting students as
enrolled full-time.
Approved: ACUE (9-4-03)
Revised: Editorial (5-8-07)
P-1: NEW UNDERGRADUATE
DEGREES/MAJORS, OPTIONS AND MINORS, AND CHANGES IN UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS/MAJORS,
OPTIONS AND MINORS
P-1 proposals are the
basis of Administrative and University Faculty Senate curricular approval and
are used to add or amend undergraduate academic programs, including majors,
options within majors, and minors.
Academic approval by
the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs is required when colleges wish to
add new majors, options, or minors, amend program requirements, drop programs,
or change the name of a major, option, or minor. See Guidelines to
Curricular Procedures, Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs
(http://www.senate.psu.edu/curriculum_resources/guide/contents.html).
Administrative approval
is required when colleges propose new majors, options, and minors or propose to
change the name of existing programs.
Administrative approval
is not required to implement the amendment of majors, options, or minors
approved by the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs. Implementation of P-1
proposals may occur the first semester following approval. Students must
receive timely notification and will be subject to the requirements in effect
at the time of most recent entrance into the program. Students may consult with
the head of a program or program committee or their representative to resolve
difficulties caused by the curricular change.
P-1 Timeline
• Preliminary
college and disciplinary consultation and consultation between appropriate
campus chancellor(s) and the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses
• Submission of
Prospectus to ACUE by College Associate Dean
• ACUE Prospectus
deliberation and written response to submitting college
• College/Campus
(or colleges and campuses) development of formal proposal, including
appropriate consultation, data collection, and research
• Submission of
P-1 proposal by College Dean to University Faculty Senate
• Senate
Curricular Affairs Committee review
• Senate 30 day
Blue Sheets hold for university-wide comment
• Senate P-1
transmittal to Office of Undergraduate Education for review and approval
• Provost review
of Office of Undergraduate Education action
• Office of
Undergraduate Education memo to implement distributed to appropriate offices
• Office of
Undergraduate Education memo to Board of Trustees informing of program
implementation
• Implementation
the following semester or later
Approved: Provost
Brighton (6-23-98)
Revised: ACUE (5-3-01)
Revised Editorial: (4-18-06)
Approved: ACUE (2-7-08)
P-3:
MOVING/DISCONTINUING DEGREE PROGRAMS AMONG COLLEGES AND CAMPUSES
P-3 proposals are the
basis of the administrative review and approval process that enable a second
college or multiple colleges to deliver programs already authorized in another
college; that enable a college to deliver an existing program at an additional
campus within its purview or through the World Campus; that authorize the
closure of a program in a college or campus so long as that program will
continue to be offered elsewhere at the University; and that, under
extraordinary circumstances, may authorize the delivery of extended degrees.
Note that a P-6 proposal is required to terminate a program when doing so will
completely remove it from the University's offerings. As with P-1 and P-6
proposals, P-3 proposals must be preceded by submission of an ACUE Curricular
Program Prospectus. Following the completion of the prospectus process, a P-3
proposal may be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Education. It must
address all relevant strategic and academic issues, including those outlined in
Academic Administrative Policy P, Section V: Common Program Justification
Criteria.
P-3 Proposals
One or more colleges
may be authorized to offer degree programs. This authorization has sometimes
been referred to as academic program sponsorship or program sponsorship
transfer. The Provost is responsible for administratively authorizing the
moving, sharing, and discontinuance of academic sponsorship of existing degree
programs for all colleges and campuses. The University Faculty Senate does not
take part in this authorization.
Three types of sharing
and transferring of sponsorship may occur:
(1) Joint sponsorship
in which, in addition to the original sponsoring college, one or more
additional colleges also are awarded authority to offer the existing program.
Graduates in these programs belong to and are certified for graduation by the
college in which they are enrolled.
(2) Handoff sponsorship
in which the authority to offer an academic program is transferred from one
college to another. Here, an original sponsoring college withdraws its academic
authority for a program and another college or group of colleges is awarded
authority in its place.
(3) Extended programs
are discussed below.
In every case in which
a program is transferred or shared, every effort must be made to insure
curricular integrity by minimizing the number of core course substitutions at
the newly offering campus or college. Disciplinary communities are nonetheless
encouraged to consider the development of program options beyond the core that
reflect local expertise, student demand, and market need.
Deans retain the
authority to move a degree program within a college without initiating the P-3
process. When such actions are taken, the college must notify the Office of
Undergraduate Education, which will then inform other offices as appropriate.
Extended Programs
There is a third type
of shared program referred to as an "extended degree." Based upon
extraordinary circumstances, such as specialized licensing and/or accreditation
requirements, a single college may offer its programs by extending their
availability to additional campuses. In this arrangement, only the
"extending" college has the authority to award the program degree,
although the degree may be delivered at multiple campuses. A college must
submit a P-3 proposal to the Office of Undergraduate Education that includes
endorsement from both the extending college and the unit(s) at which the
extended degree will be offered.
P-3 Probationary Period
Four years after a
program has been authorized for delivery by an additional campus/college or
through World Campus through a P-3 process, a program review will be conducted.
The additional location offering the program will provide evidence to the
Office of Undergraduate Education that the following criteria are being
achieved:
1. Adequate faculty and
staff resources exist
2. The program aligns
with university and unit missions
3. Market need and
demand exists to maintain sufficient student enrollments
4. Students are able to
maintain timely academic progress
5. Adequate equipment,
library and information technology resources, clinical and cooperative
arrangements, or other special facilities exist
6. Adequate financial
resources have been established to assure program continuation
7. Assessment data indicate
that students are achieving the program's learning objectives
The provost may,
through the Office of Undergraduate Education, end the P-3 probationary period
by granting joint or handoff program sponsorship status to the unit(s); or the
provost may, based upon an unsatisfactory evaluation of the reviewed criteria,
require the P-3 offering to be phased out; or conditions may be established,
including a limited time period to complete them, that must be met to avoid P-3
program phase out.
The four year review of
extended programs will trigger an additional set of questions and possible
administrative responses. Assuming a positive evaluation of criteria 1-7 above,
a determination will be made as to whether extended status should be
continued or replaced by joint or handoff program sponsorship
status. The decision will be made based upon whether externalities such as
licensing, accreditation rules, or other unique circumstances reasonably
justify a continuation of the extended degree status. The review will
be conducted by the Office of Undergraduate Education in consultation with the
affected units. If the extended status is maintained, the next consideration of
extended status will take place five years hence.
P-3 Timeline
• Preliminary
college and disciplinary consultation and consultation between appropriate
campus chancellor(s) and Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses
• Submission
of prospectus to ACUE by College Associate Dean
• ACUE
Prospectus deliberation and written response to submitting college
• College
development of formal proposal, including appropriate consultation, data
collection, and research
• Submission
of P-3 proposal by College Dean to Office of Undergraduate Education
• Office of
Undergraduate Education review
• Provost
review of Office of Undergraduate Education action
• Office of
Undergraduate Education memo to implement distributed to appropriate offices
• Implementation
the following semester or later
• Year Four
P-3 probationary review
Approved: ACUI (10-25-79)
Approved: Provost Eddy (12-5-79)
Approved: Provost Brighton (8-25-97)
Approved: Provost Erickson (9-20-00)
Revised: Editorial (4-18-06)
Revised: ACUE (3-1-07)
Revised: ACUE (2-7-08)
Revised: ACUE (4-2-09)
P-2: FIVE YEAR
AUTOMATIC DROPS
Policy:
Any course which has
not been given for a period of five years is automatically dropped from the
University's approved course offerings. (Ref: Senate Record, 5-1-58)
Approved: Senate (5-1-58)
Procedure:
Annually the Director
of Registration and Scheduling submits a list of courses, which have not been
given for a period of five years, to the appropriate academic department heads
and college deans for review. Following their review five year automatic drop
actions are reported tot he Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs for
publication in the BLUE SHEETS.
A list is also compiled
of those courses which have not been given for a period of four years, and
which, if not given within the following academic year, will be subject to
automatic drop action as of June 30 of the following year.
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Senate Policy:
32-50, Audit of Unfulfilled Requirements
Degree Audits for
Degree Checking
Each semester a degree
audit for each student indicating an intent to graduate (i.e., those who have
informed the Registrar of an intent to graduate through the eLion Graduating
this Semester application), is produced by the Registrar's office and available
to college deans through eDDS (eDocument Distribution System).
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (12-6-07)
Grade Point Average
Requirements
The Registrar's office
will certify that the candidate has met the 2.0 cumulative grade point average
requirements prior to graduation. The Registrar's office will also certify the
grade point average requirements for graduation with distinction. (Ref: Senate
Policies 82-40 and 88-30)
Approved: ACUI (5-22-80)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (12-6-07)
Baccalaureate and
Associate Degree Graduation Requirement Review
1. Students who expect
to graduate at the end of the semester inform the Registrar of their intent to
graduate through the eLion Graduating this Semester application for that
semester.
2. Tentative graduation
approval indicators are automatically entered on the student's record by the
eLion Graduating this Semester application and displayed on ISIS screens ARUGU
and ARUGA.
3. Beginning with the
fourth week of the semester, the Registrar's office provides each college ACUE
dean with a bi-weekly report of students who have potential problems in meeting
the University graduation requirements for that semester. Beginning with the
twelfth week, the report is forwarded to the ACUE dean on a weekly basis.
4. When a student is
attending a campus other than the campus of their major, the college
representative for the degree program is responsible for working with the
campus representative where the student is enrolled to certify that all
graduation requirements have been met.
5. If it is determined
that a student is to be removed from the graduation list after review of the
problems list, the removal will be made on screen ARUGU by the ACUE dean. The
ACUE dean also notifies the student. The Registrar's office, in conjunction
with the college Dean's offices, is responsible for insuring that specific
degree requirements are met.
6. Colleges must remove
ineligible students from the graduation list by 4 p.m. five days prior to
commencement if one or more of the following requirements are not met. In
addition to recording the removal on ARUGU, the ACUE dean must electronically
mail the removal information to the Registrar, and notify the student.
a. Limitations on Time for
Credit Acquisition, Senate Policies 83-80.2 and 83-80.3.
b. Short total credits
completed, including credits scheduled and review of courses with 'R' grades
for applicability to the degree.
c. Removal of a grade
(NG) or a deferred grade (DF) for previous semester.
7. Colleges must remove
ineligible students from the graduation list by 4 p.m., two days prior to
commencement if one or more of the following requirements are not met. In
addition to recording the removal on ARUGU, the ACUE dean must electronically
mail the removal information to the Registrar, and notify the student.
a. Requirements
satisfied by current semester grades. Assume "C" if grade is not
available by the deadline.
b. Revised current
semester course grades, removal of deferred grades (DF) not received.
c. Advanced standing
from another school not received.
d. Credit by
examination not received.
NOTE: Proportionate
times are used for summer session degree checking procedures.
Approved: ACUI (1-20-83)
Revised: ACAS (6-12-87)
Revised: ACAS (10-14-88)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (12-6-07)
N-2: HOLDS ON STUDENT
REGISTRATION AND RECORDS
Procedure:
For procedures to
process financial, health and conduct holds on student registration and records
refer to the Procedure for Processing Holds on Student Records and Other Record
Actions prepared by Systems and Procedures.
Approved: Systems and Procedures
(11-20-73)
Guidelines:
In addition to the
financial, health and conduct holds on student registration and records, a
student may be prevented from completing registration by an administrative
officer or a college dean in accordance with the following guidelines:
1. A hold may be used
to ensure compliance with Senate Policies such as 39-50 (Enrollment Time
Limit), 39-80 (Completion of Enrollment), 58-50 (Readmission as a Degree
Candidate) and 83-60 (Baccalaureate and Associate Degree Time Limit).
2. A hold may be used
as a means to ensure direct communication with a student regarding the need to
fulfill certain administrative or college requirements.
NOTE: In those cases where academic
performance does not meet Senate approved college or program standards, a drop
action should be taken rather than a hold action in accordance with Senate
Policy 54-56. An approved college drop action under Senate Policy 54-46 will
automatically prevent a student from registration as a degree candidate until
such time as that student is reinstated to degree candidacy.
Procedure:
1. Alternative methods
to communicate the problem to the student should be used prior to initiating a
hold.
2. If a hold is to be
issued, the Student Records Action Form (FORM N-1) will be completed in
accordance with approved procedures.
3. A hold should be
considered as temporary and removed as soon as the conditions for placing the
hold are met.
Approved: ACUI (10-20-77)
P-2: FIVE YEAR
AUTOMATIC DROPS
University Faculty
Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs policy maintains a policy in which any
undergraduate course that has not been offered for five years will be
automatically dropped unless an academic unit requests an exemption and the
exemption is granted by the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs.
Procedure:
1.
The
Faculty Senate Office will provide an annual fall report to ACUE deans with a
list of courses that have not been delivered during the preceding five years
and that have been placed in automatic-drop status.
2.
ACUE
deans will consult with appropriate members of their academic units to
determine whether an exception to the five year drop policy should be
requested. Such requests must be submitted by the associate dean [form under
construction] to the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs within 45 days.
3.
The
Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs will review exception requests and make
a determination within 60 days.
4.
The
Faculty Senate Office will publish a list of all dropped courses at the end of
each academic year in the Senate Curriculum Report.
*Note: There is, as of
September 2010, a backlog of 683 undergraduate courses that have not been
delivered for five years or more. There is an expectation that the Faculty
Senate Office and the Office of Undergraduate Education will work together
during the 2010-2011 academic year to facilitate entry of these courses into
the CSCS system once college requests for automatic drop exceptions have been
lodged and acted on.
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (9-2-10)
L-2: DEGREE CHECKING
Baccalaureate and
Associate Degree Graduation Requirement Review
1. Students who expect
to graduate at the end of the semester should inform the Registrar of their
intent to graduate through the eLion 'Graduating this Semester' application for
that semester.
2. Tentative graduation
approval indicators will automatically be entered on the student's record by
the eLion 'Graduating this Semester' application and be displayed on ISIS
screens ARUGU and ARUGA.
3. Each semester, a
degree audit for each student who indicated the intent to graduate (i.e., those
who have informed the Registrar of an intent to graduate through the eLion
'Graduating this Semester' application) is produced by the Registrar's office
and will be available to college deans through eDDS (eDocument Distribution
System).
4. Beginning with the
fourth week* of the semester, the Registrar's office provides each college with
a bi-weekly report of students who appear unable to meet the University
graduation requirements for that semester. Beginning with the twelfth week*,
reports that identify the students with potential graduation problems will be
forwarded to colleges on a weekly basis. Additional reports, listing students
with failing and incomplete grades for the graduation semester, will also be
provided to the colleges.
5. It is the college's
responsibility to address all the problems identified by the reports, either by
resolving them, or by removing the student from the graduation list. To do so,
the college must work in collaboration with the student's major department,
regardless of the student's location or registration status. If, after review
of the problems reports, it is determined that a student is to be removed from
the graduation list, the removal will be made by the college using ISIS screen
ARUGU, and the student's major department or college will notify the student.
6. The Registrar's
Office is responsible for verifying the following graduation requirements:
Students with less than
a 2.00 cumulative grade point average or with ongoing DF or NG grades are
ineligible to graduate and must be removed from the graduation list. Petitions
for exceptions must be submitted by the student, through the college dean, to
the University Faculty Senate. Support from the college dean is necessary for
the consideration of the petition. Exceptions approved by the Senate must be
forwarded, in writing, to the college and to the Registrar's office no later
than 3:00 PM on the final grade date shown on ISIS screen AMMU. Students with
unresolved graduation problems by the deadline will be removed from the
graduation list by the Registrar's office using ISIS screen ARUGI, and the
student's college(s) will be notified. The college will then notify the student
of the removal.
7. The college, in
collaboration with the student's major department, is responsible for verifying
the following graduation requirements:
Students who have not
met the above requirements are ineligible to graduate and must be removed from
the graduation list by the college, unless the college has approved and
recorded exceptions. Beginning five days prior to the final grade date shown on
ISIS screen AMMU, colleges must remove ineligible students from the graduation
list using ISIS screen ARUGU, electronically notify the Registrar's Office of
the removal, and notify the student of the removal. All students who are
ineligible for graduation must be removed from the list using ARUGU and the
Registrar's office must be notified of the removal by 3:00 PM on the final
grade date shown on screen AMMU.
* Proportionate times
are used for summer session degree checking procedures.
Approved: ACUI (1-20-83)
Revised: ACAS (6-12-87)
Revised: ACAS (10-14-88)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (12-6-07)
Revised: ACUE (9-2-10)
Revised: Editorial (9-30-10)
C-3: UNDER-ENROLLED
SECTIONS
1.
Under-enrolled
sections are defined as:
--001 through 399-level course
with an enrollment of fewer than fifteen students;
--400-level course with an enrollment of fewer than eight students;
--500-level or 800-level course with an enrollment of fewer than five students.
Under-enrolled criteria do not apply to the following
courses:
--600-level courses (graduate thesis, supervised
teaching, foreign experience);
--700-level courses (medical);
--900-level courses (law);
-- honors courses (i.e. courses numbered 001-499 with an "H",
"M", "T", or "U" suffix);
--individualized instruction courses (i.e. courses numbered 001-499 with a
"J" suffix);
--courses numbered X94 (research topic), X95 (internship), X96 (independent
study), X99 (foreign studies);
--Continuing Education courses (courses with a delivery code of C);
--World Campus courses (courses with location code of WD);
--courses offered through the eLearning Cooperative;
2.
Under-enrolled
sections should not be offered except under exceptional circumstances.
Exceptional circumstances that permit the offering of an under-enrolled section
include:
--the section is essential for
normal degree progress for specifically identified students.
--learning space in essential classrooms or laboratories for a section is
limited.
3.
To
assist academic units in identifying under-enrolled sections, the campus
Registrar will provide appropriate informational reports.
4.
Sections
that are to be dropped because of under-enrollment should be dropped in a
timely manner such that registered students have sufficient time to register
for other appropriate courses. Academic units should carefully analyze the
section offerings each semester and annually review the causes for under-enrolled
section offerings. Patterns should be monitored and appropriate steps taken to
minimize the number of under-enrolled sections.
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
Revised: ACUE (1-8-09)
PROPOSED B-1: STRUCTURE
OF THE UNIVERSITY'S ADVISING PROGRAM
Senate Policy:
32-10, The University's Advising Program
Policy:
Senate Policy 32-10
establishes the University Advising Council and outlines its duties.
Procedure:
Procedures are under
construction by the University Advising Council.
B-2: THE NATURE OF THE
UNIVERSITY ADVISING PROGRAM
Senate Policy:
32-20, The Nature of the University Advising Program
Senate Policy 32-20
prescribes the nature of the University's advising program, with each academic
unit to establish an academic advising system designed to meet the goals
(Senate Policy 32-00) of: helping advisees identify and achieve their academic
goals; promoting intellectual discovery; and encouraging students to take
advantage of both in- and out-of-class educational opportunities and to become
self-directed learners and decision-makers.
The unit's academic
advising system is to address nine elements: policy, structure, support,
training, delivery, first-year students, frequency of consultations,
recognition and reward, and assessment.
Procedure:
1.
Each
academic unit is to develop its own advising program, consistent with the
University Faculty Senate's policy.
2.
Descriptions
of the academic unit's advising program and instructions on how students and
advisers are to use it are to be part of the unit's orientation for new faculty
and students and should be readily available in Web- and paper-based
publications.
Approved: ACUE (4-2-98)
Revised: Editorial (5-25-10)
B-3: RESPONSIBILITIES
OF ADVISERS AND ADVISEES
Senate Policy:
32-30, Responsibilities of Advisers and Advisees
Policy:
Senate Policy 32-30 specifies Responsibilities of Advisers and Advisees.
The advisee's unit of enrollment is to provide each advisee with a primary
academic adviser as well as with information needed to plan the chosen program
of study and referrals to other specialized resources. The college or
department also will monitor the progress of its advisees towards satisfactory
completion of all graduation requirements and inform students of their status
each semester.
Both advisers and
advisees share responsibilities for the advising relationship to succeed.
Advisers are to encourage advisees to become engaged in their education, to
meet their educational goals, and to develop the habit of learning.
Advisees will routinely contact their advisers each semester and will assume
final responsibility for course scheduling, program planning, and the
successful completion of graduation requirements.
Procedure:
1.
Providing
all enrolled students with a primary academic adviser (see Senate Policy 32-40
and B-4) is to be accomplished in a systematic way that includes informing both
the advisee and adviser of their assignments. Information and referrals
needed to plan the advisee's chosen program of study are to be made easily
accessible by the academic unit, including both Web- and print-based
publications.
2.
Monitoring
of advisees' progress and informing them of their status are to be accomplished
by procedures established by the enrollment college and department. eLion
and the Degree Audit system provide direct access for students and advisers to
this information and should be incorporated into the college and department
procedures.
3.
Advisers
are to develop their own individual procedures to fulfill their
responsibilities in implementing the academic unit's advising program.
The eLion "Advisers" section, Advising@psu, University Undergraduate
Advising Handbook, and the Center for Excellence in Academic Advising are
available to support the adviser.
4.
Advisees
are to consult with their adviser at least once a semester. They are to
develop their own individual procedures to fulfill their responsibilities
within the academic unit's advising system. eLion includes several
applications to support the student in her or his relationship with the adviser
as well as in the student's own academic planning and assessment activities.
Senate Policy:
32-30, Responsibilities of Advisers and Advisees
Approved: ACUE (4-2-98)
Revised: Editorial (9-6-01)
Revised: Editorial (5-25-10)
B-4: ASSIGNMENT OF
ADVISERS
Senate Policy:
32-40, Assignment of Adviser
Policy:
Senate Policy 32-40
specifies responsibilities for the Assignment of Advisers for various
categories of students, including degree candidates, provisional students, and
nondegree regular and conditional students.
Procedure:
1.
Assignment
of primary academic advisers for degree candidates and nondegree conditional
students by the college or the Division of Undergraduate Studies (DUS) is to
occur at the time of enrollment of the advisee. Both advisers and
advisees are to be informed of the assignment and guided in their shared
process of establishing an effective advising relationship.
2.
Assignment
of academic advisers for provisional students by DUS is to occur at the time of
initial registration as a provisional student. Both advisers and advisees
are to be informed of the assignment and guided in their shared process of
establishing an effective advising relationship.
3.
After
nondegree regular and nondegree conditional students who have never enrolled in
degree status at Penn State have been approved for enrollment, they will be
provided by the Office of the University Registrar with a list of locations on
their respective campuses where academic advising can be sought.
Assignment of primary academic advisers to these students is to occur after the
students have made contact with the college to which they seek admission. If
the students are undecided or exploring curricular options they will be
referred to the Division of Undergraduate Studies for advising.
Both advisers and advisees are to be informed of the assignment and guided in
their shared process of establishing an effective advising relationship.
Senate Policy:
32-40, Assignment of Adviser
Approved: ACUE (4-2-98)
Revised: Editorial (9-6-01)
Revised: ACUE (3-1-07)
L-3: BACCALAUREATE
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS (BDR)
Senate Policy:
82-00 and 83-00, Degree Requirements
Procedure:
It is the
responsibility of each college dean to ensure that students being awarded
baccalaureate degrees have fulfilled the approved University requirements. On
rare occasions, special circumstances may warrant the granting of exceptions or
waivers from the approved program requirements for individual students. The
following procedures have been established to govern waiving, substitutions and
auditing of BDR requirements.
1. The responsibility
for granting waivers to BDR requirements, the substitutions thereto, shall rest
with the student's college dean.
2. The responsibility
for auditing the student's progress in fulfilling the requirements of BDR shall
reside with the student's college dean.
3. Appeals arising from
decisions made by the college dean and any requests for extraordinary
exceptions to graduation requirements must be submitted to the Subcommittee on
Academic Standards of the Senate Committee on Undergraduate Education as a
final review board.
4. The Administrative
Council on Undergraduate Education shall annually review the actions taken by
the several colleges in granting waivers and substitutions to insure against
the erosion of standards established by BDR. (Ref: Senate Policy 82-60)
Senate Policy:
82-00 and 83-00, Degree Requirements
Approved: ACUI (1-23-75)
Revised ACUE (9-26-96)
P-2: FIVE YEAR
AUTOMATIC DROPS
University Faculty
Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs policy maintains a policy in which any
undergraduate course that has not been offered for five years will be
automatically dropped unless an academic unit requests an exemption and the
exemption is granted by the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs.
Procedure:
1.
The
Faculty Senate Office will provide an annual fall report to ACUE deans with a
list of courses that have not been delivered during the preceding five years
and that have been placed in automatic-drop status.
2.
ACUE
deans will consult with appropriate members of their academic units to
determine whether an exception to the five year drop policy should be
requested. Such requests must be submitted by the associate dean to the Senate
Committee on Curricular Affairs within 45 days.
3.
The
Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs will review exception requests and make
a determination within 60 days.
4.
The
Faculty Senate Office will publish a list of all dropped courses at the end of
each academic year in the Senate Curriculum Report.
*Note: There is, as of
September 2010, a backlog of 683 undergraduate courses that have not been
delivered for five years or more. There is an expectation that the Faculty
Senate Office and the Office of Undergraduate Education will work together
during the 2010-2011 academic year to facilitate entry of these courses into
the CSCS system once college requests for automatic drop exceptions have been
lodged and acted on.
Approved: ACUI (9-15-77)
Revised: ACUI (9-2-10)
Revised: Editorial (10-21-10)
B-6: COLLEGE, CAMPUS,
AND ADMINISTRATIVE ADVISING INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
Senate Policy:
32-10, The University's Advising Program
Policy:
The patterns of
academic advising information and administrative support programs provided to
students are to be consistent across locations and among colleges and be
clearly visible to and easily accessible for both students and advisers (see
Academic Administrative Policies and Procedures under D which contains rules on
Entrance to College and Lower Division Location, Entrance to Major and Upper
Division, and Change of Major). Regardless of location, colleges are
responsible for providing advising information and assessing the effectiveness
of advising programs provided to students enrolled in both the college common
year and specific majors. Similarly, regardless of college or major,
locations are responsible for providing advising information and assessing
effectiveness of advising services provided to students enrolled at their location.
All student actions regarding college of admission, college common year
designation, location of enrollment, preferred major designation, course
registrations, and actual major are recorded in the Integrated Student
Information System (ISIS).
Access to advising
information may be provided to students and advisers by campuses and colleges
via advising centers and advising Web pages. College, campus, and
university-wide administrative offices are responsible for identifying the
persons whom students and advisers should contact if they wish to ask specific
questions or if they want to implement academic actions regarding choice of
major, course registrations, or change of location assignments.
Procedures:
The following
procedures will guide the assignment of responsibilities among colleges,
campuses, and administrative units for advising information and communications
regarding admission to college and lower division location, entrance to major
and upper division, and change of major.
1.
All
colleges are to appoint a College Contact Person (CCP) and to develop and
disseminate advising information related to its majors and any requirements
related to entering or changing majors or changing location assignment.
This information must be made available via the Web; the Web site must identify
an office in the college that individual students or advisers at other
locations may contact directly for clarifying information. The CCP is to
maintain a working relationship with the network of persons designated at campuses
as the College Contact and Referral Representatives (CCRR) (see #2
below). The University Park colleges should conduct at least one meeting
per year for their CCRRs, with expenses shared by the college and
locations. The other colleges should collaborate in arranging at least
one annual meeting.
2.
Each
campus is to identify a CCRR for each University Park-based college and one
CCRR to represent all other colleges. Among other responsibilities, the
CCRR at the campus is to: a) maintain contact with the CCP; b) keep
abreast of college advising information; c) monitor the campus advising Web
site to assure the college’s advising information is available to local
students; and d) be responsive to queries from local students about
requirements for college majors and change of location assignments.
3.
Advising
Web sites should be developed in accordance with guidelines established by the
University Advising Council.
4.
Annually,
each college and each campus is to assess the effectiveness of its advising
information network across and among locations of the University and
incorporate improvement steps in its advising plans.
5.
All
CCRRs and CCPs must have ready access to the Internet.
6.
Academic
administrative support offices, including Undergraduate Admissions and the University
Registrar, are to maintain Web-based systems to inform and guide students as
they take academic actions relating to admission to their college and location,
registration for courses, monitoring academic progress, and petitioning for
entrance to a major or a change in location assignment. All academic
administrative support offices and colleges maintaining Web-based information
systems should provide a link to eLion to take advantage of centrally supported
advising information resources and procedures.
Senate Policy:
32-10, The University's Advising Program
Approved: Vice
President/Dean, CES (12-7-89)
Approved: Vice Provost/Dean, Undergrad Ed (12-7-89)
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
Revised: Editorial (9-6-01)
Revised: Editorial (5-25-10)
D-1: ENTRANCE TO
COLLEGE AND LOWER DIVISION CAMPUS
Senate Policy:
37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
College Common Year
Designation and Initial Campus Assignment
1. First-semester baccalaureate and associate degree candidates admitted
to the University will be assigned to a campus only if that campus can provide
at least two semesters of normal academic progress toward the baccalaureate or
associate degree program selected by the student.
2. Regardless of
campus, first-semester baccalaureate degree candidates are normally admitted
into a college or the Division of Undergraduate Studies (DUS), assigned a
college common year designation code, and enroll in course work consistent with
normal academic progress for the academic majors in that college.
3. A student is
expected to remain at his/her campus of admission until he/she achieves fifth
semester standing. At this point, a baccalaureate degree candidate may have to
change to a University campus that is authorized to deliver his/her major.
4. The dean for each
college is responsible for establishing advising procedures to accomplish each
of the following objectives:
a. Inform each baccalaureate degree candidate in the
college of the policies and procedures governing relocation to another campus.
b. Identify the course requirements to maintain normal
academic progress for the student’s major preference.
c. Identify the probable semester of relocation for a
student based on major preference.
d. Assure that relocation does occur consistent with the
current course requirements of a student’s major preference, the student’s
actual course experience, and the planned course offerings of the campus over
the next several semesters.
5. Students may enroll
at any campus during the summer session. However, this will not change their
regularly assigned campus for the fall semester.
Approved: ACUE (1-8-98)
Approved: ACUE (10-6-05)
Approved: ACUE (6-7-07)
Revised: ACUE (1-7-10)
Revised: ACUE (5-6-10)
Senate Policy:
37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
D-2: ENTRANCE TO MAJOR
AND UPPER DIVISION CAMPUS
Senate Policy:
37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
Recording and Use of
Major Preference Data
1. Each student may
identify up to three major preferences. Student major preferences are initially
collected from the admissions application and recorded in the admissions file
in ISIS. At the time the student accepts the University’s admission offer, the
student’s recorded major preferences are moved to the Freshman Academic
Information file in ISIS. These major preferences can be subsequently modified
by the student through the Educational Planning Survey distributed by the
Division of Undergraduate Studies (DUS).
2. Students have the
opportunity to further modify their major preferences at any time before
entering a major. Major preferences can be changed by informing the student’s
academic adviser at advising sessions. Students may also access the eLion
Entrance to Major application to modify their major preferences.
3. Each college must
provide information to all University students and advisers relevant to gaining
entrance to the college’s majors.
4. Colleges authorized
to implement administrative controls on the number of students who may be
granted entrance to a major each year must inform students about these
controls, the procedures for gaining entrance to a controlled major, and
alternative majors as appropriate.
5. The major preference
data are used to review entrance to all majors, regardless of whether the major
is controlled or not. Students generally enter a major after their first year,
but before their third year. The specific timing depends on the requirements of
the college and major.
Designation of Entrance
to Major Pools
1. All baccalaureate
degree candidates are assigned to a specific entrance to major pool. The pool
assignment assumes that, following the time of entrance to major, the student
would be ready to enroll in major required courses. The pool designation is
normally the spring of the student’s sophomore year.
2. Entering freshmen
are assigned a pool through automated ISIS procedures at the time of admission
or first recorded adviser contact. The college dean assigns the pool
designation for advanced standing students entering a common year major at the
time of admission to the college.
3. The colleges and DUS
are responsible for notifying their students of the pool designation.
4. Under exceptional
circumstances, the college dean may designate an alternative pool for a
student.
5. All pool
designations are entered or updated on ISIS screen ARUES.
Student Entrance to
Majors and Upper Division Campus
The Registrar’s office,
on behalf of the college, will notify each student in the designated pool. This
notification will:
a. Instruct students to confirm their three major
preferences.
b. Instruct students that changes to their major preferences can be made using
eLion, by contacting their adviser, or by contacting their college dean’s
office. A deadline for such changes will be specified.
c. Inform the student of the upper division campus(es) at which the student’s
three preferred majors are offered.
Selection of Students
from the Pool
1. The Registrar’s
office will provide all colleges with Major Decision Reports. The report
identifies students requesting the identified major preference. In addition to
the report, the Registrar’s office will identify whether or not the students
have satisfied the academic requirements for entrance to the major.
2. Students shall be
reviewed for selection eligibility by the college. Eligibility will be
determined on the basis of approved and published criteria.
3. The college will assign
eligible students requesting non-controlled majors to those majors within the
college.
4. Entrance to
controlled majors is determined according to policy P-4. In accordance with the
policy, eligible students with the approved grade-point average are guaranteed
entrance to controlled majors. The college will assign remaining students in
order of descending cumulative grade-point average until all controlled spaces
are assigned.
Notification to
Students
1. All students in a
specific pool are to be notified of their status by the college performing the
selection. Notification is to occur prior to the beginning of the registration
period for the next fall semester.
2. Students selected
are to be informed that they have been granted entrance to a specific major and
upper-division campus effective the next semester of enrollment. Entrance to
major is conditional pending appropriate current semester performance. The
status of all students selected into the major is reflected in the ISIS system.
3. Notification to ineligible students will include referral to the appropriate
advising center.
4. The Registrar’s
office will provide appropriate support services to all of the colleges.
Calendar
The Office of the
University Registrar will publish an annual Entrance to Major calendar with
specific dates and events.
Entrance to Major
Outside of This Process
The college dean has
the authority to allow a student to enter a major outside of the regular
entrance to major process. Such approvals are entered using ISIS screen ARUSAD.
Approved: ACUE (1-8-98)
Revised: Editorial (9-6-01)
Revised: ACUE (10-6-05)
Policy: click to access
Senate Policy 37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
D-3: CHANGE OF MAJOR
Senate Policy:
37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
1. Each college dean shall
establish procedures for assisting students in the change of major process.
Information regarding this process can be obtained from the appropriate college
advising contact.
2. Change of major
requests and decisions are recorded on ISIS (screen ARUSBB or ARUSAD). Email
notifications of approvals entered on ARUSAD or ARUSBB are sent to the student
and the former dean’s office. Email notifications of denials entered on ARUSBB
are sent to the current dean’s office. The current dean’s office will notify
the student of the decision.
3. If a student’s
request for change of major is approved into a common-year major or DUS, the
new college dean’s office will review the student’s entrance to major pool and
make any necessary adjustments.
Note: Students who have
completed a baccalaureate or associate degree program and enter into another
undergraduate degree program must use the re-enrollment process in accordance
with policy K-1.
Approved: ACUE (1-8-98)
Revised: ACUE (10-6-05)
Senate Policy:
37-30, Entrance to and Changes in Major Programs of Study
R-7: INTERNATIONAL
TRAVEL POLICY FOR PENN STATE STUDENTS, STAFF AND FACULTY
Preamble:
Penn State is committed
to providing credible international experiences that will enhance our students'
journey toward global citizenship. Helping our students to acquire critical
global competencies through immersion experiences requires us to manage the risks
that exist and validate that they are commensurate with the potential benefits
to the participants and their academic experience.
The University
discourages faculty members, students, and staff from traveling to countries on
the U.S. State Department Travel Warnings list. However, exceptions can be made
using the process outlined below. Exceptions and waivers would be based upon
proposals by each person or group proposing the travel and would be reviewed by
a Standing Advisory Committee appointed by the Vice Provost for Global
Programs. The findings by this Committee as well as other inputs from other
expert sources on the country being visited will inform the Vice Provost’s
recommendation to the Executive Vice President and Provost who has the final authority
to approve or reject such proposals.
Guidelines:
The University will
continue its current practice of suspending Education Abroad-affiliated
programs in countries under active U.S. State Department Travel Warnings.
However, exemptions can be granted as follows:
1. Faculty members may
petition for a waiver to lead a short-term program involving students to travel
to safer areas of countries under active State Department Travel Warnings. The
Standing Advisory Committee will evaluate petitions on a case-by-case basis
with a written proposal outlining the detailed travel plan brought forward by
the lead faculty member. The proposer should clearly give the compelling
reasons for the travel in the proposal, the awareness of the inherent risks
associated with the trip and efforts to minimize these risks (Petition Form for
Study in Countries with a Travel Warning).
2. Students can also
petition for a waiver to study for semester or academic year Education
Abroad-affiliated programs, which have been suspended because they are in
countries under active Department of State travel warnings. A list of Education
Abroad-affiliated programs can be found at http://www.international.psu.edu. A
student’s petition must show evidence of an excellent academic record, a solid
rationale for studying in the suspended program, and due diligence in
understanding the risks involved with studying in a nation under travel warning
status and efforts to minimize the risks (Petition Form for Study in Countries
with a Travel Warning). If the student’s petition for a waiver is approved by
the Standing Advisory Committee, the student would be eligible to apply for
financial aid through Penn State’s Office of Student Aid.
3. Travel by faculty
members with legitimate and compelling need to travel to countries on the
Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) list can be permitted only through a
similar petition process as outlined below, where the University has secured a
license from the U.S. Department of Treasury. If the petition is approved by
the Executive Vice President and Provost, university or grant-based support
will be permitted for the travel.
Procedure:
1. A Standing Advisory
Committee formed by the Vice Provost for Global Programs will review proposals
from faculty members and students proposing educational programs including
research study that involve travel in countries under active State Department
Travel Warnings. The Committee is chaired by the University Office of Global
Program's (UOGP) Executive Director of Education Abroad.
2. The Committee
includes two faculty members with active engagement in international
educational activities, along with representatives from the Graduate School,
the Office of Undergraduate Education, the Office of Risk Management, the
Office of Public Affairs, as well as the Director of the Center for Studies of
International Terrorism.
3. The Committee will
meet periodically to review faculty and student requests for international
travel to sensitive areas. The Committee will make its recommendation to the
Vice Provost for Global Programs, who will use it as the basis for making final
recommendations to the Executive Vice President and Provost. If approved, the
program may then proceed.
4. Finally, students
and faculty approved for travel to countries under a U.S. State Department
Travel Warning must sign a waiver with the UOGP that Penn State will not be
held liable for anything that may happen to them in connection with their
travels to such countries.
Approved: Executive
Vice President and Provost Rodney Erickson (11-21-07)
Revised: Executive Vice
President and Provost Rodney Erickson (7-03-08)
Please refer questions
concerning the above policy to:
Executive Director of
Education Abroad, 410 Boucke Building, University Park, PA 16802
Telephone: (814)
863-3667; Email: bjr22@psu.edu
Q-1: ACADEMIC
SCHOLARSHIPS UNDER UNIVERSITY CONTROL
Policy: Preamble
University scholarships
should operate with unanimity of purpose in support of excellence, and with
close cooperation among functional program components from fund acquisition
through student recruitment and recipient selection to award processing. It is
the purpose of this document to provide a frame of reference for academic
scholarships while addressing in greater detail some policy and procedural
matters of academic concern.
Students are the raison
d'etre of any
university. Ultimately, they establish the norms of quality. At a great
university, they must be good when they come in and noticeably better when they
leave. As a major facet of Penn State's commitment to the basic principle of
the Morrill Land-Grant Act of 1862 that education should be available to all
who could qualify for it regardless of class or financial position. University
scholarships shall operate to attract and retain the "best and
brightest" in support of a university education suited to superior
motivation, curiosity, and intellect.
The legitimate
preferences of our scholarship fund donors shall be observed. The Pennsylvania
State University does not discriminate in academic scholarship selection on the
basis of age, health, sex, marital status, number of children, etc. Such
information is useful in the selection of recipients of awards from endowed
funds bearing restrictions based on handicaps, health problems, and sex restrictions,
or to assist in assessment of appropriate living costs. Awards may be made from
funds bearing such restrictions only if necessary compensatory funds are
available from other sources as required under Title IX Regulations, Title VI
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
and other authorities.
Current Policy
Basic policy for
establishing or accepting funds for scholarships, graduate fellowships,
grants-in-aid, and awards is set by the Board of Trustees. The current policy,
approved May 16, 1986, is reprinted here:
Definition of Terms
Scholarship is an award
of money to a student, granted in recognition of academic distinction, often,
but not necessarily requiring that the recipient be in need of financial
assistance.
Graduate Fellowship is
an award of money to a graduate student, granted in recognition of academic
distinction, often but not necessarily requiring that the recipient be in need
of financial assistance.
Grant-in-Aid is an
award of money made to a student in good academic standing and making normal
progress. It usually, but not always, implies financial need. It may be an
award of money to a student without regard to academic excellence who possesses
certain talents sought or valued by the University, such as an athletic
grant-in-aid or a music grant-in-aid.
Award is recognition
for achievement of a single specific nature. It may be for grades, for
activities, or a combination of both grades and activities.
Procedure for
Establishing
Persons or organizations
contemplating the establishment of scholarships, graduate fellowships,
grants-in-aid, or awards should discuss the procedures and requirements with
the proper officers of the University. A written proposal addressed to the
President with the proper University official for the specific proposal.
Scholarship, graduate
fellowship, grant-in-aid, or award funds should have few or no limitations
placed on them by the donors. If possible, the funds should be flexible enough
to provide aid where most required and to be available in order that all
students have an opportunity to be potential recipients. The University will
not administer a student aid program that is contrary to the law, or restricted
on an unreasonable geographic basis.
Minimum Requirements
for Funds
In order to establish a
separate endowment fund scholarship or grant-in-aid in memory of a person, or
to honor a person, organization, or program, the capital sum for investment, in
the absence of unusual circumstances, shall not be less than $15,000. The
funding level for a named Academic Excellence Scholarship in support of the
University Scholars Program shall require a minimum endowment of $25,000. A
capital sum of $10,000 or more will be accepted for inclusion in one of several
University-endowed scholarship programs to establish a scholarship in the name
of a person, organization or program. Sums less than $10,000 are accepted for
placing without specific designation in existing University scholarship
programs.
To establish an endowed
graduate fellowship, the capital sum for investment, in the absence of unusual
circumstances, shall not be less than $50,000.
A separate endowed
award in memory of a person or to honor a person may be established with a
capital sum of $5,000.
Any sum of $1,000 of
more is accepted to provide a scholarship or grant-in-aid in the names of an
individual, organization or program on an annual basis and may be continued for
as long as the sponsor provides the funds.
Guidance
1. Scholarship
guidelines should be University-centered rather than donor-centered; and though
they may bear restrictions to specific colleges, campuses, and majors, to the
maximum extend practicable such guidelines shall be in consonance with standard
University practice and procedure and shall be developed in coordination with
the Office of University Development and the Office of Student Aid. Approval
and acceptance for the University is a responsibility of the Treasurer, with
final approval by the Board of Trustees.
2. Recipient selection
and recognition authority resides with the scholarship fund-controlling
college, campus, or special committee. Committees may make awards, within the
limitations of the guidelines approved by the donors and Board of Trustees, as
they see fit. It is incumbent upon such committees that the consequences of
their awards on student's aid packages be understood.
3. Scholarship awards
may required the Office of Student Aid to reduce or recoup other aid already
utilized by the student. Scholarship awards made early in the awarding year
enable the aid package in the most appropriate manner. If other aid is already
in place, the scholarship committee should confer with Student Aid to determine
the most suitable action. Scholarship awards are subject to continued review by
the office of Student Aid throughout the year as other aid information becomes
available. Application of the following limitations is dependent upon the aid
sources held by the student.
a. Allowable Gift Aid
Limitation. This applies to all Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency
(PHEAA) grants. A student should not receive University scholarship funds which
in addition to other gift aid (grants/scholarships) would exceed; the sum of
tuition, room and board, and books; or the PHEAA maximum allowable gift aid
limit if higher. Scholarship awards should be reduced as necessary to remain
within these limits. Loans and wages are not included in gift aid calculations.
PHEAA grants will be reduced if scholarship awards place the grant recipients
above the gift aid limit.
b. Cost of Attendance
Limitation. This applies to all Guaranteed Student Loans. The total aid
(including loans and wages) any student may receive should not exceed the total
allowable costs of attendance; tuition, room and board, books, transportation,
clothing, laundry, medical, dental, personal, recreation, and miscellaneous
expenses as established by the Office of Student Aid. Scholarship awards should
be reduced as necessary to remain within such limit ; however, students should
be permitted the option of early repayment of current year loans in order to
reduce their aid total sufficiently to permit processing of scholarship awards.
Scholarship awards should not be reduced because of wages earned subsequent to
receipt of the scholarship. Early repayment of Guaranteed Student Loans (GSL)
will be required if a scholarship award places the GSL recipient above the cost
of attendance limit.
c. Financial Need
Limitation. A student should not receive and may not retain need-based aid;
National Direct Student Loan (NDSL), Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
(SEOG), and/or College Work Study Program (CWSP); in excess of documented
financial need. If other aid cannot be revised to remain within documented
need, need-based scholarships should be adjusted. Immediate repayment of NDSL
and/or SEOG will be required if a scholarship award places the NDSL/SEOG
recipient above the documented need limit.
d. The Office of
Student Aid shall not adjust scholarship awards made by college, campus, or
other committees but shall limit any adjustment action to the specific aid
source to which the limitation applies.
e. Nothing contained
herein should operate to prevent additional recognition of deserving students
by awards without monetary remuneration.
4. Unless otherwise
specified in the specific scholarship fund guidelines, all recipients shall be:
a. U.S. citizens or
eligible noncitizens (foreign nationals are not eligible).
b. Full-time
degree-seeking Penn State undergraduate students.
(1) If students are not
registered, current and future semester awards should be cancelled.
(2) If students are
registered part-time, current semester awards should be cancelled but future
semester awards should remain available.
(3) Special exceptions
may be authorized on a case-by-case basis for students in their last semester.
c. Exceptions to a. and
b. above may be authorized by the Coordinator of University Scholarships on a
case-by-case basis.
5. Proper accounting
procedures should be observed with all awards.
a. Accounts may not be
overdrawn; awards may be made only for the academic year for which funds have
been reported available by the Office of Student Loans and Scholarships.
b. Awards should be
credited to students' accounts and refunds obtained following normal
procedures. Special certificates/citations should be used for presentation
ceremonies wherever possible. Special request for checks should be kept to a
minimum.
c. Retroactive awards
(for past semesters) may not be authorized.
6. Scholarships should
be awarded to entering freshmen as early as practicable. Other scholarship
awards may be made after that time, up to the last day of finals for a
particular semester/session. No awards may be made to a previous
semester/session.
7. All reasonable
efforts should be made to find eligible recipients. Utilized funds should be
kept to a minimum.
8. At the end of the
fiscal year, unutilized earnings should be added to the principal of endowed
funds unless specific arrangements to the contrary are made in advance. The
principal shall not be invaded.
9. Scholarship awards
should be processed before the offer is transmitted to the student. Direct
entry on the Administrative Information System (AIS) is sufficient. Procedures
for direct entry are covered in the General Forms Usage Guide, page 9.19.
Responsibilities
Cohesive and effective
scholarship administration is enhanced through the very close cooperation of
the offices and committees with different scholarships responsibilities.
1. Bursar. The Officer
of the Bursar maintains cognizance of students accounts, and refunds upon
student request any scholarship monies to recipients after University charges
have been satisfied.
2. Faculty Senate. The
University Faculty Senate Constitution provides that scholarships are within
the legislative jurisdiction of the Senate. The Standing Rules provide that the
Committee on Student Life shall also recommend policies and procedures relating
to student awards and scholarships.
3. Scholarship
Committees. Scholarship committees and their coordinating college or campus
office, if any, are responsible for:
a. Selection of
recipients in accordance with the specific fund guidelines as approved by the
donors and the Board of Trustees.
b. Verification of
recipient eligibility with the latest AIS information.
c. Entry onto AIS of
scholarship awards prior to notifying recipients.
d. Notifying recipients
in writing after AIS data entry.
The Senate Scholarship
Committee has cognizance of all undergraduate scholarship awards and
administrative responsibility for awards and their renewals from funds not
assigned to other committees and unrestricted as to college, major, and campus.
The Freshman
Scholarship Committee has cognizance of awards and their renewals to entering
freshman and advanced standing undergraduates and administrative responsibility
for such scholarship funds not assigned elsewhere. The chairperson of the
Senate Scholarship Committee shall be member of the Freshman Scholarship
Committee.
Faculty should be
represented on all scholarship committees.
4. Student Aid. The
Office of Student Aid, for the Vice President for Academic Services, is
responsible for:
a. University-wide
coordination of undergraduate scholarships to include the provision and
maintenance of up-to-date financial aid information, the collection and
distribution of applications as required, and the production of consideration
listings as appropriate.
b. The security of the
AIS student aid summary screen, and permitting access to it.
c. The correction of
financial aid overawards.
d. The administration
and support of assigned scholarship programs such as the Penn State Academic
Grant, the Black Incentive Grant and Black Achievement Award programs, the Penn
State Commonwealth Campus Scholarship and Commonwealth Campus Kunkle
Scholarships, and the Kodak Scholars program.
e. Administrative
support to the Freshman Scholarship Committee, the Renaissance Scholarship
Committee, and the University Scholars program.
f. Providing
scholarship information, and financial aid information as appropriate, to the
Faculty Senate Committee on Student Life.
5. Student Loans and
Scholarships. The Office of Student Loans and Scholarships, for the Senior Vice
President for Finance and Operations and Treasurer, and the Controller, is
responsible for:
a. Recording
scholarship guidelines and assigning AIS source codes following Board of
Trustees approval and receipt of the funds.
b. The security of the
AIS scholarship awarding screen and permitting access to it.
c. Disbursing awards to
the individual student account in the Bursar's Office. Disbursements are
defined as the movement of monies from the scholarship budgets into the
student's account by the Office of Student Loans and Scholarships. In
exceptional situations, an "award document" (FORM Q-1) must be
forwarded to the Office of the Assistant Treasurer or the Office of Student
Loans and Scholarships for the preparation of a special check on behalf of the
student. In such cases, the check must be picked up in the Office of the Bursar
by the student or an authorized individual.
d. Reporting recipients
and fund balances to the Treasurer's Office for reports to the donors and Board
of Trustees, and to the Vice President for Academic Services for scholarship
program review.
e. Reporting estimated
funds available for award, including unutilized fund balances, to the
appropriate offices and committees.
6. Treasurer. The
Office of the Treasurer acts for the University in the acceptance of funds.
Funds for University scholarships are received, deposited, and processed
according to University policy. (Ref: Policy Manual, CS-3) This does not
pertain to scholarships awarded directly to students from outside organizations
and which are not covered by guidelines from the University Board of Trustees.
7. University
Development. The Office of University Development is responsible for the
coordination of scholarship fund raising efforts and donor contacts. The
appropriate development officer should be contacted in the earliest stages of
scholarship development. The Development Office is responsible for the
preparation of scholarship guidelines, in consultation with the Office of
Student Aid, in the proper format for submission to the Board of Trustees.
Any conflicts with the
policy contained herein should be brought to the attention of the Coordinator
of University Scholarships in the Office of Student Aid.
Approved: ACAS (1-17-86)
Approved: Provost Richardson
(4-86)
Q-2: FEDERAL STUDENT
ASSISTANCE SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS STANDARD
Policy:
The policy concerning
Federal Student Assistance Satisfactory Academic Progress Standard may be found
in the University Faculty Senate Policies for Students.
Procedure:
1. Students who
encounter extenuating circumstances interfering with the sucessful completion
of attempted credits and/or are required to attend beyond the allowable maximum
length of study for completion of a degree program may appeal for an exception
to the Office of Student Aid.
2. Students should
submit a written appeal to the Office of Student Aid using the Academic
Progress Appeal form (FORM Q-2) or other appropriate written method.
3. Notification in
writing of an appeal decision will be sent to a student approximately two to
four weeks after the appeal is received by the Office of Student Aid. After the
appeal review has been completed, a student will be automatically be
reconsidered for the aid sources for which he/she has applied.
4. Copies of the
Academic Progress Appeal form may be obtained from the Office of Student Aid.
Reviewed: ACAS (4-6-90)
Revised: Editorial (5-29-01)
Maximum Semesters
Provided to Complete the Degree Program
J-1: WITHDRAWAL
Senate Policy:
56-30, Withdrawal
Procedure
Withdrawal from the
University is a serious action. The University has the responsibility to advise
the student of the implications of the withdrawal action. However, it is the
responsibility of the student who withdraws from enrollment in courses at the
University to make the final decision and to understand the implication of
their withdrawal action. To insure that the student has had full advising
opportunity, two methods of initiating the withdrawal are provided:
(1) Sign an Official
Withdrawal form and submit this signed form to the campus Registrar's office.
The Official Withdrawal form can be obtained from the student's college dean,
college advising center, campus Division of Undergraduate Studies Office, or
campus Registrar's Office.
(2) Complete the
withdrawal action using eLion.
Before the withdrawal
is processed the student will be informed of issues that pertain to their
specific situation and be provided with appropriate advising contacts. The
Integrated Student Information System withdrawal process will examine the
student's record for the following conditions:
After the withdrawal is
processed, appropriate offices will be notified of the student's withdrawal
action by electronic mail.
The effective date of
the withdrawal action will be the date received by the Registrar's office or
the date processed on eLion. The Fee Assessor will determine the amount of
refund due the student. If the student provides documentation from each course
instructor of the last date of classes attended, the Fee Assessor will use the
latest of these dates for tuition refund calculation. The Bursar's office home
page gives details on refunds of tuition and charges.
Students who live in a
residence hall must check out of the hall within 24 hours after processing the
withdrawal action.
This withdrawal action
drops all courses (current semester and future semesters) offered through
resident instruction, continuing education, and World Campus.
The deadline for
withdrawing is 5:00 p.m. on the last day of classes.
A "W" symbol
will appear in the grade column on a student's transcript for all courses still
in session on the effective date of withdrawal. Courses that ended before the
effective date of the withdrawal will be grade reported following normal
conventions. All courses that have not yet started as of the effective date of
the withdrawal will be deleted and no entry will appear on the student's
transcript.
The student transcript
will also contain a message in the special notes and action section. This
notation will be of the following format:
WITHDRAWAL FALL 1997
Degree students who
withdraw from the University must apply for re-enrollment if they wish to
return to degree status (see Senate Policy 58-00).
Medical Withdrawal:
In the event that a
student may be unable to complete a schedule of classes due to illness, a
withdrawal for medical reasons should be accomplished. Student medical withdrawals
are authorized under one of two actions.
1. University
physicians can initiate withdrawal actions by recommending to the college
dean/campus executive officer that the student be withdrawn. The University
physician sends a memo to the student college dean/campus executive officer
authorizing medical withdrawal.
2. Students who require
a medical withdrawal and are unable to consult with a University physician may
contact their college dean/campus executive officer and request a medical
withdrawal. The college dean/campus executive officer may initiate the request
for a medical withdrawal on behalf of a student. Consultation and authorization
from a University physician may be solicited.
Students capable of
signing the Official Withdrawal form are expected to do so. If the student is
not capable of signing the Official Withdrawal form, the college dean/campus
executive officer may sign on behalf of the student.
University physicians
have the option of placing registration holds on students withdrawing for medical
reasons. This hold will require that the student consult with University
physicians before a re-enrollment request will be approved.
Summer Only Withdrawal:
There are two special
conditions associated with a "summer only withdrawal" These
conditions are:
1. Because summer is
not a required period of enrollment, students withdrawing during the summer
continue to be eligible for enrollment during the following fall semester.
(Re-enrollment is not required).
2. First time freshmen
who were first enrolled during the summer of withdrawal invalidate their
admission offer if they withdraw. If the student withdraws and desires to
enroll later, the student must contact the Undergraduate Admissions Office for
a re-evaluation of the offer of admission.
Military Duty
Withdrawal:
Students should contact
the campus Registrar and present a copy of the military orders. An Official
Withdrawal form will be signed by the student and the campus Registrar. The
reason cited on the form will be "Military."
If timing does not
permit an initial presentation of the military orders, the student may initiate
the withdrawal by providing a formal request in writing, personally signed, and
sent to the University Registrar, 114 Shields Building, University Park, PA
16802; or by FAX to 814-863-1929. A copy of the military orders must also be
provided.
The University
Registrar will initiate the withdrawal action on behalf of the student. In
addition to the various offices normally notified by the withdrawal action, the
Fee Assessor will be specifically notified.
The Office of Student
Aid will review eligibility for aid funds already received by the student.
Students will be evaluated and advised on the status of their financial aid
based on the date of their withdrawal. Students will also be advised of actions
required to defer loan(s) repayments based on active military duty.
Students with a
"military withdrawal" will not be charged tuition for the semester of
withdrawal. They will be charged a housing assessment to cover expenses already
incurred. Unused meal plan points will be refunded. No refunds can be made
until the University has received a copy of the military orders calling the
student to active duty.
At the time the student
is discharged from military service or is placed on inactive duty, the student
is eligible for "military re-enrollment " to the University, assuring
the student direct access to the same major and location as was assigned at the
time of withdrawal. Students are eligible to advance register for courses at
the time of re-enrollment to the University. The re-enrollment fee is waived
for "military re-enrollment."
Questions by students
during military absence regarding their status or procedures for re-entry into
the University can be directed to the Veterans Program Office.
Approved: ACUI (4-29-76)
Revised: ACUI (4-13-78)
Revised: ACUI (4-8-82)
Revised ACUI (1-17-85
Revised: ACUI (3-25-85)
Revised: ACAS (5-8-87)
Revised: ACUE (4-3-97)
Revised: Editorial (9-29-00)
Revised: Editorial (11-1-07)
Senate Policy:
56-30, Withdrawal
J-2: LEAVE OF ABSENCE
Senate Policy:
56-70, Leave of Absence
Procedure:
1. Only students who
are baccalaureate, associate, or medical doctorate degree candidates may file
for a leave of absence. A student desiring to take a leave of absence must
obtain on a Leave of Absence form the approval of the student's college dean,
campus chief academic officer, the Director of the Division of Undergraduate
Studies, or designee, whichever is appropriate.
2. If the leave is
approved by the dean/academic officer/director/designee, the leave is entered, and the
form retained in that office. The deadline for filing is the last working day
prior to the first day of classes for the semester/session that the leave will
begin. Leaves are not required for summer session only.
3. Normally, leaves for
undergraduate students are not approved for a period longer than one year.
Under special circumstances (e.g. military deployment), a leave of absence may
be approved to a maximum of five years. Leaves for medical students may be
approved for a maximum of two years.
4. A student who has
withdrawn as a degree candidate is not eligible for a leave of absence. A
student who has been dropped or dismissed from the University is not eligible
for leave of absence.
5. A student who
fulfills the conditions of an approved leave of absence may register upon
return without applying for re-enrollment. The student registers for the
returning semester according to the schedule established for that semester.
6. Except in the case
of military deployment, if a student desires to return earlier or later than
the semester agreed upon on the leave of absence form as the "returning
semester," the student must make application for re-enrollment as a degree
candidate. Students on military leave of absence should contact the Registrar's
Office when they are ready to return.
7. A student who plans
to enroll for course work at another accredited institution during a leave of
absence should review program plans with the student's academic adviser and the
Undergraduate Admissions Office to verify the eligibility for receiving credit.
8. Before commencing a
leave of absence, a student is responsible for notifying other appropriate
offices, such as the Office of Student Aid.
Senate Policy:
56-70, Leave of Absence
Approved: ACUI (4-29-76)
Revised: ACUI (4-8-82)
Revised: ACAS (4-8-88)
Revised: ACUE (6-6-96)
Revised: Editorial (9-5-08)
Revised: ACUE (5-7-09)
Revised: Editorial (1-20-10)
C-2: REGISTRATION
Senate Policy:
34-23, Registration
Senate Policy:
34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy:
34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy:
34-89, Course Drop
Principles Related to
the Registration Process
1. Registration System
One registration system
registers all students at all locations for credit courses offered through the
resident instruction, continuing education, and World Campus delivery systems.
Non-credit courses follow different registration procedures.
The campus Registrar is
responsible for providing semester-by-semester registration instructions to
students, advisers, faculty, and staff. Registration instructions are published
no later than the publication of the initial Schedule of Courses.
The registration
process is continuous in nature. Each student is assigned a "first date to
register. " Starting with this first date, the student may initially
register and subsequently adjust the registration as appropriate and necessary.
The fundamental goal of this process is to finalize course registrations before
the first day of the semester.
Students may register
for courses using the following options:
·
Using
the eLion system
·
In-person
registration at the campus Registrar's office, academic department offices,
advising center, or continuing education office.
2. Incomplete and Complete Registrations
Students begin the
registration process by meeting with their academic adviser and scheduling
courses. Registration is completed when the student has paid the appropriate
tuition and fees.
Students who have
registered for courses receive a statement of tuition and fees from the
Bursar's office. This statement includes the amount due as well as possible
credits resulting from applicable scholarships, loans, grants, and other forms
of financial assistance. In some cases, because of possible financial credits,
a student may not be required to make payment to the University. In other
cases, a student may be due a refund from the University. In all cases,
regardless of amount due, student action is required to complete the
registration process.
Failure to complete the
registration process by payment of tuition and fees may result in any or all of
the following actions:
·
The
University will not provide grades for courses attended.
·
Once
classes begin, students cannot add, late add, or late drop courses for the
current semester if their tuition and fees have not been paid.
·
Students
are ineligible to register for future semesters.
·
Students
receiving student loans may enter repayment status with their lenders.
·
Students
receiving student aid may have some of their aid sources cancelled.
·
Students
receiving Federal Work-Study awards cannot be hired.
·
International
students may be out of compliance with SEVIS.
Campus Registrars are
responsible for contacting students who have failed to complete the
registration process. If a student is earnestly seeking to finalize payment,
campus Registrars may allow the student to remain in an incomplete registration
status. The campus Registrar has the authority to cancel the incomplete
registration of any student.
3. Registration Holds
Authorized University
offices may place a hold on a student's record that will prevent registration.
Because of the seriousness of this action, the office placing the hold is
required to notify the student. Holds are placed because of:
·
Academic
issues--placed and removed by college deans' offices;
·
Financial
issues--placed and removed by offices such as Parking, Library, Bursar;
·
Disciplinary
issues--placed and removed by Student Affairs;
·
Health
issues--placed and removed by the Health Center;
·
Administrative
issues--placed and removed by the University Registrar.
4. Credit Limitations
Students are not
permitted to register for more than 19 credits prior to the first day of the
semester. After consultation with their academic adviser, students may register
for more than 19 credits during the first ten calendar days of the semester.
5. Registration
Calendar
The campus Registrar is
responsible for developing a registration calendar for each semester.
Consultation should occur among those campus Registrars at campuses where
students typically enroll at multiple locations.
The registration calendar
is prioritized according to the following scheme:
a.
Students
with priority needs (authorized categories include honor students, students
with disabilities, and student athletes);
b.
Graduate
degree students;
c.
Undergraduate
degree students (descending order of total credits completed plus currently
enrolled credits);
d.
Provisional
and nondegree students (register on a space-available basis).
The process for
determining priority needs categories of students is as follows:
1) Requests for priority
registration shall be endorsed by a university dean or delegate.
2) Requests for priority registration shall be in writing and submitted to the
University Registrar.
3) The request shall specify:
a. the group of students for
whom priority registration is requested,
b. the rationale for priority registration status and how the request meets the
criteria guidelines (see below),
c. the number of students in the group,
d. the requested time frame for implementation.
4) The University Registrar will
bring new requests to the Admissions, Records, Scheduling and Student Aid
(ARSSA) Committee of the Faculty Senate for review.
5) The requestor, or designee, will come to present their request to ARSSA at a
regularly scheduled committee meeting.
6) ARSSA will deliberate in closed session, make a determination, and notify
the requestor of the decision.
7) Guiding principles used in considering requests:
a. Compelling Scheduling Need -
some factor of the group restricts the times that the group may take classes.
b. Overall benefits outweigh detriment to the university community at large.
8) The ARSSA Committee shall
report annually to the Faculty Senate on the status of Priority Registration.
6. Late Registration
The registration
process is to be completed before the first day of the semester. Late
registration is defined as a first-time course registration on or after the
first day of the semester. The student pays a fee for the privilege of
registering late. Students registering late receive a bill from the Bursar's
office which displays the date when payment is expected to avoid late payment
fees. A student's registration is considered incomplete until the tuition and
fees are paid. Students in an incomplete registration status may not add
courses, but are permitted to drop courses.
7. Registration
Adjustments--Before the First Day of the Semester
After the initial
registration, students may adjust their course registration as appropriate and
necessary using any of the methods available for registration.
8. Registration Adjustments--First
Ten Days of the Semester
Once the semester
begins, students must have completed the registration process in order to add
courses. Students with an incomplete registration are not permitted to add
courses. Regardless of registration status, students are permitted to drop
courses. The student may make these changes using any of the methods available
for registration.
A proportionate length of time
is provided for summer session courses.
9. Registration Adjustments--After the Tenth Day of the Semester
Adding a course after
the tenth day of the semester is a Late Add and requires approval of the course
instructor. Students requesting a Late Add should be carefully advised and
cautioned regarding missed work. Late Adds must be processed in person at the
campus Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office. A $6.00 processing fee is charged for a Late Add.
Dropping a course after
the tenth day of the semester and through the end of the twelfth week of the
semester is a Late Drop. For courses offered for less than a full semester, the
late drop period ends after 80% of the course has been completed. Students
requesting a Late Drop should be carefully advised and cautioned regarding the
potential impact of delaying normal progress towards graduation, possible loss
of some forms of student aid, and likely ineligibility of coverage on parental
insurance policies. Late Drops must be processed in person at the campus
Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office, or using the eLion system. A $6.00 processing fee
is charged for a Late Drop.
Students who have not
completed the registration process by payment of tuition and fees are not
permitted to Late Add nor Late Drop courses.
The time periods for
Late Add and Late Drop are pro rated for courses offered for other than a
fifteen-week semester calendar.
All Late Drops are
subject to the credit limitations established by University Faculty Senate
policy. If a provisional or nondegree student becomes a degree candidate, the
Late Drop credits used while in provisional or nondegree status are carried
forward to the degree program status. If a baccalaureate or associate degree
candidate becomes a nondegree student, the Late Drop credits used while in
degree candidacy count in the total Late Drop credits available to the
nondegree student.
10. Limitation of
Retroactive Registration
After the last class day of the semester, registration for that semester is
closed. After this date, requests to complete a previously initiated
registration are subject to administrative review and may be denied.
Retroactive registration is only available for courses for which the student
was scheduled during the semester. In other words, this process cannot be used
to add courses to the student's schedule after the semester ends.
Requests for
retroactive registration must be initiated by the end of the 9th month
following the end of the semester for which retroactive registration is being
requested.
If the retroactive
registration request is approved:
• Semester tuition and fees will be charged at the
current rates effective with the date on which the retroactive registration
request was initiated.
• Full payment of tuition and fees is required
before the retroactive registration is recorded. Full payment must be made
within one month of approval.
• All previously scheduled courses will be
recorded. Courses may not be added or dropped from the student's schedule.
• The Registrar's office will contact the course
instructor(s) to seek final grades. In the event that a grade for a course
cannot be obtained from the instructor, the instructor's department head will
provide the grade.
11. Administrative
Course Cancellation
The Administrative
Course Cancellation procedure is available to correct errors. It is not to be
used as an alternative to normal registration procedures.
If a student identifies
a course for which registration was not intended, the student must contact the
department offering the course. The department staff will initiate an
Administrative Course Cancellation form and ask the student to sign the
request. The department staff forward the form to the course instructor. If the
instructor has no evidence that the student participated in the course and
makes this declaration of non-participation by signing the form, the form is
returned to the department office, for forwarding to the campus Registrar's
office. The campus Registrar will remove the course from the student's academic
record. This procedure is available one semester beyond the semester in which
the error occurred. After this time, the Faculty Senate must act on the course
cancellation request.
12. Multiple Campus
Registration
Each student is
assigned a home campus at which the student must be registered.
Students who are part
of a multi-campus college are expected to first register at their home campus;
they may then register at any campus within the college without special
permission or restriction.
Students who are not
part of a multi-campus college first register for courses offered by their home
campus. Permission is required for registration at any other campus. Permission
is granted by the college dean or academic department offering the course and
processed by the campus Registrar. At least one half of the student's total
semester credits must be from courses offered by the home campus.
13. Section Changes
A section change is an
administrative change to a student's registration that results in moving a
student from one section of a course to another. Section changes may not be
initiated directly by the student using eLion. All section changes must be
processed by a Penn State staff member using ISIS screens ARURD or ARURG.
Section changes may be
processed through the last day of classes. When processing a section change,
there is no impact on late drop credits nor are late drop/add fees applicable.
Revised: ACUE (3-4-99)
Revised: Editorial (9-29-00)
Revised: ACUE (4-7-05)
Revised: ACUE (6-7-07)
Revised: Editorial (11-1-07)
Revised: ACUE (6-5-08)
Revised: Editorial (1-28-09)
Revised: Editorial (3-25-09)
Senate Policy:
34-23, Registration
Senate Policy:
34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy:
34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy:
34-89, Course Drop
P-9: ARTICULATION
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE SCHREYER HONORS COLLEGE AND THE DICKINSON SCHOOL OF LAW
The articulation
agreement, dated October 20, 1998, is intended to provide benefits to both the
Honors College and the Law School by (a) enabling each to attract talented and
accomplished students and, (b) facilitating collaborative faculty work.
This Agreement provides
a process through which students in the Honors College who have completed three-fourths
or more of the course work toward their undergraduate degrees and three years
of resident study can seek early matriculation in the Law School in the
following academic year. Such students would be eligible to receive their
undergraduate degrees after successful completion of the first year of work in
the Law School.
This Agreement also
provides a process for students in the Honors College to obtain an early
commitment of admission to the Law School for matriculation in the academic
year immediately following the year in which the students receive their
undergraduate degrees.
Finally, this Agreement
expresses an understanding that Law School faculty and faculty associated with
the Honors College will collaborate in pre-law counseling of students in the
Honors College, thesis or independent study advising for Law School and Honors
College students, and will be encouraged to undertake other joint teaching,
research, or service activities.
1. Eligibility to apply
for early matriculation in the Law School.
Students in the Honors
College who:
(i) are in their third year in residence in the Honors
College; and,
(ii) anticipate completing three-fourths of the
requirements toward the undergraduate degree and the requirements for their
major by the end of their third year; and,
(iii) anticipate graduating with Honors by completing
all Honors College requirements, including an Honors Thesis; and,
(iv) have taken the LSAT test in October or February of
their third year; and,
(v) are recommended by the dean of the Honors College,
are eligible to apply for admission to the Law School for the following
academic year under the standards and procedures set forth in paragraph 2
below.
A student who meets the
foregoing requirements but does not anticipate completion of the major
requirements by the end of the third year in residence also is eligible to
apply for early matriculation in the Law School but must provide certification
from the student's undergraduate advisor and the dean of the Honors College
that successful completion of one or more courses in the required first-year
curriculum of the Law School will complete and satisfy the student's
undergraduate major requirements.
A student who meets the
foregoing requirements but does not anticipate completion of an Honors Thesis
by the end of the third academic year in residence is eligible to apply for
early matriculation in the Law School on condition that the Honors Thesis be
satisfactorily completed by August 15 next following completion of the
student's third academic year in residence in the Honors College.
2. Eligibility to apply
for early commitment of admission to the Law School.
Students in the Honors
College who satisfy the requirements stated in paragraph 1 above but who (a)
will not complete their major requirements in three years of residence in the
Honors College and (b) will not receive credit toward their major requirements
by completing courses in the required first-year Law School curriculum will not
be eligible for early matriculation in the Law School. Such students are,
however, eligible to apply for an early commitment of admission to the Law
School for matriculation in the Law School in the academic year following
completion of their undergraduate work in the Honors College. In such cases, the
Honors College thesis must be completed by August 15 following completion of
the fourth academic year in residence in the Honors College.
3. Law School early
matriculation application procedures and standards.
Application: Honors College students who are
eligible to apply for early matriculation in the Law School under the terms of
paragraph 1 above must complete an Application for Admission prepared by the
Law School. The Application will include a statement by the applicant that the
applicant intends to complete the program of study for the Juris Doctor at the
Law School.
Admissions
standards:
Applicants for early matriculation should have:
(i) a cumulative grade
point average of 3.50 or better at the end of five semesters of undergraduate
work;
(ii) a superior score
on the LSAT test taken in the third year of undergraduate study;
(iii) letters of
recommendation for early matriculation from (1) the dean of the Honors College,
(2) the undergraduate faculty advisor, and (3) two other members of the Penn
State faculty who are familiar with the applicant's academic work, describing
the applicant's intellectual strengths and weaknesses, writing and
communications skills and social and academic maturity. The letter from the
dean of the Honors College must attest that the applicant has not been found to
be in violation of any academic or other rules of Penn State applicable to Penn
State undergraduate students generally or to Honors College students
particularly.
Honors College interviews: The Honors College may, in its
discretion, require that such applicants be interviewed and evaluated for early
matriculation to the Law School by an Honors College committee of faculty and
administrators which might include a member of the Law School faculty who is
not a member of the Law School Admissions Committee.
Application deadline:
Completed applications must be presented to the Law School Admissions Committee
no later than March 15 of the applicant's third year in the Honors College;
this requirement, however, may, in special circumstances, be waived by the dean
of the Law School.
Law School
interviews:
Honors College students who have completed applications for early matriculation
to the Law School will be interviewed by the dean of the Law School and by
members of the Law School Admissions Committee.
Admissions
decisions:
Decisions to admit applicants for early matriculation to the Law School will be
made by the Law School Admissions Committee on the basis of an assessment of
the applicant's intellectual capacity, undergraduate record, maturity, and
capacity for success in the Law School. The Law School Admissions Committee
may, in its discretion, give preference to applicants who have completed,
during their undergraduate work (or through advanced placement credit) courses
in American history, American government, macroeconomics, accounting, and/or a
foreign language.
4. Law School early
admissions commitment procedures and standards. The procedures and standards
for early commitment of admission to the Law School are as described in
paragraph 3 above.
5. No prejudice. A
decision not to admit an Honors College student to early matriculation to the
Law School or to make an early commitment of admission to a student will not
prejudice that student's ability to gain admission to the Law School during the
student's fourth year of residence in the Honors College or after completion of
the student's undergraduate program.
6. Pre-Law advising.
Students in the Honors College will be eligible for pre-law advising as
provided by Penn State through the College of the Liberal Arts or otherwise
and, in addition, the dean of the Honors College and the dean of the Law School
shall develop a special program of pre-law advising for Honors College students
in their freshman, sophomore and junior years that will include (i) access to
and presentations by members of the faculties; (ii) presentations by alumni of
the Law School and of Penn State who are knowledgeable about the legal
profession; and, (iii) visits by interested students to the Law School to meet
with faculty and students and to attend classes.
7. Joint
mentoring/preceptorship. Students in the Honors College who declare, by the end
of their third semester in the Honors College, that they are seriously
interested in possible early matriculation to the Law School will, upon their
request, be assigned two mentors or advisors, one of whom will be a member of
the faculty of the student's undergraduate major department and the other of
whom will be a member of the Law Faculty. These mentors will be responsible for
advising about course and program selection, Honors Thesis topics, and will
make every effort to advise the students so as to maximize the students'
chances for both admission to and success in the Law School. Such students also
will be eligible to be paired with a graduate of Penn State or of the Law
School who has practiced law and who will agree to serve as an informal mentor
to the student. Finally, such students will be eligible to use the services of
the Law School, including its Career Services Office, for the purpose of
finding summer employment related to the students' possible legal career goals.
8. Overseas programs of
law study. The Law School operates a summer program of upperclass law study in
Florence, Italy and another similar program conducted in Strasbourg, France,
Brussels, Belgium, and Vienna, Austria. Students in the early matriculation
program will be eligible for participation in these summer programs following
completion of one year at the Law School. The Law School will provide such
students with a complete scholarship (grant-in-aid) plus reasonable travel
costs to one of these programs during that summer.
9. Tuition and
financial aid. Students matriculating in the Law School will pay the then
applicable tuition of the Law School for their work in the Law School. Such
students will be eligible to apply for all Law School need-based and merit
scholarships and for all loan programs otherwise available to students at the Law
School. Students who are early matriculants to the Law School will also be
eligible for AES scholarships (funded by the Honors College) for one year in
addition to Law School funded financial aid. The Law School will provide early
matriculation students with a single room in the Law School dormitories at
normal rental rates. The Law School will give preference to early matriculants
for positions as paid research assistants to members of the law faculty during
their second and third years of enrollment in the Law School.
10. Effectiveness of
Agreement; Periodic review. This Agreement and any amendment thereto will become
effective upon (i) the approval of the Law Faculty; (ii) the approval of the
deans of the Honors College and the Law School; (iii) the approval of Penn
State's Vice Provost and Dean for Undergraduate Education; and, (iv) such other
approvals as may be deemed necessary by Penn State's Provost's Office.
Operation of the Agreement shall be formally reviewed by the deans of the Law
School and the Honors College every three years and such modifications as may
be deemed necessary shall be made from time to time in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement.
11. Exclusivity.
Neither the Honors College nor the Law School shall enter into any similar (law
school) articulation or early matriculation agreement, except the Law School's
current articulation agreement with Dickinson College, and except further that
with the written consent of the Provost of Penn State, the Law School may enter
into similar agreements with other colleges of Penn State and with the honors
program of the University of Delaware.
12. Promotional
brochure. The Law School and the Honors College will jointly develop and share
in the cost of a promotional brochure designed to attract potential freshman
students to enroll in the Honors College. Costs shall be shared as follows: 75%
to be borne by the Honors College and 25% to be borne by the Law School.
Executed this 20th day
of October, 1998
By: Cheryl Achterberg,
Dean
By: Peter G. Glenn,
Dean
Approved by: John A.
Brighton, Executive Vice President and Provost
Interactions between
Schreyer Honors College and other Penn State Colleges
There are to be
discussions between Schreyer Honors College and the degree-granting colleges
concerning: a) whether any majors of the degree awarding college are to be
withheld from participation in this articulation agreement; b) whether
recruitment materials identifying early matriculation opportunities are to
reference majors for which the option is available; and c) agreements on how
program planning and advising for students on three-year, fast-tracks in the
major are to be conducted.
L-6: MINORS - ENTRANCE
AND CERTIFICATION
(Implementation – Fall
2011)
AAPP L-6 was revised
February 3, 2011, and applies only to students graduating in December 2011 or
thereafter. Students who graduate prior to this date are bound to the earlier
L-6 Minor procedures.
Senate Policy:
59-00, Requirements for the Minor
Introduction
The University Faculty Senate amended Policy 59-00 on October 19, 2010, to
read: “Requirements for a minor may be completed at any campus location
offering the specified courses for the minor.” In effect, this makes it
possible for Penn State students to meet the requirements of many of the
University’s minors regardless of their campus of residence. The Senate vote
recognizes several important Penn State curricular principles:
The amended 59-00 also
states that, “Students may not change from a campus that offers their major to
a campus that does not offer their major for the purpose of completing a
minor.” The intent is not to prevent a student from enrolling for a course
necessary for a minor at a campus other than their campus-of-residence. Such
enrollments have always been possible. Rather, the stipulation recognizes the
major as the University’s fundamental educational commitment and the minor as a
secondary complement.
Procedure:
1.
Students
wishing to declare a minor must use eLion unless the minor has a Faculty
Senate-approved entrance requirement, such as an audition or portfolio review,
or carries restrictions necessitated by explicit articulation or licensing
requirements. Under these circumstances, eLion will generate an automatic
message referring the student to the unit with administrative oversight. Upon
approval, the unit will enter the student into the minor on ISIS screen ARUSAN.
If the student has declared a minor, but then terminates degree enrollment, the
minor declaration becomes void. The student must submit a new eLion minor
declaration after receiving degree status through the reenrollment process.
2.
Intent
to pursue a minor may be declared after the student has achieved at least fifth
semester classification, but prior to the end of the late drop period of the
student’s final semester. In those instances where a minor requires an entry fee
or entrance requirement, the student must declare before the end of the regular
add/drop period of their final semester. The fee will be applied to the
student’s semester bill at the time the intent is submitted.
3.
Responsibility
for degree audit substitutions, certification of minor completion, and other
administrative actions for students enrolled at:
o campus colleges rests with the
associate dean or designee at the student’s campus of residence;
o campuses of the University
College rests with the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs or designee, in the
Office of the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses;
o University Park and World Campus
rests with the associate dean or designee in the college in which the student
is enrolled.
4.
During
the seventh week of the student's final semester, the University Registrar will
distribute the list of minor candidates and their degree audits to the office
of the appropriate associate dean or designee.
5.
The
associate dean or designee will certify completion of minor requirements on
each student record by adding an approval indicator on ISIS screen path ARUGB.
6.
The
Office of the University Registrar will prepare a minor certificate for each
approved student. The certificate will include the signatures of the President
of the Board of Trustees, the President of the University, and the Executive
Vice President and Provost of the University. The minor certificate will be
presented to the graduate along with the diploma as long as the minor is approved
on ISIS screen path ARUGB by the end of the 13th week of classes. Certificates
produced for minors approved after this deadline may need to be mailed to the
student.
7.
The
Registrar is responsible for recording on the student's academic record the
successful completion of the minor program at the time the baccalaureate degree
is conferred.
NOTE: A minor may be
awarded retroactively through the following process: The associate dean or
designee certifies that a student has met the requirements for the minor at the
time of graduation and forwards this information to the University Registrar in
writing. The Registrar adds the appropriate notation to the student's
transcript. The certificate for the minor is produced and mailed to the
student.
The following conditions
apply to the retroactive awarding of minors:
Senate Policy:
59-00, Requirements for the Minor
Approved: ACUI (4-7-83)
Revised: ACAS (6-10-88)
Revised: ACAS (9-8-89)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-95)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (1-21-99)
Revised: ACUE (3-2-00)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (1-8-04)
Revised: Editorial (4-9-07)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (6-4-09)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (2-3-11)
P-1: NEW UNDERGRADUATE
DEGREES/MAJORS, OPTIONS, IUGs, AND MINORS; AND CHANGES IN UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAMS/MAJORS, OPTIONS, IUGs, AND MINORS
P-1 proposals are the
basis of Administrative and University Faculty Senate curricular approval and
are used to add or amend undergraduate academic programs, including majors,
options within majors, IUGs, and minors; and to phase out minors.
Academic approval by
the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs is required when colleges wish to
add new majors, options, IUGs, or minors, amend program requirements, drop
programs, or change the name of a major, option, IUG, or minor. See Guidelines
to Curricular Procedures, Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs
(http://www.senate.psu.edu/curriculum_resources/guide/contents.html). (P-3,
rather than P-1 approval, is required to drop an option while otherwise retaining
the program.)
Administrative approval
is required when colleges propose new majors, options, IUGs, and minors or
propose to change the name of existing programs.
Administrative approval
is not required to implement the curricular amendment of majors, options, IUGs,
or minors approved by the Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs.
Implementation of P-1 proposals may occur the first semester following
approval. Students must receive timely notification and will be subject to the
requirements in effect at the time of most recent entrance into the program.
Students may consult with the head of a program or program committee or their
representative to resolve difficulties caused by the curricular change.
P-1 Timeline
• Preliminary
college and disciplinary consultation and consultation between appropriate
campus chancellor(s) and the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses
• Submission of
Prospectus to ACUE by College Associate Dean
• ACUE Prospectus
deliberation and written response to submitting college
• College/Campus
(or colleges and campuses) development of formal proposal, including
appropriate consultation, data collection, and research
• Submission of
P-1 proposal by College Dean to University Faculty Senate
• Senate
Curricular Affairs Committee review
• Senate 30 day
Blue Sheets hold for university-wide comment
• Senate P-1
transmittal to Office of Undergraduate Education for review and approval
• Provost review
of Office of Undergraduate Education action
• Office of
Undergraduate Education memo to implement distributed to appropriate offices
• Office of
Undergraduate Education memo to Board of Trustees informing of program
implementation
• Implementation
the following semester or later
Approved: Provost
Brighton (6-23-98)
Revised:
ACUE (5-3-01)
Revised
Editorial: (4-18-06)
Approved:
ACUE (2-7-08)
Revised:
ACUE (9-2-10)
P-3:
MOVING/DISCONTINUING DEGREE PROGRAMS AMONG COLLEGES AND CAMPUSES
P-3 proposals are
the basis of the administrative review and approval process that enable a
second college or multiple colleges to deliver programs already authorized in
another college; that enable a college to deliver an existing program at an
additional campus within its purview or through the World Campus; that
authorize the closure of a major or minor program in a college or campus so
long as that program will continue to be offered elsewhere at the University;
that authorize dropping an option within a program so long as the program in
which the option was located will continue to be offered; and that, under
extraordinary circumstances, may authorize the delivery of extended degrees.
Note that a P-6 proposal is required to terminate a program when doing so will
completely remove it from the University's offerings. As with P-1 and P-6
proposals, P-3 proposals must be preceded by submission of an ACUE Curricular
Program Prospectus. Following the completion of the prospectus process, a P-3
proposal may be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Education. It must
address all relevant strategic and academic issues, including those outlined in
Academic Administrative Policy P, Section V: Common Program Justification
Criteria.
One or more colleges
may be authorized to offer degree programs. This authorization has sometimes
been referred to as academic program sponsorship or program sponsorship
transfer. The Provost is responsible for administratively authorizing the
moving, sharing, and discontinuance of academic sponsorship of existing degree
programs for all colleges and campuses. The University Faculty Senate does not
take part in this authorization.
Three types of
sharing and transferring of sponsorship may occur:
(1) Joint
sponsorship in which, in addition to the original sponsoring college, one or
more additional colleges also are awarded authority to offer the existing
program. Graduates in these programs belong to and are certified for graduation
by the college in which they are enrolled.
(2) Handoff
sponsorship in which the authority to offer an academic program is transferred
from one college to another. Here, an original sponsoring college withdraws its
academic authority for a program and another college or group of colleges is
awarded authority in its place.
(3) Extended
programs are discussed below.
In every case in
which a program is transferred or shared, every effort must be made to insure
curricular integrity by minimizing the number of core course substitutions at
the newly offering campus or college. Disciplinary communities are nonetheless
encouraged to consider the development of program options beyond the core that
reflect local expertise, student demand, and market need.
Deans retain the
authority to move a degree program within a college without initiating the P-3
process. When such actions are taken, the college must notify the Office of
Undergraduate Education, which will then inform other offices as appropriate.
Extended Programs
There is a third
type of shared program referred to as an "extended degree." Based
upon extraordinary circumstances, such as specialized licensing and/or
accreditation requirements, a single college may offer its programs by extending
their availability to additional campuses. In this arrangement, only the
"extending" college has the authority to award the program degree,
although the degree may be delivered at multiple campuses. A college must
submit a P-3 proposal to the Office of Undergraduate Education that includes
endorsement from both the extending college and the unit(s) at which the extended
degree will be offered.
P-3 Probationary
Period
Four years after a
program has been authorized for delivery by an additional campus/college or
through World Campus through a P-3 process, a program review will be conducted.
The additional location offering the program will provide evidence to the
Office of Undergraduate Education that the following criteria are being
achieved:
1. Adequate faculty
and staff resources exist
2. The program
aligns with university and unit missions
3. Market need and
demand exists to maintain sufficient student enrollments
4. Students are able
to maintain timely academic progress
5. Adequate
equipment, library and information technology resources, clinical and
cooperative arrangements, or other special facilities exist
6. Adequate
financial resources have been established to assure program continuation
7. Assessment data
indicate that students are achieving the program's learning objectives
The provost may,
through the Office of Undergraduate Education, end the P-3 probationary period
by granting joint or handoff program sponsorship status to the unit(s); or the
provost may, based upon an unsatisfactory evaluation of the reviewed criteria,
require the P-3 offering to be phased out; or conditions may be established,
including a limited time period to complete them, that must be met to avoid P-3
program phase out.
The four year review
of extended programs will trigger an additional set of questions and possible
administrative responses. Assuming a positive evaluation of criteria 1-7 above,
a determination will be made as to whether extended status should be
continued or replaced by joint or handoff program sponsorship
status. The decision will be made based upon whether externalities such as
licensing, accreditation rules, or other unique circumstances reasonably
justify a continuation of the extended degree status. The review will
be conducted by the Office of Undergraduate Education in consultation with the
affected units. If the extended status is maintained, the next consideration of
extended status will take place five years hence.
P-3 Timeline
• Preliminary
college and disciplinary consultation and consultation between appropriate
campus chancellor(s) and Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses
• Submission
of prospectus to ACUE by College Associate Dean
• ACUE
Prospectus deliberation and written response to submitting college
• College
development of formal proposal, including appropriate consultation, data
collection, and research
• Submission
of P-3 proposal by College Dean to Office of Undergraduate Education
• Office
of Undergraduate Education review
• Provost
review of Office of Undergraduate Education action
• Office
of Undergraduate Education memo to implement distributed to appropriate offices
• Implementation
the following semester or later
• Year
Four P-3 probationary review
G-9: ACADEMIC
INTEGRITY
Senate Policy:
49-20, Academic Integrity
Recognizing the
importance of academic integrity to the Penn State community, the University
Faculty Senate adopted a new Academic Integrity policy, Spring 2000. The shared
conviction, represented in the procedures that follow, is that academic
integrity is best taught and reinforced by faculty as an element of the
teaching and learning process. Only in the limited instances in which faculty
believe that disciplinary, as well as academic, sanctions are called for should
the process move to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
Each campus or
academic college at University Park, shall interpret and apply Academic
Integrity Procedures consistent with University policy.
Campus or college
Academic Integrity Committees shall maintain guidelines on ranges of
appropriate sanctions for given types of infractions. Academic sanctions range
from a warning to removal from the academic program.
Procedures:
A. When Academic
Misconduct is Suspected:
1. The faculty
member informs the student of the allegation while taking into account the
confidential nature of the information and the goal of maintaining an environment
that supports teaching and learning.
2. When evidence
suggests that academic misconduct has occurred, the faculty member will enter
the charge and the academic sanction on the campus or college’s Academic
Integrity Form, will sign the form, and then convey the charge and sanction to
the student for his or her signature (in person or through other methods if
necessary). [Note: If the student is a member of the Schreyer Honors College,
please refer to Section E for additional clarification.]
3. After reviewing
the allegation of academic misconduct with the student, the faculty member may
provide the student with an additional period of time (determined by the campus
or college procedures) before the student has to make a decision and sign the Academic
Integrity Form as to whether or not to accept the academic sanction. A
student’s failure to sign and return the Academic Integrity Form, by the
specified deadline, consistent with campus or college procedures, will be
construed as not contesting the charge or sanction and the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
4. Normally, it is
preferable to pursue academic sanctions with the campus or college, relying on
the assignment of grades and course or program-related sanctions to support the
learning process, rather than requesting additional University-level disciplinary
sanctions. However, where integrity violations are considered to be extreme,
the faculty member may also opt to pursue a disciplinary action in conjunction
with both the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee and the Office of
Judicial Affairs. A more detailed and comprehensive listing of the types of
academic sanctions faculty may assign to students on the Academic Integrity
Form can be found in the document Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic
Integrity Violations.
5. Throughout the
academic integrity process, the authority to administer academic sanctions
remains the responsibility of the instructor and the campus or college AI
Committee, as appropriate. In situations where a disciplinary sanction is
requested and referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs, the application of
academic sanctions will be carried out by the campus or college, while the
application of any disciplinary sanctions will be carried out by the Office of
Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee, in consultation with the
Academic Integrity Committee of the campus or college.
6. Once a student
has been informed that academic misconduct is suspected, the student may not
drop the course during the adjudication process. The Dean of the College (UP)
and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative is responsible
for notifying the Office of the University Registrar when academic misconduct
is suspected in a course. Any drop or withdrawal from the course during this
time will be reversed. A student who has received an academic sanction as a
result of a violation of academic integrity may not drop or withdraw from the
course at any time. These drop actions include regular drop, late drop,
withdrawal, retroactive late drop and retroactive withdrawal. Any such drop
action of the course will be reversed. This drop policy may be superseded in
exceptional circumstances (i.e. trauma drop). In these cases, the Office of
Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will confer with the Dean of
the College (UP) or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative to
determine if the drop is warranted.
NOTE: The following
statement shall appear on all campus and college Academic Integrity Forms:
"You may not
drop or withdraw from this course to avoid a sanction for a violation of
academic integrity. Any such drop action of the course will be reversed. If,
after notification of a violation of academic integrity, you fail to sign this
form, the academic integrity adjudication process will go forward as defined by
campus or college procedures."
7. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, a student fails to sign the
Academic Integrity Form by the specified deadline, the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
8. The Dean of the
College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative is
responsible for ensuring that the process outlined in this document and the
specific campus or college procedures are followed. If either the student or
the faculty member involved in the instance of alleged academic misconduct
thinks that there has been a procedural problem, then he/she should bring that
concern to the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his
or her representative for resolution.
1. The faculty
member asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity
Form, then forwards the form to the campus or college Academic Integrity
Committee Chair or Coordinator (at University Park) or to the appropriate
designee at other campuses or colleges.
2. In all cases, before
submitting the Academic Integrity Form to the Office of Judicial Affairs for
recording, it is the responsibility of the campus or college to determine
through consultation with Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic
integrity violation(s).
3. If a prior
recorded violation is discovered after the student has admitted responsibility
and accepted the academic sanction(s), this additional information should be
reviewed and a new academic sanction may be considered by the campus or college
Academic Integrity Committee or Coordinator (at University Park) or the
appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges in consultation with the
faculty member. Information concerning prior academic misconduct may not be
used as a basis for judging a student's guilt, but it may be used as a basis
for imposing additional academic sanctions. If the sanction is to be
changed, a new form should be provided to the student and he/she should have
the opportunity to accept or contest the charge given the increase in sanction.
If the student accepts, the academic sanction will be assigned and the case
will be closed and sent to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial
Affairs designee. If the student is a member of the Schreyer Honors College,
the Schreyer Honors College will be notified of the outcome of the case by the
appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or
her representative. [Note: Please refer to Section E for additional
clarification.] If the student chooses to contest, refer to section C. If the
campus or college Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges, in
consultation with the faculty member, wishes to maintain the original sanction,
the case will be closed and sent on to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the
Judicial Affairs designee for record keeping. If the student is a member of the
Schreyer Honors College, the Schreyer Honors College will be notified of the
outcome of the case by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative. [Note: Please refer to
Section E for additional clarification.]
4. Upon final
disposition of the case, the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs
designee will communicate the outcome to the campus or college Academic
Integrity Chair and/or appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative. If the student is a member
of the Schreyer Honors College, the Schreyer Honors College will be notified of
the final disposition by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative. [Note: Please refer to
Section E for additional clarification.]
C. If the Student Does Not Admit Responsibility for an Academic Integrity
Violation:
1. The faculty member asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic
Integrity Form indicating that the charge or sanction(s) is being contested and
then forwards the form to the Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator
(at University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses or
colleges.
2. The campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee will conduct a review in accordance with
their respective procedures.
3. If the student is found responsible for the alleged misconduct by the
Academic Integrity committee, the committee will then be informed if the
student has prior Academic Integrity violations. This information will be
obtained from Judicial Affairs by the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative but not made available to
the Academic Integrity Committee until the determination of responsibility
occurs. With this information, the AI Committee will determine the sanction to
be assigned. If the sanction is only an academic sanction, the Academic
Integrity Committee will assign the final charge and sanction and close the
case. The Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will be
notified of the outcome for record-keeping. If the student is a member of the
Schreyer Honors College, the Schreyer Honors College will be notified of the
final disposition by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative. [Note: Please refer to
Section E for additional clarification.] If the Academic Integrity committee
determines that disciplinary sanctions should be considered, the student is
notified by the College that he/she has been found responsible for the charge,
and that the academic sanction will be put into place. In addition, the
student's case will be referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the
Judicial Affairs designee for consideration of a disciplinary sanction. The
Academic Integrity committee will also send their recommendation for a
disciplinary sanction.
4. When communicating with a student who has been found responsible by an
Academic Integrity Committee and has been recommended for disciplinary
sanctions, the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will
review precedent guidelines, as well as the Academic Integrity Committee's
recommendation, in determining the appropriate disciplinary sanction to assign.
If the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee desires to
reject the disciplinary recommendation, they must consult with the Dean of the
College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative,
which may include the chair of the Academic Integrity Committee.
5. If the student is
found not responsible for the alleged misconduct by the Academic Integrity
committee, the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his
or her representative is responsible for notifying the Office of the University
Registrar that academic misconduct has not occurred in the course. The student
may drop or withdraw from the course at any time.
D. Sanctions:
1. Faculty may
assign a wide range of sanctions to a student found responsible for violating
academic integrity. Most faculty may choose to utilize academic
sanctions (the modification of grades due to misconduct), but when referring
cases to Judicial Affairs, faculty have the option to also recommend a full
range of disciplinary sanctions available to Judicial Affairs such as:
Disciplinary Warning; Disciplinary Probation; Suspension, Indefinite Expulsion
or Expulsion; or the "XF" transcript notation (see: Sanctioning
Guidelines for Academic Integrity Violations and Explanations for Disciplinary
Sanctions).
2. "XF" sanctions are assigned only after consultation with the
instructor, the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee, and Judicial
Affairs. Assigning an "XF" notation to a student’s transcript should
be a rare occurrence and is reserved for the most serious breaches of academic
integrity, which may include repeat misconduct.
3. With any
recommendation to Judicial Affairs for an XF grade, the campus or college
Academic Integrity Committee must include those conditions (if any) under which
it would approve the removal of the "XF" sanction from the
transcript. Judicial Affairs will consider this recommendation when deciding
upon the length of time that the "XF" notation will remain on the
student's transcript. When the conditions (if any) are met for removal of the
"XF", an academic "F" will remain on the transcript. Such
conditions must reflect both the circumstances of the individual case and
consultation among the instructor, the campus or college Academic Integrity
Committee, and the Office of Judicial Affairs.
4. Through the
Judicial Affairs process the student will be able to request a sanction review
for the disciplinary sanction assigned, but not for the academic sanction
assigned. Once the student is found responsible in the process, the academic
sanction recommended by the faculty and/or the Academic Integrity Committee
will be put into place. The only exception occurs when the academic sanction
assigned by the faculty member or the Academic Integrity Committee is a
dismissal from the academic program. On those occasions, students may request a
sanction review from the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor
(campuses) or his or her representative. A student assigned any level of
disciplinary sanction will have the right to request a sanction review from the
Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee.
E. Schreyer Honors College Students:
1. For honors
courses, as with all other courses, the campus or academic college delivering
the course maintains responsibility for reviewing and issuing academic
sanctions and/or referring cases to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
2. When a campus or
college finds a Schreyer Scholar has committed, or has not contested, academic
misconduct, the Schreyer Honors College is notified and will respond through on
internal process that may lead to dismissal from the Schreyer Honors College.
3. The Schreyer
Honors College maintains authority over alleged breaches of academic integrity
for its students in all cases in which the violation concerns Schreyer Honors
College work, such as thesis research, but in which the student is not enrolled
in a course.
F. Students Enrolled in Intercollege Majors or Minors:
G. Students
Enrolled in Other Credit-bearing Activities or Programs:
Students enrolled in
other Penn State credit-bearing academic activities or programs (e.g. World
Campus, Continuing Education, Cooperative Education, internships, study abroad
programs, etc.) are subject to the University Academic Integrity Policy as
implemented by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP), Chancellor (campuses),
or the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses or his or her designee who has
academic responsibility for the program, course or activity.
H. Record
Keeping:
1. The appropriate
Dean of the College (UP), Chancellor (campuses), or the Vice President for
Commonwealth Campuses or his or her designee is responsible for forming
Academic Integrity Committees and seeing that students and faculty have ready
access to such bodies. They are also responsible for seeing that all cases are
reported to Judicial Affairs. The specific information reported to Judicial
Affairs should include: a) a copy of the signed Academic Integrity Form, and b)
other supporting documents that were established or reviewed while managing the
case.
2. Judicial Affairs
alone is responsible for the central record keeping and disclosing of student
disciplinary records at the University, including academic dishonesty cases.
Judicial Affairs will disclose student disciplinary records of academic
dishonesty to third parties when those records include University-level
disciplinary sanctions assigned by the Office of Judicial Affairs or Judicial
Affairs designee. The Office of Judicial Affairs will disclose student
discipline record information to third parties in accordance with federal law
(FERPA) and the University policy on managing Student Discipline Records
(http://www.sa.psu.edu/ja/studentdisciplinaryrecords.shtml).
Approved: ACUI
(1-5-78)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUI (3-29-84)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-00)
Revised: ACUE (7-5-01)
Revised: ACUE (1-8-04)
Revised: ACUE (9-1-05)
Revised: ACUE (11-3-05)
Revised: ACUE (5-1-08)
Revised: ACUE (1-8-09)
Revised: Editorial (4-29-10)
Senate Policy:
49-20, Academic Integrity
G-9: ACADEMIC INTEGRITY
Senate Policy:
49-20, Academic Integrity
Recognizing the
importance of academic integrity to the Penn State community, the University
Faculty Senate adopted a new Academic Integrity policy, Spring 2000. The shared
conviction, represented in the procedures that follow, is that academic
integrity is best taught and reinforced by faculty as an element of the
teaching and learning process. Only in the limited instances in which faculty
believe that disciplinary, as well as academic, sanctions are called for should
the process move to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
Each campus or
academic college at University Park, shall interpret and apply Academic
Integrity Procedures consistent with University policy.
Campus or college
Academic Integrity Committees shall maintain guidelines on ranges of
appropriate sanctions for given types of infractions. Academic sanctions range
from a warning to removal from the academic program.
Procedures:
A. When Academic
Misconduct is Suspected:
1. The faculty
member informs the student of the allegation while taking into account the
confidential nature of the information and the goal of maintaining an
environment that supports teaching and learning.
2. When evidence
suggests that academic misconduct has occurred, the faculty member will enter
the charge and the academic sanction on the campus or college’s Academic
Integrity Form, will sign the form, and then convey the charge and sanction to
the student for his or her signature (in person or through other methods if
necessary). [Note: If the student is a member of the Schreyer Honors College,
please refer to Section E for additional clarification.]
3. After reviewing
the allegation of academic misconduct with the student, the faculty member may
provide the student with an additional period of time (determined by the campus
or college procedures) before the student has to make a decision and sign the
Academic Integrity Form as to whether or not to accept the academic sanction. A
student’s failure to sign and return the Academic Integrity Form, by the
specified deadline, consistent with campus or college procedures, will be
construed as not contesting the charge or sanction and the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
4. Normally, it is
preferable to pursue academic sanctions with the campus or college, relying on
the assignment of grades and course or program-related sanctions to support the
learning process, rather than requesting additional University-level disciplinary
sanctions. However, where integrity violations are considered to be extreme,
the faculty member may also opt to pursue a disciplinary action in conjunction
with both the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee and the Office of
Judicial Affairs. A more detailed and comprehensive listing of the types of
academic sanctions faculty may assign to students on the Academic Integrity
Form can be found in the document Sanctioning Guidelines for Academic
Integrity Violations.
5. Throughout the
academic integrity process, the authority to administer academic sanctions
remains the responsibility of the instructor and the campus or college AI
Committee, as appropriate. In situations where a disciplinary sanction is
requested and referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs, the application of
academic sanctions will be carried out by the campus or college, while the
application of any disciplinary sanctions will be carried out by the Office of
Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee, in consultation with the
Academic Integrity Committee of the campus or college.
6. Once a student
has been informed that academic misconduct is suspected, the student may not
drop the course during the adjudication process. The Dean of the College (UP)
and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative is responsible
for notifying the Office of the University Registrar when academic misconduct
is suspected in a course. Any drop or withdrawal from the course during this
time will be reversed. A student who has received an academic sanction as a
result of a violation of academic integrity may not drop or withdraw from the
course at any time. These drop actions include regular drop, late drop,
withdrawal, retroactive late drop and retroactive withdrawal. Any such drop
action of the course will be reversed. This drop policy may be superseded in
exceptional circumstances (i.e. trauma drop). In these cases, the Office of
Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will confer with the Dean of
the College (UP) or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative to
determine if the drop is warranted.
In the case of a
student who has dropped or withdrawn from a course before notification of an
alleged academic integrity violation, the adjudication process can still go
forward and a record of violation created, if appropriate. In such a
case, the Dean of the College (UP) or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her
representative, in consultation with the instructor of the course, will confirm
that the student is notified of the alleged violation and proceed in accordance
with the campus or college procedure.
NOTE: The following
statement shall appear on all campus and college Academic Integrity Forms:
"You may not
drop or withdraw from this course until this academic integrity case is
resolved and you are not found responsible. Any such drop action of the course
will be reversed. If, after notification of a violation of academic integrity,
you fail to sign this form, the academic integrity adjudication process will go
forward as defined by campus or college procedures."
7. If, after
notification of a violation of academic integrity, a student fails to sign the
Academic Integrity Form by the specified deadline, the adjudication process
will go forward as defined by campus or college procedures.
8. Depending on the
campus or college procedures, the final decision on a sanction may differ from
the sanction recommended by the faculty member regardless of whether or not the
student accepts responsibility for the violation. For this reason, a
student who has been notified of an alleged academic integrity violation should
continue to attend classes and meet course requirements during the adjudication
process. If the student chooses not to attend class or fulfill course
expectations while the College completes its review of the academic integrity
case, he or she agrees implicitly with the sanctions recommended by the faculty
member and will receive their grade as appropriate. The imposed sanction
will be communicated in writing to the student by the Dean of the College (UP)
and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative upon conclusion
of the review.
9. The Dean of the
College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative is
responsible for ensuring that the process outlined in this document and the
specific campus or college procedures are followed. If either the student or
the faculty member involved in the instance of alleged academic misconduct
thinks that there has been a procedural problem, then he/she should bring that
concern to the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his
or her representative for resolution.
1. The faculty
member asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic Integrity
Form, then forwards the form to the campus or college Academic Integrity
Committee Chair or Coordinator (at University Park) or to the appropriate
designee at other campuses or colleges.
2. In all cases,
before submitting the Academic Integrity Form to the Office of Judicial Affairs
for recording, it is the responsibility of the campus or college to determine through
consultation with Judicial Affairs if the student has prior academic integrity
violation(s).
3. If a prior
recorded violation is discovered after the student has admitted responsibility
and accepted the academic sanction(s), this additional information should be
reviewed and a new academic sanction may be considered by the campus or college
Academic Integrity Committee or Coordinator (at University Park) or the
appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges in consultation with the
faculty member. Information concerning prior academic misconduct may not be
used as a basis for judging a student's guilt, but it may be used as a basis
for imposing additional academic sanctions. If the sanction is to be
changed, a new form should be provided to the student and he/she should have
the opportunity to accept or contest the charge given the increase in sanction.
If the student accepts, the academic sanction will be assigned and the case
will be closed and sent to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial
Affairs designee. If the student is a member of the Schreyer Honors College,
the Schreyer Honors College will be notified of the outcome of the case by the
appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or
her representative. [Note: Please refer to Section E for additional
clarification.] If the student chooses to contest, refer to section C. If the
campus or college Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator (at
University Park) or the appropriate designee at other campuses or colleges, in
consultation with the faculty member, wishes to maintain the original sanction,
the case will be closed and sent on to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the
Judicial Affairs designee for record keeping. If the student is a member of the
Schreyer Honors College, the Schreyer Honors College will be notified of the
outcome of the case by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative. [Note: Please refer to
Section E for additional clarification.]
4. Upon final
disposition of the case, the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs
designee will communicate the outcome to the campus or college Academic
Integrity Chair and/or appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative. If the student is a member
of the Schreyer Honors College, the Schreyer Honors College will be notified of
the final disposition by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative. [Note: Please refer to
Section E for additional clarification.]
C. If the Student Does Not Admit Responsibility for an Academic Integrity
Violation:
1. The faculty member asks the student to sign the campus or college's Academic
Integrity Form indicating that the charge or sanction(s) is being contested and
then forwards the form to the Academic Integrity Committee Chair or Coordinator
(at University Park) or to the appropriate designee at other campuses or
colleges.
2. The campus or
college Academic Integrity Committee will conduct a review in accordance with
their respective procedures.
3. If the student is found responsible for the alleged misconduct by the
Academic Integrity committee, the committee will then be informed if the
student has prior Academic Integrity violations. This information will be
obtained from Judicial Affairs by the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative but not made available to
the Academic Integrity Committee until the determination of responsibility
occurs. With this information, the AI Committee will determine the sanction to
be assigned. If the sanction is only an academic sanction, the Academic
Integrity Committee will assign the final charge and sanction and close the
case. The Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will be
notified of the outcome for record-keeping. If the student is a member of the
Schreyer Honors College, the Schreyer Honors College will be notified of the
final disposition by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP) and/or the
Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative. [Note: Please refer to
Section E for additional clarification.] If the Academic Integrity committee
determines that disciplinary sanctions should be considered, the student is
notified by the College that he/she has been found responsible for the charge,
and that the academic sanction will be put into place. In addition, the
student's case will be referred to the Office of Judicial Affairs or the
Judicial Affairs designee for consideration of a disciplinary sanction. The
Academic Integrity committee will also send their recommendation for a
disciplinary sanction.
4. When communicating with a student who has been found responsible by an
Academic Integrity Committee and has been recommended for disciplinary
sanctions, the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee will
review precedent guidelines, as well as the Academic Integrity Committee's
recommendation, in determining the appropriate disciplinary sanction to assign.
If the Office of Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee desires to
reject the disciplinary recommendation, they must consult with the Dean of the
College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his or her representative,
which may include the chair of the Academic Integrity Committee.
5. If the student is
found not responsible for the alleged misconduct by the Academic Integrity
committee, the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or his
or her representative is responsible for notifying the Office of the University
Registrar that academic misconduct has not occurred in the course. The student
may drop or withdraw from the course at any time.
D. Sanctions:
1. Faculty may
assign a wide range of sanctions to a student found responsible for violating
academic integrity. Most faculty may choose to utilize academic
sanctions (the modification of grades due to misconduct), but when referring
cases to Judicial Affairs, faculty have the option to also recommend a full
range of disciplinary sanctions available to Judicial Affairs such as:
Disciplinary Warning; Disciplinary Probation; Suspension, Indefinite Expulsion
or Expulsion; or the "XF" transcript notation (see: Sanctioning
Guidelines for Academic Integrity Violations and Explanations for Disciplinary
Sanctions).
2. "XF" sanctions are assigned only after consultation with the
instructor, the campus or college Academic Integrity Committee, and Judicial
Affairs. Assigning an "XF" notation to a student’s transcript should
be a rare occurrence and is reserved for the most serious breaches of academic
integrity, which may include repeat misconduct.
3. With any
recommendation to Judicial Affairs for an XF grade, the campus or college
Academic Integrity Committee must include those conditions (if any) under which
it would approve the removal of the "XF" sanction from the
transcript. Judicial Affairs will consider this recommendation when deciding
upon the length of time that the "XF" notation will remain on the
student's transcript. When the conditions (if any) are met for removal of the
"XF", an academic "F" will remain on the transcript. Such
conditions must reflect both the circumstances of the individual case and
consultation among the instructor, the campus or college Academic Integrity
Committee, and the Office of Judicial Affairs.
4. Through the
Judicial Affairs process the student will be able to request a sanction review
for the disciplinary sanction assigned, but not for the academic sanction
assigned. Once the student is found responsible in the process, the academic
sanction recommended by the faculty and/or the Academic Integrity Committee
will be put into place. The only exception occurs when the academic sanction
assigned by the faculty member or the Academic Integrity Committee is a dismissal
from the academic program. On those occasions, students may request a sanction
review from the Dean of the College (UP) and/or the Chancellor (campuses) or
his or her representative. A student assigned any level of disciplinary
sanction will have the right to request a sanction review from the Office of
Judicial Affairs or the Judicial Affairs designee.
E. Schreyer Honors College Students:
1. For honors
courses, as with all other courses, the campus or academic college delivering
the course maintains responsibility for reviewing and issuing academic
sanctions and/or referring cases to the Office of Judicial Affairs.
2. When a campus or
college finds a Schreyer Scholar has committed, or has not contested, academic
misconduct, the Schreyer Honors College is notified and will respond through on
internal process that may lead to dismissal from the Schreyer Honors College.
3. The Schreyer
Honors College maintains authority over alleged breaches of academic integrity
for its students in all cases in which the violation concerns Schreyer Honors
College work, such as thesis research, but in which the student is not enrolled
in a course.
F. Students Enrolled in Intercollege Majors or Minors:
G. Students
Enrolled in Other Credit-bearing Activities or Programs:
Students enrolled in
other Penn State credit-bearing academic activities or programs (e.g. World
Campus, Continuing Education, Cooperative Education, internships, study abroad
programs, etc.) are subject to the University Academic Integrity Policy as
implemented by the appropriate Dean of the College (UP), Chancellor (campuses),
or the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses or his or her designee who has
academic responsibility for the program, course or activity.
H. Record
Keeping:
1. The appropriate
Dean of the College (UP), Chancellor (campuses), or the Vice President for
Commonwealth Campuses or his or her designee is responsible for forming
Academic Integrity Committees and seeing that students and faculty have ready
access to such bodies. They are also responsible for seeing that all cases are
reported to Judicial Affairs. The specific information reported to Judicial
Affairs should include: a) a copy of the signed Academic Integrity Form, and b)
other supporting documents that were established or reviewed while managing the
case.
2. Judicial Affairs
alone is responsible for the central record keeping and disclosing of student
disciplinary records at the University, including academic dishonesty cases.
Judicial Affairs will disclose student disciplinary records of academic
dishonesty to third parties when those records include University-level
disciplinary sanctions assigned by the Office of Judicial Affairs or Judicial
Affairs designee. The Office of Judicial Affairs will disclose student
discipline record information to third parties in accordance with federal law
(FERPA) and the University policy on managing Student Discipline Records
(http://www.sa.psu.edu/ja/studentdisciplinaryrecords.shtml).
Approved: ACUI
(1-5-78)
Revised: ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised: ACUI (3-29-84)
Revised: ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-00)
Revised: ACUE (7-5-01)
Revised: ACUE (1-8-04)
Revised: ACUE (9-1-05)
Revised: ACUE (11-3-05)
Revised: ACUE (5-1-08)
Revised: ACUE (1-8-09)
Revised: Editorial (4-29-10)
Revised: ACUE (1-6-11)
Revised: ACUE (3-3-11)
C-2: REGISTRATION
Senate Policy:
34-23, Registration
Senate Policy:
34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy:
34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy:
34-89, Course Drop
Principles Related
to the Registration Process
1. Registration
System
One registration
system registers all students at all locations for credit courses offered
through the resident instruction, continuing education, and World Campus
delivery systems. Non-credit courses follow different registration procedures.
The campus Registrar
is responsible for providing semester-by-semester registration instructions to
students, advisers, faculty, and staff. Registration instructions are published
no later than the publication of the initial Schedule of Courses.
The registration
process is continuous in nature. Each student is assigned a "first date to
register. " Starting with this first date, the student may initially
register and subsequently adjust the registration as appropriate and necessary.
The fundamental goal of this process is to finalize course registrations before
the first day of the semester.
Students may
register for courses using the following options:
Students begin the
registration process by meeting with their academic adviser and scheduling
courses. Registration is completed when the student has paid the appropriate
tuition and fees.
Students who have
registered for courses receive a statement of tuition and fees from the
Bursar's office. This statement includes the amount due as well as possible
credits resulting from applicable scholarships, loans, grants, and other forms
of financial assistance. In some cases, because of possible financial credits,
a student may not be required to make payment to the University. In other
cases, a student may be due a refund from the University. In all cases,
regardless of amount due, student action is required to complete the
registration process.
Failure to complete
the registration process by payment of tuition and fees may result in any or
all of the following actions:
Campus Registrars
are responsible for contacting students who have failed to complete the
registration process. If a student is earnestly seeking to finalize payment,
campus Registrars may allow the student to remain in an incomplete registration
status. The campus Registrar has the authority to cancel the incomplete
registration of any student.
3. Registration
Holds
Authorized
University offices may place a hold on a student's record that will prevent
registration. Because of the seriousness of this action, the office placing the
hold is required to notify the student. Holds are placed because of:
4. Credit
Limitations
Students are not
permitted to register for more than 19 credits prior to the first day of the
semester. After consultation with their academic adviser, students may register
for more than 19 credits during the first ten calendar days of the semester.
5. Registration
Calendar
The campus Registrar
is responsible for developing a registration calendar for each semester.
Consultation should occur among those campus Registrars at campuses where
students typically enroll at multiple locations.
The registration
calendar is prioritized according to the following scheme:
The process for
determining priority needs categories of students is as follows:
6. Late Registration
Late registration is
defined as registering for the first time on or after the first day of the
semester. A late registration fee, however, is only assessed when late
registration occurs after the end of the regular drop/add period.
7. Registration
Adjustments--Before the First Day of the Semester
After the initial
registration, students may adjust their course registration as appropriate and
necessary using any of the methods available for registration.
8. Registration
Adjustments--First Ten Days of the Semester
Once the semester
begins, students must have completed the registration process in order to add
courses. Students with an incomplete registration are not permitted to add
courses. Regardless of registration status, students are permitted to drop
courses. The student may make these changes using any of the methods available
for registration.
9. Registration Adjustments--After the Tenth Day of the Semester
Adding a course
after the tenth day of the semester is a Late Add and requires approval of the
course instructor. Students requesting a Late Add should be carefully advised
and cautioned regarding missed work. Late Adds must be processed in person at
the campus Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers,
or continuing education office. A $6.00 processing fee is charged for a Late
Add.
Dropping a course
after the tenth day of the semester and through the end of the twelfth week of
the semester is a Late Drop. For courses offered for less than a full semester,
the late drop period ends after 80% of the course has been completed. Students
requesting a Late Drop should be carefully advised and cautioned regarding the
potential impact of delaying normal progress towards graduation, possible loss
of some forms of student aid, and likely ineligibility of coverage on parental
insurance policies. Late Drops must be processed in person at the campus
Registrar's office, academic department offices, advising centers, or
continuing education office, or using the eLion system. A $6.00 processing fee
is charged for a Late Drop.
Students who have
not completed the registration process by payment of tuition and fees are not
permitted to Late Add nor Late Drop courses.
The time periods for
Late Add and Late Drop are pro rated for courses offered for other than a
fifteen-week semester calendar.
All Late Drops are
subject to the credit limitations established by University Faculty Senate
policy. If a provisional or nondegree student becomes a degree candidate, the
Late Drop credits used while in provisional or nondegree status are carried
forward to the degree program status. If a baccalaureate or associate degree
candidate becomes a nondegree student, the Late Drop credits used while in
degree candidacy count in the total Late Drop credits available to the
nondegree student.
10. Limitation of
Retroactive Registration
After the last class day of the semester, registration for that semester is
closed. After this date, requests to complete a previously initiated
registration are subject to administrative review and may be denied.
Retroactive registration is only available for courses for which the student
was scheduled during the semester. In other words, this process cannot be used
to add courses to the student's schedule after the semester ends.
Requests for
retroactive registration must be initiated by the end of the 9th month
following the end of the semester for which retroactive registration is being
requested.
If the retroactive
registration request is approved:
• Semester tuition and fees will be charged at
the current rates effective with the date on which the retroactive registration
request was initiated.
• Full payment of tuition and fees is required
before the retroactive registration is recorded. Full payment must be made
within one month of approval.
• All previously scheduled courses will be
recorded. Courses may not be added or dropped from the student's schedule.
• The Registrar's office will contact the
course instructor(s) to seek final grades. In the event that a grade for a
course cannot be obtained from the instructor, the instructor's department head
will provide the grade.
11. Administrative
Course Cancellation
The Administrative
Course Cancellation procedure is available to correct errors. It is not to be
used as an alternative to normal registration procedures.
If a student
identifies a course for which registration was not intended, the student must
contact the department offering the course. The department staff will initiate
an Administrative Course Cancellation form and ask the student to sign the
request. The department staff forward the form to the course instructor. If the
instructor has no evidence that the student participated in the course and
makes this declaration of non-participation by signing the form, the form is
returned to the department office, for forwarding to the campus Registrar's
office. The campus Registrar will remove the course from the student's academic
record. This procedure is available one semester beyond the semester in which
the error occurred. After this time, the Faculty Senate must act on the course
cancellation request.
12. Multiple Campus
Registration
Each student is
assigned a home campus at which the student must be registered.
Students who are
part of a multi-campus college are expected to first register at their home
campus; they may then register at any campus within the college without special
permission or restriction.
Students who are not
part of a multi-campus college first register for courses offered by their home
campus. Permission is required for registration at any other campus. Permission
is granted by the college dean or academic department offering the course and
processed by the campus Registrar. At least one half of the student's total semester
credits must be from courses offered by the home campus.
13. Section Changes
A section change is
an administrative change to a student's registration that results in moving a
student from one section of a course to another. Section changes may not be
initiated directly by the student using eLion. All section changes must be
processed by a Penn State staff member using ISIS screens ARURD or ARURG.
Section changes may
be processed through the last day of classes. When processing a section change,
there is no impact on late drop credits nor are late drop/add fees applicable.
Senate Policy:
34-23, Registration
Senate Policy:
34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy:
34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy:
34-89, Course Drop
L-6: MINORS -
ENTRANCE AND CERTIFICATION
(Implementation –
Fall 2011)
AAPP L-6 was revised
February 3, 2011, and applies only to students graduating in December 2011 or
thereafter. Students who graduate prior to this date are bound to the earlier
L-6 Minor procedures.
Senate Policy:
59-00, Requirements for the Minor
Introduction
The University Faculty Senate amended Policy 59-00 on October 19, 2010, to
read: “Requirements for a minor may be completed at any campus location
offering the specified courses for the minor.” In effect, this makes it
possible for Penn State students to meet the requirements of many of the
University’s minors regardless of their campus of residence. The Senate vote
recognizes several important Penn State curricular principles:
The amended 59-00
also states that, “Students may not change from a campus that offers their
major to a campus that does not offer their major for the purpose of completing
a minor.” The intent is not to prevent a student from enrolling for a course
necessary for a minor at a campus other than their campus-of-residence. Such
enrollments have always been possible. Rather, the stipulation recognizes the
major as the University’s fundamental educational commitment and the minor as a
secondary complement.
Procedure:
NOTE: A minor may be
awarded retroactively through the following process: The associate dean or
designee certifies that a student has met the requirements for the minor at the
time of graduation and forwards this information to the University Registrar in
writing. The Registrar adds the appropriate notation to the student's
transcript. The certificate for the minor is produced and mailed to the
student.
The following
conditions apply to the retroactive awarding of minors:
Senate Policy:
59-00, Requirements for the Minor
Approved: ACUI (4-7-83)
Revised: ACAS (6-10-88)
Revised: ACAS (9-8-89)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-95)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (1-21-99)
Revised: ACUE (3-2-00)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (1-8-04)
Revised: Editorial (4-9-07)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (6-4-09)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (2-3-11)
Revised: ACUE (5-5-11)
L-2: DEGREE CHECKING
Baccalaureate and
Associate Degree Graduation Requirement Review
1. Students who
expect to graduate at the end of the semester should inform the Registrar of
their intent to graduate through the eLion 'Graduating this Semester'
application for that semester.
2. Tentative
graduation approval indicators will automatically be entered on the student's
record by the eLion 'Graduating this Semester' application and be displayed on
ISIS screens ARUGU and ARUGA.
3. Each semester, a
degree audit for each student who indicated the intent to graduate (i.e., those
who have informed the Registrar of an intent to graduate through the eLion
'Graduating this Semester' application) is produced by the Registrar's office
and will be available to college deans through eDDS (eDocument Distribution
System).
4. Beginning with
the fourth week* of the semester, the Registrar's office provides each college
with a bi-weekly report of students who appear unable to meet the University
graduation requirements for that semester. Beginning with the twelfth week*,
reports that identify the students with potential graduation problems will be
forwarded to colleges on a weekly basis. Additional reports, listing students
with failing and incomplete grades for the graduation semester, will also be
provided to the colleges.
5. It is the
college's responsibility to address all the problems identified by the reports,
either by resolving them, or by removing the student from the graduation list.
To do so, the college must work in collaboration with the student's major
department, regardless of the student's location or registration status. If,
after review of the problems reports, it is determined that a student is to be
removed from the graduation list, the removal will be made by the college using
ISIS screen ARUGU, and the student's major department or college will notify
the student.
6. The Registrar's Office
is responsible for verifying the following graduation requirements:
Students with less
than a 2.00 cumulative grade point average, with ongoing DF or NG grades, or
with fewer than the minimum total number of credits required for the degree are
ineligible to graduate and must be removed from the graduation list. The
University Faculty Senate may approve exceptions, but any approved exceptions
must be forwarded, in writing, to the college and to the Registrar's office no later
than 3:00 PM on the final grade date shown on ISIS screen AMMU. Students with
unresolved graduation problems by the deadline will be removed from the
graduation list by the Registrar's office using ISIS screen ARUGI, and the
student's college(s) will be notified. The college will then notify the student
of the removal.
7. The college, in
collaboration with the student's major department, is responsible for verifying
the following graduation requirements:
Students who have
not met the above requirements are ineligible to graduate and must be removed
from the graduation list by the college, unless the college has approved and
recorded exceptions. Beginning five days prior to the final grade date shown on
ISIS screen AMMU, colleges must remove ineligible students from the graduation
list using ISIS screen ARUGU, electronically notify the Registrar's Office of
the removal, and notify the student of the removal. All students who are
ineligible for graduation must be removed from the list using ARUGU and the
Registrar's office must be notified of the removal by 3:00 PM on the final
grade date shown on screen AMMU.
* Proportionate
times are used for summer session degree checking procedures.
P: CURRICULAR PRINCIPLES
AND PROCEDURES
Preface
Penn State
University's baccalaureate and associate degree programs are offered by its
colleges. Academic program authority may be lodged in a single college
or shared among several. A single program may be offered jointly by several
colleges. Program delivery may be accomplished through traditional
single-college residence-based instruction, joint college and campus
instruction, and World Campus. New technologies, learning assessment, the full
involvement of university-wide disciplinary communities, and increasingly
sophisticated approaches to learning itself encourage an openness to experiment
with delivery protocols and recognition that program outcomes are the primary
basis of formative and summative academic assessment. In all cases, the
University's academic degree programs must receive administrative authorization
granted by the Provost through the Office of Undergraduate Education and by the
University Faculty Senate. The principles, guidelines and procedures that
follow provide the authorization protocols to offer, deliver, and terminate
academic programs.
I. Curricular
Principles and Guidelines
Curricular programs
should reflect disciplinary integrity across all campuses of the University.
Curricular integrity
requires planning and implementation that reflects quality among units with
common curricular interests, regardless of location or delivery mode.
Decisions regarding
undergraduate programs, majors, options, and minors require both academic and
administrative review and approval.
The Vice President
and Dean for Undergraduate Education serves as the Provost's designee and may
review curricular proposals on the Provost's behalf. In this capacity,
the Office of Undergraduate Education is available for curricular consultation
involving programs and may facilitate arbitration among colleges and other
units.
Academic review and
approval is conducted by the faculty through the University Faculty Senate.
Academic review ensures adherence to the University's standards of academic
quality and curricular integrity.
Administrative
review and approval is conducted by the Office of the Provost. Administrative
review ensures consideration and fulfillment of the broader University mission,
enrollment management, local needs, and resource availability and use, as well
as overall academic quality and curricular integrity.
New programs must be
justified by considerations of quality, cost, enrollment, impact upon
availability of senior faculty to engage in lower division instruction, implications
for other programs and courses; program duplication: university, college, and
campus mission; market need and demand; and resource feasibility.
Unique new majors,
minors, and options should be proposed only when the variation from existing
curricula is substantial, and when the program fulfills a demonstrable demand
by students that is likely to continue.
Proposals for
academic programs, program amendments, and program terminations are developed
in consultation with disciplinary communities and administrative units and
reflect strategic as well as academic deliberation.
The initial
intention to develop a program proposal must be shared across the University
utilizing an ACUE Prospectus, a process which must be completed prior to
submission of a P-1, P-3, or P-6 proposal.
All proposals to add
or drop programs must reference common criteria (see below, V: Common
Program Justification Criteria).
The Provost informs
the Board of Trustees when proposals to add or drop programs are authorized.
Administratively authorized new programs, program drops, and changes in the
names of programs are implemented only after the Board of Trustees has been
informed of the curricular action.
The authorization to
implement new and amended programs is issued by the Office of Undergraduate
Education to the dean of the proposing college and disseminated to the
university community, including Undergraduate Admissions, University Registrar,
the Provost, University Faculty Senate, and others.
II. ACUE Curricular
Program Prospectus for New Academic Programs, Delivery of Academic Programs at
Additional Campuses, and Phase-Out of Academic Programs
The Vice President
and Dean for Undergraduate Education facilitates ACUE's consideration of new
academic majors, options, minors, substantial program amendment likely to carry
implications for other colleges or delivery units, program name changes, and
the delivery of existing academic programs at additional campuses during the
pre-proposal germination period. Accordingly, a curricular program
prospectus must precede development and submission of formal P-1 (New
Undergraduate Major, Option or Minor), P-3 (Moving/Discontinuing Degree
Programs), and P-6 (Academic Program Phase-Out) proposals. The curricular
program prospectus process is based upon the 2005 recommendations from the
Joint Committee on Curricular Integrity appointed by the Provost and University
Faculty Senate. The prospectus must identify strategic considerations and
issues of academic quality associated with new program offerings. Prospectuses
initiate effective preliminary consultation within disciplines and across the
breadth of the University utilizing the ACUE membership.
World Campus must be
considered as an additional campus for purposes of P-1, P-3 and P-6 program
proposals and the prospectuses that precede them. Accordingly, a college
offering an existing program that wishes to move the program to World Campus,
or to deliver the program through World Campus as well as through residence
instruction, must treat World Campus as an additional location. As World Campus
is a delivery unit, rather than an independent academic unit, all programs
delivered through the World Campus must be authorized for delivery through an
academic college. P-1, P-3, and P-6 proposals and prospectuses for World Campus
program delivery must be submitted jointly by the authorized college and World
Campus.
The curricular
program prospectus requires three steps:
Step One: The
college associate dean in which the proposed academic program will be housed
must submit a brief curricular program prospectus utilizing the on-line
submission form. The information collected should enable ACUE membership to
engage in a collegial conversation centered on the need for the program,
resource availability, and impact on other academic units across the
University. Unlike a fully developed P-1, P-3, or P-6, the prospectus is intended
to generate early consultation at ACUE and to identify or flesh out issues that
must be addressed in the full P-1, P-3, or P-6 proposal.
Prospectuses
submitted by a college's associate dean a minimum of one week before the next
ACUE meeting will be vetted at that meeting. Arrangements may be made under
extraordinary circumstances for proposals submitted during the summer.
Step Two:
Curricular program prospectuses will be distributed electronically by the
Office of Undergraduate Education to ACUE membership, including the Office of
the University Faculty Senate, prior to each ACUE meeting. ACUE members
should use this opportunity for formative consultation with appropriate
colleagues in their college, across the University, and with the originating
college.
Step Three:
Following discussion of the curricular program prospectus at ACUE, an ACUE
committee consisting of the ACUE chair, the University College associate dean
who serves on ACUE, the chair of the Faculty Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs
and an Office of Undergraduate Education associate dean will review the
prospectus. The ACUE committee may also invite others as appropriate to add
expertise. The ACUE committee will provide a brief recommendation to the
submitting college, taking into consideration the ACUE discussion, curricular
integrity, and strategic university considerations such as physical, fiscal,
and faculty resources.
Upon receipt of the
ACUE recommendations, a full P-1, P-3, or P-6 proposal, including evidence of
consultation and attention to ACUE recommendations, may be submitted to the
University Faculty Senate (P-1, P-6) or to the Office of Undergraduate
Education (P-3) as appropriate. P-1, P-3, and P-6 proposals must include a copy
of the ACUE recommendations.
III. P-1, P-3, P-6
Authority and Expectations
The Provost, as
chief academic officer, maintains authority for the Academic Administrative
Policies and Procedures that govern the undergraduate curriculum and may, in
consultation with faculty, deans, and other appropriate offices, make
exceptions to them.
Colleges and
departments are required to engage in formal consultation when proposing new
(P-1) undergraduate majors, options, and minors; or when moving or
discontinuing degree programs among colleges or college locations, including
World Campus (P-3); and academic program phase-out (P-6).
P-1, P-3, and P-6
proposals from the non-University Park campuses must be submitted by the
appropriate Chancellor to the Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses (VPCC)
for consultation and endorsement prior to their entry into the University
Faculty Senate and Office of the Provost approval paths described elsewhere in
P: Curricular Principles and Procedures. In each case, the VPCC and the
Office of Undergraduate Education will consider relevant academic and strategic
factors, including those listed below in V: Common Program Justification
Criteria.
It is important to
distinguish between program phase-out (P-6), which refers to procedures by
which degree programs are dropped, and department phase-out, the procedures by
which academic departments are discontinued. When proposing the phase-out of a
department, reference should be made to the "Faculty Senate Guidelines for
Review of the Establishment, Reorganization, or Discontinuation of Academic
Organizational Units" (http://www.psu.edu/ufs/guide/reviewacadunits.html).
It is necessary to
complete separate proposals, and to receive separate approvals, to phase out a
program and a department in which it resides. A department may be phased out
without discontinuing programs, which may be moved to alternative departments
or colleges. The P procedures do not pertain to departmental phase-out.
IV. Consultation
Consultation
provides the foundation of disciplinary continuity and scholarship and a basis
for principled collegial faculty governance. Evaluative analyses and
assessments are accepted as contributions toward a common goal of academic
coherence and achievement and do not in and of themselves restrict the
development, alteration, or phasing out of programs.
Consultation should
be conducted via electronic media such as those employing summary e-mail
statements with detailed attachments or web links. It must be possible to
forward attachments and/or links to appropriate colleagues without passwords or
similar limitations.
ACUE deans are the
primary academic conduit among Penn State schools and colleges for purposes of
consultation. A current ACUE roster is maintained by the Office of
Undergraduate Education and is available for purposes of consultation as a
LISTSERVE.
Consultation must
include those likely to have a common interest in a proposed curricular action
and include any faculty group or program that would reasonably and predictably
offer courses or programs that seek academic outcomes similar to the proposed
program. This includes all ACUE deans, academic units within the college in
which the proposal is made, other colleges in which the proposed program/major,
minor, or option is offered or will be offered or will in any way be directly
affected.
Consultative
comments, and responses to them, must be included in proposals sent to the
University Faculty Senate Committee on Curricular Affairs, which will forward
the correspondence with the proposal when it is delivered to the Vice President
and Dean for Undergraduate Education for further review.
Consultation is
conducted with an expectation of timeliness that includes a minimum of ten
business days in which consultative responses may be returned electronically.
Reasonable extensions should be provided at the request of an ACUE dean.
The proposing unit
should respond electronically and in a timely manner to those who have
submitted concerns, objections, or exceptions to proposals.
V. Common
Program Justification Criteria
P-1 and P-3
proposals must include current, localized data and information relevant to
several academic and strategic elements. These include, but may not be limited
to:
1. Relationship of
proposal to university and college mission.
2. Learning quality
indicators such as:
A. On-going availability of a minimum of three or more standing faculty;
B. Program leadership by senior-level faculty;
C. Availability of a standing faculty cohort academically and disciplinarily
aligned with the proposed program;
D. Ability to move student program cohorts through in a timely manner;
E. Impact on the University's preference to utilize, whenever possible,
standing or tenure track senior level faculty in lower division undergraduate
courses;
F. Availability of faculty to deliver currently authorized, as well as new
programs;
G. Availability of a sufficient number of program electives within the
discipline and in supporting area of study;
H. University-wide curricular integrity that includes disciplinary community
engagement and the avoidance of curricular drift;
I. Ability to minimize the need for core course substitutions and explicit
rationale for, and justification of, necessary core substitutions.
4. Impact on Penn
State college and campus enrollments and flow of students among campuses;
5. Market need and
demand documented by current, valid, and reliable evidence;
6. Physical and
fiscal resource availability (please include the official Faculty Senate
costing analysis form as well as other relevant information);
7. Strategic and
academic approval and support demonstrated by the sign-off of the appropriate
chancellor and/or dean;
8. Disciplinary
community and administrative consultation.
VI. Consortium
Program Authorization and Delivery
Programs may arise
on occasion that support hybrid administrative and delivery structures. P-1 and
P-3 processes allow colleges to share authorization to deliver programs and to
award degrees. Under special circumstances involving accreditation, licensing,
or other extraordinary elements, a college that does not have authorization to
award a particular degree may nonetheless deliver the degree curriculum as an
"extended degree program" through the auspices of an authorized Penn
State college.
The organizational
structure of the Commonwealth Campuses and the University College, University
Park, new technology developments in course delivery, and the University's
commitment to viewing Penn State as one university also enable a consortium of
Penn State colleges and/or campuses to integrate faculty, administrative,
fiscal, and physical resources to deliver a single academic program. This
differs from the above examples in that consortium degree authorization and
delivery is based upon the sum of consortium resources across members, rather
than the presence of all necessary elements within a single campus or academic
unit.
Consortium Programs
must meet all the Common Program Justification Criteria detailed in Section V
above. Consortium Programs also generate the need for additional elements of
strategic and academic planning because of the special responsibilities carried
by each unit to contribute to the success of the students and faculty from
beyond any single campus. Toward this end Consortium P-1, P-3 and P-6 proposals
should, in addition to the Common Program Justification Criteria, include (but
may not be limited to):
Additionally, the
Vice President of Commonwealth Campuses, the Vice President and Dean for
Undergraduate Education, and the Provost may, at their individual discretion,
require a memo of understanding with participant sign-off, or a meeting of
principle administrators during the formative and/or review process, to assure
common understandings and expectations.
Approved:
ACUE (9-5-02)
Revised: ACUE (9-2-04, 10-7-04)
Revised: Editorial (10-26-05)
Revised: ACUE (11-3-05)
Revised: ACUE (3-2-06)
Revised: ACUE (7-6-06)
Revised: ACUE (3-1-07)
Revised: ACUE (2-7-08)
Revised: Editorial (2-4-09)
Revised: ACUE (1-7-10)
P-3: MOVING/DISCONTINUING
DEGREE PROGRAMS AMONG COLLEGES AND CAMPUSES
P-3 proposals are
the basis of the administrative review and approval process that enable a
second college or multiple colleges to deliver programs already authorized in
another college; that enable a college to deliver an existing program at an
additional campus within its purview or through the World Campus; that
authorize the closure of a major or minor program in a college or campus so
long as that program will continue to be offered elsewhere at the University;
that authorize dropping an option within a program so long as the program in
which the option was located will continue to be offered; and that, under
extraordinary circumstances, may authorize the delivery of extended degrees.
Note that a P-6 proposal is required to terminate a program when doing so will
completely remove it from the University's offerings. As with P-1 and P-6
proposals, P-3 proposals must be preceded by submission of an ACUE Curricular
Program Prospectus. Following the completion of the prospectus process, a P-3
proposal may be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Education. It must
address all relevant strategic and academic issues, including those outlined in
Academic Administrative Policy P, Section V: Common Program Justification
Criteria.
One or more colleges
may be authorized to offer degree programs. This authorization has sometimes
been referred to as academic program sponsorship or program sponsorship
transfer. The Provost is responsible for administratively authorizing the
moving, sharing, and discontinuance of academic sponsorship of existing degree
programs for all colleges and campuses. The University Faculty Senate does not
take part in this authorization.
Three types of
sharing and transferring of sponsorship may occur:
(1) Joint
sponsorship in which, in addition to the original sponsoring college, one or
more additional colleges also are awarded authority to offer the existing
program. Graduates in these programs belong to and are certified for graduation
by the college in which they are enrolled.
(2) Handoff
sponsorship in which the authority to offer an academic program is transferred
from one college to another. Here, an original sponsoring college withdraws its
academic authority for a program and another college or group of colleges is
awarded authority in its place.
(3) Extended
programs are discussed below.
In every case in
which a program is transferred or shared, every effort must be made to insure
curricular integrity by minimizing the number of core course substitutions at
the newly offering campus or college. Disciplinary communities are nonetheless
encouraged to consider the development of program options beyond the core that
reflect local expertise, student demand, and market need.
Deans retain the
authority to move a degree program within a college without initiating the P-3
process. When such actions are taken, the college must notify the Office of
Undergraduate Education, which will then inform other offices as appropriate.
Extended Programs
There is a third
type of shared program referred to as an "extended degree." Based
upon extraordinary circumstances, such as specialized licensing and/or
accreditation requirements, a single college may offer its programs by extending
their availability to additional campuses. In this arrangement, only the
"extending" college has the authority to award the program degree,
although the degree may be delivered at multiple campuses. A college must
submit a P-3 proposal to the Office of Undergraduate Education that includes
endorsement from both the extending college and the unit(s) at which the
extended degree will be offered.
P-3 Extended Program
Probationary Period
Four years after a
program has been authorized for delivery by an additional campus/college or
through World Campus through a P-3 process, a program review will be conducted.
The review will be conducted by the authorizing college in consultation with the
Office of Undergraduate Education. The review may consist of requests for
evidence, including items 1-7 below, and additional evaluations or data as
necessary. The review may be conducted through site visits, outside
evaluations, or other appropriate means as determined by the authorizing
college in consultation with the Office of Undergraduate Education and the
delivering unit.
The additional
location offering the program will provide evidence to the authorizing college
and to the Office of Undergraduate Education that the following criteria are
being achieved:
1. Adequate faculty
and staff resources exist
2. The program
aligns with university and unit missions
3. Market need and
demand exists to maintain sufficient student enrollments
4. Students are able
to maintain timely academic progress
5. Adequate
equipment, library and information technology resources, clinical and
cooperative arrangements, or other special facilities exist
6. Adequate
financial resources have been established to assure program continuation
7. Assessment data
indicate that students are achieving the program's learning objectives
The provost may,
through the Office of Undergraduate Education, end the P-3 probationary period
by granting joint or handoff program sponsorship status to the unit(s); or the
provost may, based upon an unsatisfactory evaluation of the reviewed criteria,
require the P-3 offering to be phased out; or conditions may be established,
including a limited time period to complete them, that must be met to avoid P-3
program phase out.
The four year review
of extended programs triggers an additional set of questions and possible
administrative responses. Assuming a positive evaluation of criteria 1-7 above
(and/or other review criteria as appropriate), a determination will be made by
the Office of Undergraduate Education in consultation with the authorizing
college and the delivering unit as to whether (a) extended status
should be continued or (b) extended status will be replaced by joint
or handoff program sponsorship status. The decision will include
elements such as licensing, accreditation rules, and other unique
circumstances.
If the extended
status is maintained, the next consideration of extended status will take place
five years hence.
If the authorizing
college determines that an extended status should not be continued and that the
program should not be continued by the delivering unit, then the college will
work in consultation with the Office of Undergraduate Education and the
delivering unit to phase out the program at that location through the P-3
process.
P-3 Timeline
• Preliminary
college and disciplinary consultation and consultation between appropriate
campus chancellor(s) and Vice President for Commonwealth Campuses
• Submission
of prospectus to ACUE by College Associate Dean
• ACUE
Prospectus deliberation and written response to submitting college
• College
development of formal proposal, including appropriate consultation, data
collection, and research
• Submission
of P-3 proposal by College Dean to Office of Undergraduate Education
• Office
of Undergraduate Education review
• Provost
review of Office of Undergraduate Education action
• Office
of Undergraduate Education memo to implement distributed to appropriate offices
• Implementation
the following semester or later
• Year
Four P-3 probationary review
A-11: ARTICULATION
AGREEMENTS
Introduction:
University Faculty
Senate legislation (3-31-98) identifies policies to guide the development,
implementation, and maintenance of articulation agreements with other
institutions. Articulation agreements bypass normal admission procedures and
are generally understood to involve agreements between Penn State and another
institution to admit students to Penn State, to agree to transfer courses in a
block, or otherwise to encourage movement from the other institution to Penn
State.
Articulation
agreements between Penn State and other colleges and universities are to be
consistent throughout the University and equitable to all constituents, both
within and outside the University. An articulation agreement should not have a
negative impact on any Penn State program or campus in terms of enrollment or
academic quality but should be made from the perspective that it will enhance
the University. Students admitted to one of the University's academic programs
through an articulation agreement must be held to equivalent entrance and
admission requirements as are in effect for Penn State matriculated students.
Articulation
agreements should be viewed as a component of Penn State's academic advising
system. The agreement is to provide a procedure for students who begin their
college studies at some non-Penn State location and then complete them by
earning a Penn State degree. The procedure is to include an outline of the most
appropriate courses to schedule in pursuing a plan to matriculate at Penn State
and complete a Penn State degree program.
Senate Policy on
Articulation Agreements (see Senate Agenda, 3-31-98):
Administrative
Procedures for Articulation Agreements:
1.
All
requests to establish, renew, or terminate an articulation agreement must be
initiated with the submission of an Administrative Council on Undergraduate
Education (ACUE) Articulation Agreement Prospectus.
The
college in which the requested academic program will be housed must submit a
brief Articulation Agreement Prospectus utilizing the on-line submission form.
The information collected should enable ACUE membership to engage in a
collegial conversation centered on the need for the articulation and the expected
impact on academic units across the University. The prospectus is intended to
generate early consultation at ACUE and to identify or flesh out issues that
must be addressed in the full articulation proposal.
Prospectuses
submitted by a college's associate dean a minimum of one week before the next
ACUE meeting will be vetted at that meeting. Arrangements may be made under
extraordinary circumstances for proposals submitted during the summer.
Articulation
agreement prospectuses will be distributed electronically by the Office of
Undergraduate Education to ACUE membership, including the Office of the
University Faculty Senate, prior to each ACUE meeting. ACUE members should use
this opportunity for formative consultation with appropriate colleagues in their
college, across the University, and with the originating college.
Following
discussion of the articulation agreement prospectus at ACUE, the ACUE
prospectus committee will review the prospectus. The ACUE committee may also
invite others as appropriate to add expertise. The ACUE committee will provide
a brief recommendation to the submitting college, taking into consideration the
ACUE discussion and strategic university considerations.
2.
Upon
receipt of the ACUE recommendations, the dean(s) of the college(s) seeking to
enter the articulation agreement must submit a written request, including
supporting documentation, as well as recommendations resulting from
consultations with other units of Penn State, to the vice president and dean
for undergraduate education.
Criteria
by which articulation agreement requests are evaluated include, but might not
be limited to:
a.
The rationale for the proposed articulation agreement;
b. A description of how the agreement may be renewed or terminated;
c. An estimate of the number of students transferring to Penn State annually;
d. Admission requirements and transfer of academic credits;
e. Advising and special services at the non-Penn State location and at Penn
State, if appropriate;
f. Impact of the agreement, if any, on other programs, colleges, and campuses
of the University, including evidence of consultation within Penn State;
g. A plan for future program review and renewal;
h. An exit strategy and accommodation of enrolled students, if the parties to
the agreement decide to terminate.
3.
The
vice president and dean for undergraduate education will forward the proposal
to ARSSA or the Graduate Council for a review and recommendation.
4.
After
receiving recommendations from ARSSA or the Graduate Council, the vice
president and dean for Undergraduate Education, acting as the provost's agent,
will approve or reject the articulation request and inform relevant parties of
the action.
5.
All
approved articulation agreements may be viewed on an appropriate Web site, as
determined by the Office of Undergraduate Education.
Approved: ACUE
(3-4-99)
Approved: ACUE (2-4-10)
C-3: UNDER-ENROLLED
SECTIONS
Under-enrolled criteria do not apply to the following
courses:
--600-level courses (graduate thesis, supervised
teaching, foreign experience);
--700-level courses (medical);
--900-level courses (law);
-- honors courses (i.e. courses with an "H", "M",
"T", or "U" suffix);
--individualized instruction courses (i.e. courses numbered 001-499 with a
"J" suffix);
--courses numbered X94 (research topic), X95 (internship), X96 (independent
study), X99 (foreign studies);
--Continuing Education courses (courses with a delivery code of C);
--World Campus courses (courses with location code of WD);
--courses offered through the eLearning Cooperative;
--ROTC courses coded as "MS"
Revised: ACUE
(3-4-99)
Revised: ACUE (1-8-09)
Revised: Editorial (12-20-10)
In December 1997,
the University Faculty Senate passed legislation mandating a first-year seminar
requirement for all incoming first-year baccalaureate students who were
admitted to the University after spring semester 1999.
Procedure
1.
First-year
seminars (FYS) are either identified by the course abbreviation "PSU"
or by the suffix "S," indicating that the course is a first-year
seminar; "T," indicating that the course is an honors course and a
first-year seminar; or "X," indicating that the course is both
writing intensive and a first-year seminar.
2.
FYS
are normally taught by regular faculty—tenured, tenure-track, or full-time
fixed term faculty with at least three years experience.
3.
The
FYS section size is normally limited to 20 students. Minor exceptions to
this limit may occur from time to time but should not be standard practice.
4.
Content
and number of credits (between 1 and 4) are at the discretion of colleges, but
seminars are designed to engage students in the scholarly community and to
introduce them to the faculty. Activities to achieve these goals include:
5.
It
is expected that all baccalaureate degree candidates will include a first-year
seminar as part of their first 27 credits scheduled in residence at Penn
State. Students are encouraged to complete this requirement in their
first two periods of enrollment.
6.
The
following students are exempt from the FYS requirement: provisional and
nondegree (regular and conditional) students who have completed 18 or more
credits in that status, advanced standing admits (18 or more transfer credits),
admits with 18 or more credits in another status at Penn State (e.g., associate
degree), and associate degree candidates.
7.
Students
who do not successfully complete an FYS must fulfill the requirement in an
alternative activity as directed by the associate dean of their college.
8.
If
a student is changing colleges or equivalent units, his/her FYS course or
approved alternative activity is wholly portable and must be counted as meeting
the FYS requirement in the new college/unit. However, if a student's
college/unit waived the FYS requirement, his/her new college/unit may require
an alternative activity.
9.
Each
college at University Park will provide as many FYS seats as are required to
meet the needs of all first-year students enrolled in that college, plus a
proportion of Division of Undergraduate Studies (DUS) students. Annually,
the executive director of DUS will identify and assign, in consultation with
the colleges, the number of FYS seats that may be needed in each college.
Colleges at other locations will provide as many FYS seats as are required to
meet the needs of all first-year baccalaureate students enrolled at that
location.
10.
Annually,
ACUE will review each college's participation rate using data provided by the
University Registrar and Undergraduate Education.
Approved: ACUE
(9-06-01)
Revised: ACUE (3-14-02)
Senate General
Education Legislation
A-5: PROVISIONAL
STUDENT (DEGREE SEEKING)/NONDEGREE TO DEGREE
Senate Policy:
12-30, Baccalaureate Degree Candidate
Senate Policy:
12-70, Associate Degree Candidate
Procedure:
Approved:
ACUI (4-29-76)
Revised:
ACUI (4-8-82)
Revised:
ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised:
Editorial (3-13-03)
A-6: PROVISIONAL
STUDENT (DEGREE SEEKING)/NONDEGREE TO DEGREE-CAMPUS/COLLEGES
Senate Policy:
12-30, Baccalaureate Degree Candidate
Senate Policy:
12-70, Associate Degree Candidate
Procedure:
Senate Policy:
12-30, Baccalaureate Degree Candidate
Senate Policy:
12-70, Associate Degree Candidate
Approved:
DARS (2-14-75)
Announced
at ACUI: (2-20-75)
Revised:
ACUI (5-19-83)
Revised:
ACUE (7-26-96)
Revised:
Editorial (7-10-98)
Revised:
Editorial (3-13-03)
O-4: GRADUATION WITH
DISTINCTION
Senate Policy:
88-30, Graduation with Distinction
Procedure:
1. Revised Senate
Policy 88-30 will be implemented effective Fall Semester 1983 for baccalaureate
and associate degree candidates who will have degrees conferred Fall Semester
1983 and thereafter.
2. The cut-off grade
point averages for the "With Distinction," "With High
Distinction," and "With Highest Distinction" categories will be
determined annually by the University Registrar for each college based on the
previous year's graduates in a college.
3. When the intent
to Graduate indicator is set for a student, distinction will be determined
using the cumulative grade point average at the end of the preceding semester.
4. Colleges having a
small number of graduates will be handled on an individual basis through consultation
between the University Registrar and the college.
Senate Policy:
88-30, Graduation with Distinction
L-6: MINORS -
ENTRANCE AND CERTIFICATION
Senate Policy:
59-00, Requirements for the Minor
Introduction
The University Faculty Senate amended Policy 59-00 on October 19, 2010, to
read: “Requirements for a minor may be completed at any campus location
offering the specified courses for the minor.” In effect, this makes it
possible for Penn State students to meet the requirements of many of the
University’s minors regardless of their campus of residence. The Senate vote
recognizes several important Penn State curricular principles:
The amended 59-00
also states that, “Students may not change from a campus that offers their
major to a campus that does not offer their major for the purpose of completing
a minor.” The intent is not to prevent a student from enrolling for a course
necessary for a minor at a campus other than their campus-of-residence. Such
enrollments have always been possible. Rather, the stipulation recognizes the
major as the University’s fundamental educational commitment and the minor as a
secondary complement.
Procedure:
NOTE: A minor may be
awarded retroactively through the following process: The associate dean or
designee certifies that a student has met the requirements for the minor at the
time of graduation and forwards this information to the University Registrar in
writing. The Registrar adds the appropriate notation to the student's
transcript. The certificate for the minor is produced and mailed to the
student.
The following
conditions apply to the retroactive awarding of minors:
Senate Policy:
59-00, Requirements for the Minor
Approved: ACUI
(4-7-83)
Revised: ACAS (6-10-88)
Revised: ACAS (9-8-89)
Revised: ACUE (11-2-95)
Revised: ACUE (9-26-96)
Revised: ACUE (1-21-99)
Revised: ACUE (3-2-00)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (1-8-04)
Revised: Editorial (4-9-07)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (6-4-09)
Revised: ACUE and editorial (2-3-11)
Revised: ACUE (5-5-11)
Revised: ACUE (7-7-11)
Revised: Editorial (8-17-11)
C-2: REGISTRATION
Senate Policy:
34-23, Registration
Senate Policy:
34-27, Advance Registration
Senate Policy:
34-87, Course Add
Senate Policy:
34-89, Course Drop
Principles Related
to the Registration Process
1. Registration
System
One registration
system registers all students at all locations for credit courses offered
through the resident instruction, continuing education, and World Campus
delivery systems. Non-credit courses follow different registration procedures.
The campus Registrar
is responsible for providing semester-by-semester registration instructions to
students, advisers, faculty, and staff. Registration instructions are published
on the web.
The registration process
is continuous in nature. Each student is assigned a "first date to
register. " Starting with this first date, the student may initially
register and subsequently adjust the registration as appropriate and necessary.
The fundamental goal of this process is to finalize course registrations before
the first day of the semester.
Students may
register for courses using the following options:
Students begin the
registration process by meeting with their academic adviser and scheduling
courses. Registration is completed when the student has paid the appropriate
tuition and fees.
Students who have
registered for courses receive a statement of tuition and fees from the
Bursar's office. This statement includes the amount due as well as possible
credits resulting from applicable scholarships, loans, grants, and other forms
of financial assistance. In some cases, because of possible financial credits,
a student may not be required to make payment to the University. In other
cases, a student may be due a refund from the University. In all cases,
regardless of amount due, student action is required to complete the
registration process.
Failure to complete
the registration process by payment of tuition and fees may result in any or
all of the following actions:
Campuses may choose
to contact students who have failed to complete the registration process. If a
student is earnestly seeking to finalize payment, the student may be allowed to
remain in an incomplete registration status. The campus has the authority to
cancel the incomplete registration of any student.
3. Credit
Limitations
Students are not
permitted to register for more than 19 credits prior to the first day of the
semester. After consultation with their academic adviser, students may register
for more than 19 credits during the first ten calendar days of the semester.
4. Registration
Calendar
The campus Registrar
is responsible for developing a registration calendar for each semester.
Consultation should occur among those campus Registrars at campuses where
students typically enroll at multiple locations.
The registration
calendar is prioritized according to the following scheme: